The English version of quarkus.io is the official project site. Translated sites are community supported on a best-effort basis.

すべての設定オプション

ビルド時に固定される構成プロパティ - 他のすべての構成プロパティは実行時にオーバーライド可能

Agroal - Database connection pool

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc

If we create a JDBC datasource for this datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.driver

The datasource driver class name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_DRIVER

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.transactions

Whether we want to use regular JDBC transactions, XA, or disable all transactional capabilities.

When enabling XA you will need a driver implementing javax.sql.XADataSource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TRANSACTIONS

Show more

enabledIntegrate the JDBC Datasource with the JTA TransactionManager of Quarkus. This is the default., xaSimilarly to enabled, also enables integration with the JTA TransactionManager of Quarkus, but enabling XA transactions as well. Requires a JDBC driver implementing javax.sql.XADataSource, disabledDisables the Agroal integration with the Narayana TransactionManager. This is typically a bad idea, and is only useful in special cases\: make sure to not use this without having a deep understanding of the implications.

enabledIntegrate the JDBC Datasource with the JTA TransactionManager of Quarkus. This is the default.

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.enable-metrics

Enable datasource metrics collection. If unspecified, collecting metrics will be enabled by default if a metrics extension is active.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_ENABLE_METRICS

Show more

boolean

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.tracing

Enable JDBC tracing. Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TRACING

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.telemetry

Enable OpenTelemetry JDBC instrumentation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TELEMETRY

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.url

The datasource URL

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_URL

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.initial-size

The initial size of the pool. Usually you will want to set the initial size to match at least the minimal size, but this is not enforced so to allow for architectures which prefer a lazy initialization of the connections on boot, while being able to sustain a minimal pool size after boot.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_INITIAL_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.min-size

The datasource pool minimum size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_MIN_SIZE

Show more

int

0

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.max-size

The datasource pool maximum size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_MAX_SIZE

Show more

int

20

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.background-validation-interval

The interval at which we validate idle connections in the background.

Set to 0 to disable background validation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_BACKGROUND_VALIDATION_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2M

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.foreground-validation-interval

Perform foreground validation on connections that have been idle for longer than the specified interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_FOREGROUND_VALIDATION_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.acquisition-timeout

The timeout before cancelling the acquisition of a new connection

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_ACQUISITION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

5S

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.leak-detection-interval

The interval at which we check for connection leaks.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_LEAK_DETECTION_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

This feature is disabled by default.

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.idle-removal-interval

The interval at which we try to remove idle connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_IDLE_REMOVAL_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

5M

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.max-lifetime

The max lifetime of a connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_MAX_LIFETIME

Show more

Duration 

By default, there is no restriction on the lifespan of a connection.

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.transaction-isolation-level

The transaction isolation level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TRANSACTION_ISOLATION_LEVEL

Show more

undefined, none, read-uncommitted, read-committed, repeatable-read, serializable

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.extended-leak-report

Collect and display extra troubleshooting info on leaked connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_EXTENDED_LEAK_REPORT

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.flush-on-close

Allows connections to be flushed upon return to the pool. It’s not enabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_FLUSH_ON_CLOSE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.detect-statement-leaks

When enabled, Agroal will be able to produce a warning when a connection is returned to the pool without the application having closed all open statements. This is unrelated with tracking of open connections. Disable for peak performance, but only when there’s high confidence that no leaks are happening.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_DETECT_STATEMENT_LEAKS

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.new-connection-sql

Query executed when first using a connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_NEW_CONNECTION_SQL

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.validation-query-sql

Query executed to validate a connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_VALIDATION_QUERY_SQL

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.validate-on-borrow

Forces connection validation prior to acquisition (foreground validation) regardless of the idle status.

Because of the overhead of performing validation on every call, it’s recommended to rely on default idle validation instead, and to leave this to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_VALIDATE_ON_BORROW

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.pooling-enabled

Disable pooling to prevent reuse of Connections. Use this when an external pool manages the life-cycle of Connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_POOLING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.transaction-requirement

Require an active transaction when acquiring a connection. Recommended for production. WARNING: Some extensions acquire connections without holding a transaction for things like schema updates and schema validation. Setting this setting to STRICT may lead to failures in those cases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TRANSACTION_REQUIREMENT

Show more

off, warn, strict

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.additional-jdbc-properties."property-key"

Other unspecified properties to be passed to the JDBC driver when creating new connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_ADDITIONAL_JDBC_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".jdbc.telemetry.enabled

Enable OpenTelemetry JDBC instrumentation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_JDBC_TELEMETRY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false if quarkus.datasource.jdbc.telemetry=false and true if quarkus.datasource.jdbc.telemetry=true

Amazon Lambda - Common Deployment

デフォルト

Setting to true will start event server even if quarkus.devservices.enabled=false

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_MOCK_EVENT_SERVER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Port to access mock event server in dev mode

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_MOCK_EVENT_SERVER_DEV_PORT

Show more

int

8080

Port to access mock event server in dev mode

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_MOCK_EVENT_SERVER_TEST_PORT

Show more

int

8081

The exception classes expected to be thrown by the handler. Any exception thrown by the handler that is an instance of a class in this list will not be logged, but will otherwise be handled normally by the lambda runtime. This is useful for avoiding unnecessary stack traces while preserving the ability to log unexpected exceptions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_EXPECTED_EXCEPTIONS

Show more

list of Class

The handler name. Handler names are specified on handler classes using the @jakarta.inject.Named annotation. If this name is unspecified and there is exactly one unnamed implementation of com.amazonaws.services.lambda.runtime.RequestHandler then this unnamed handler will be used. If there is only a single named handler and the name is unspecified then the named handler will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HANDLER

Show more

string

Amazon Lambda AWS Gateway REST API

デフォルト

Enable security mechanisms to process lambda and AWS based security (i.e. Cognito, IAM) from the http event sent from API Gateway

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_ENABLE_SECURITY

Show more

boolean

false

If true, runtime will search Cognito JWT claims for "cognito:groups" and add them as Quarkus security roles. True by default

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_MAP_COGNITO_TO_ROLES

Show more

boolean

true

Cognito claim that contains roles you want to map. Defaults to "cognito:groups"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_COGNITO_ROLE_CLAIM

Show more

string

cognito:groups

Regular expression to locate role values within a Cognito claim string. By default it looks for space delimited strings enclosed in brackets "[^\[\] \t]+"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_COGNITO_CLAIM_MATCHER

Show more

string

[^\[\] \t]+

Amazon Lambda HTTP

デフォルト

Enable security mechanisms to process lambda and AWS based security (i.e. Cognito, IAM) from the http event sent from API Gateway

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_ENABLE_SECURITY

Show more

boolean

false

If true, runtime will search Cognito JWT claims for "cognito:groups" and add them as Quarkus security roles. True by default

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_MAP_COGNITO_TO_ROLES

Show more

boolean

true

Cognito claim that contains roles you want to map. Defaults to "cognito:groups"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_COGNITO_ROLE_CLAIM

Show more

string

cognito:groups

Regular expression to locate role values within a Cognito claim string. By default it looks for space delimited strings enclosed in brackets "[^\[\] \t]+"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAMBDA_HTTP_COGNITO_CLAIM_MATCHER

Show more

string

[^\[\] \t]+

ArC

デフォルト

  • If set to all (or true) the container will attempt to remove all unused beans.

  • If set to none (or false) no beans will ever be removed even if they are unused (according to the criteria set out below)

  • If set to fwk, then all unused beans will be removed, except the unused beans whose classes are declared in the application code

An unused bean:

  • is not a built-in bean or interceptor,

  • is not eligible for injection to any injection point,

  • is not excluded by any extension,

  • does not have a name,

  • does not declare an observer,

  • does not declare any producer which is eligible for injection to any injection point,

  • is not directly eligible for injection into any jakarta.enterprise.inject.Instance injection point

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_REMOVE_UNUSED_BEANS

Show more

string

all

If set to true @Inject is automatically added to all non-static non-final fields that are annotated with one of the annotations defined by AutoInjectAnnotationBuildItem.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_AUTO_INJECT_FIELDS

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true, the bytecode of unproxyable beans will be transformed. This ensures that a proxy/subclass can be created properly. If the value is set to false, then an exception is thrown at build time indicating that a subclass/proxy could not be created. Quarkus performs the following transformations when this setting is enabled:

  • Remove 'final' modifier from classes and methods when a proxy is required.

  • Create a no-args constructor if needed.

  • Makes private no-args constructors package-private if necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_TRANSFORM_UNPROXYABLE_CLASSES

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true, the bytecode of private fields that are injection points will be transformed to package private. This ensures that field injection can be performed completely reflection-free. If the value is set to false, then a reflection fallback is used to perform the injection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_TRANSFORM_PRIVATE_INJECTED_FIELDS

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true (the default), the build fails if a private method that is neither an observer nor a producer, is annotated with an interceptor binding. An example of this is the use of Transactional on a private method of a bean. If set to false, Quarkus simply logs a warning that the annotation will be ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_FAIL_ON_INTERCEPTED_PRIVATE_METHOD

Show more

boolean

true

The list of selected alternatives for an application.

An element value can be:

  • a fully qualified class name, i.e. org.acme.Foo

  • a simple class name as defined by Class#getSimpleName(), i.e. Foo

  • a package name with suffix .*, i.e. org.acme.*, matches a package

  • a package name with suffix .**, i.e. org.acme.**, matches a package that starts with the value Each element value is used to match an alternative bean class, an alternative stereotype annotation type or a bean class that declares an alternative producer. If any value matches then the priority of Integer#MAX_VALUE is used for the relevant bean. The priority declared via jakarta.annotation.Priority is overridden.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_SELECTED_ALTERNATIVES

Show more

list of string

If set to true then jakarta.enterprise.inject.Produces is automatically added to all non-void methods that are annotated with a scope annotation, a stereotype or a qualifier, and are not annotated with Inject or Produces, and no parameter is annotated with Disposes, Observes or ObservesAsync.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_AUTO_PRODUCER_METHODS

Show more

boolean

true

The list of types that should be excluded from discovery.

An element value can be:

  • a fully qualified class name, i.e. org.acme.Foo

  • a simple class name as defined by Class#getSimpleName(), i.e. Foo

  • a package name with suffix .*, i.e. org.acme.*, matches a package

  • a package name with suffix .**, i.e. org.acme.**, matches a package that starts with the value If any element value matches a discovered type then the type is excluded from discovery, i.e. no beans and observer methods are created from this type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_EXCLUDE_TYPES

Show more

list of string

List of types that should be considered unremovable regardless of whether they are directly used or not. This is a configuration option equivalent to using io.quarkus.arc.Unremovable annotation.

An element value can be:

  • a fully qualified class name, i.e. org.acme.Foo

  • a simple class name as defined by Class#getSimpleName(), i.e. Foo

  • a package name with suffix .*, i.e. org.acme.*, matches a package

  • a package name with suffix .**, i.e. org.acme.**, matches a package that starts with the value If any element value matches a discovered bean, then such a bean is considered unremovable.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_UNREMOVABLE_TYPES

Show more

list of string

Artifacts that should be excluded from discovery

デフォルト

The maven groupId of the artifact.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_EXCLUDE_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__GROUP_ID

Show more

string

required

The maven artifactId of the artifact (optional).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_EXCLUDE_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__ARTIFACT_ID

Show more

string

The maven classifier of the artifact (optional).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_EXCLUDE_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__CLASSIFIER

Show more

string

If set to true then the container attempts to detect "unused removed beans" false positives during programmatic lookup at runtime. You can disable this feature to conserve some memory when running your application in production.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_DETECT_UNUSED_FALSE_POSITIVES

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true then the container attempts to detect wrong usages of annotations and eventually fails the build to prevent unexpected behavior of a Quarkus application.

A typical example is @jakarta.ejb.Singleton which is often confused with @jakarta.inject.Singleton. As a result a component annotated with @jakarta.ejb.Singleton would be completely ignored. Another example is an inner class annotated with a scope annotation - this component would be again completely ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_DETECT_WRONG_ANNOTATIONS

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true, the container will perform additional validations mandated by the CDI specification. Some improvements on top of the CDI specification may be disabled. Applications that work as expected in the strict mode should work without a change in the default, non-strict mode.

The strict mode is mainly introduced to allow passing the CDI Lite TCK. Applications are recommended to use the default, non-strict mode, which makes CDI more convenient to use. The "strictness" of the strict mode (the set of additional validations and the set of disabled improvements on top of the CDI specification) may change over time.

Note that transform-unproxyable-classes and remove-unused-beans also has effect on specification compatibility. You may want to disable these features to get behavior closer to the specification.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_STRICT_COMPATIBILITY

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true then the container monitors business method invocations and fired events during the development mode.

This config property should not be changed in the development mode as it requires a full rebuild of the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_DEV_MODE_MONITORING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true then the dependency graphs are generated and available in the Dev UI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_DEV_MODE_GENERATE_DEPENDENCY_GRAPHS

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true then disable StartupEvent and ShutdownEvent observers declared on application bean classes during the tests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_TEST_DISABLE_APPLICATION_LIFECYCLE_OBSERVERS

Show more

boolean

false

The list of packages that will not be checked for split package issues.

A package string representation can be:

  • a full name of the package, i.e. org.acme.foo

  • a package name with suffix .*, i.e. org.acme.*, which matches a package that starts with provided value

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_IGNORED_SPLIT_PACKAGES

Show more

list of string

If set to true and the SmallRye Context Propagation extension is present then the CDI contexts will be propagated by means of the MicroProfile Context Propagation API. Specifically, a org.eclipse.microprofile.context.spi.ThreadContextProvider implementation is registered. On the other hand, if set to false then the MicroProfile Context Propagation API will never be used to propagate the CDI contexts. Note that the CDI contexts may be propagated in a different way though. For example with the Vertx duplicated context.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARC_CONTEXT_PROPAGATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Azure Functions

デフォルト

App name for azure function project. This is required setting. Defaults to the base artifact name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_APP_NAME

Show more

string

Azure Resource Group for your Azure Functions

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_RESOURCE_GROUP

Show more

string

quarkus

Specifies the region where your Azure Functions will be hosted; default value is westus. Valid values

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_REGION

Show more

string

westus

Specifies whether to disable application insights for your function app

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_DISABLE_APP_INSIGHTS

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies the instrumentation key of application insights which will bind to your function app

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_APP_INSIGHTS_KEY

Show more

string

Valid values are linux, windows, and docker

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_RUNTIME_OS

Show more

string

linux

Valid values are 8, 11, and 17

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_RUNTIME_JAVA_VERSION

Show more

string

11

URL of docker image if deploying via docker

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_RUNTIME_IMAGE

Show more

string

If using docker, url of registry

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_RUNTIME_REGISTRY_URL

Show more

string

Description of each type can be found here Valid values are

  • azure_cli Delegates to Azure CLI for login

  • managed_identity Requires client to be set

  • oauth2 Requires tenant to be set

  • device_code Requires tenant to be set

  • file Filesystem path to a property file that defines authentication. Properties supported are

  • type Supports same type values as well as service_principal

  • client

  • tenant

  • key Password for service_principal if using password authentication

  • certificate Path to PEM file if using service_principal

  • certificate-password Password for PEM file if it is password protected and if using service_principal

  • environment if using service_principal Defaults to "azure_cli" for authentication

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_AUTH_TYPE

Show more

string

azure_cli

Filesystem path to properties file if using file type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_AUTH_PATH

Show more

string

Client or App Id required if using managed_identity type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_AUTH_CLIENT

Show more

string

Tenant Id required if using oauth2 or device_code type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_AUTH_TENANT

Show more

string

Specifies the name of the existing App Service Plan when you do not want to create a new one.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_APP_SERVICE_PLAN_NAME

Show more

string

java-functions-app-service-plan

The app service plan resource group.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_APP_SERVICE_PLAN_RESOURCE_GROUP

Show more

string

Azure subscription id. Required only if there are more than one subscription in your account

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_SUBSCRIPTION_ID

Show more

string

The pricing tier.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_PRICING_TIER

Show more

string

Port to run azure function in local runtime. Will default to quarkus.http.test-port or 8081

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_FUNC_PORT

Show more

int

Config String for local debug

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_LOCAL_DEBUG_CONFIG

Show more

string

transport=dt_socket,server=y,suspend=n,address=5005

Specifies the application settings for your Azure Functions, which are defined in name-value pairs

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AZURE_FUNCTIONS_APP_SETTINGS__SETTING_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Cache

デフォルト

Cache type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_TYPE

Show more

string

caffeine

Whether or not the cache extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Default configuration applied to all Caffeine caches (lowest precedence)

デフォルト

Minimum total size for the internal data structures. Providing a large enough estimate at construction time avoids the need for expensive resizing operations later, but setting this value unnecessarily high wastes memory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE_INITIAL_CAPACITY

Show more

int

Maximum number of entries the cache may contain. Note that the cache may evict an entry before this limit is exceeded or temporarily exceed the threshold while evicting. As the cache size grows close to the maximum, the cache evicts entries that are less likely to be used again. For example, the cache may evict an entry because it hasn’t been used recently or very often.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE_MAXIMUM_SIZE

Show more

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, or the most recent replacement of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE_EXPIRE_AFTER_WRITE

Show more

Duration 

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, the most recent replacement of its value, or its last read.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE_EXPIRE_AFTER_ACCESS

Show more

Duration 

Whether or not metrics are recorded if the application depends on the Micrometer extension. Setting this value to true will enable the accumulation of cache stats inside Caffeine.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Minimum total size for the internal data structures. Providing a large enough estimate at construction time avoids the need for expensive resizing operations later, but setting this value unnecessarily high wastes memory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE__CACHE_NAME__INITIAL_CAPACITY

Show more

int

Maximum number of entries the cache may contain. Note that the cache may evict an entry before this limit is exceeded or temporarily exceed the threshold while evicting. As the cache size grows close to the maximum, the cache evicts entries that are less likely to be used again. For example, the cache may evict an entry because it hasn’t been used recently or very often.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE__CACHE_NAME__MAXIMUM_SIZE

Show more

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, or the most recent replacement of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE__CACHE_NAME__EXPIRE_AFTER_WRITE

Show more

Duration 

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, the most recent replacement of its value, or its last read.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE__CACHE_NAME__EXPIRE_AFTER_ACCESS

Show more

Duration 

Whether or not metrics are recorded if the application depends on the Micrometer extension. Setting this value to true will enable the accumulation of cache stats inside Caffeine.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_CAFFEINE__CACHE_NAME__METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Container Image

デフォルト

The group the container image will be part of

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_GROUP

Show more

string

The name of the container image. If not set defaults to the application name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.name:unset}

The tag of the container image. If not set defaults to the application version

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_TAG

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.version:latest}

Additional tags of the container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_ADDITIONAL_TAGS

Show more

list of string

Custom labels to add to the generated image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The container registry to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_REGISTRY

Show more

string

Represents the entire image string. If set, then group, name, registry, tags, additionalTags are ignored

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_IMAGE

Show more

string

The username to use to authenticate with the registry where the built image will be pushed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password to use to authenticate with the registry where the built image will be pushed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Whether or not insecure registries are allowed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_INSECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Whether or not a image build will be performed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_BUILD

Show more

boolean

Whether or not an image push will be performed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_PUSH

Show more

boolean

The name of the container image extension to use (e.g. docker, podman, jib, s2i). The option will be used in case multiple extensions are present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONTAINER_IMAGE_BUILDER

Show more

string

Container Image - Buildpack

デフォルト

The buildpacks builder image to use when building the project in jvm mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_JVM_BUILDER_IMAGE

Show more

string

paketocommunity/builder-ubi-base:latest

The buildpacks builder image to use when building the project in native mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_NATIVE_BUILDER_IMAGE

Show more

string

Should the builder image be 'trusted' (use creator lifecycle)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_TRUST_BUILDER_IMAGE

Show more

boolean

Environment key/values to pass to buildpacks.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_BUILDER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The buildpacks run image to use when building the project When not supplied, the run image is determined by the builder image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_RUN_IMAGE

Show more

string

Initial pull timeout for builder/run images, in seconds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_PULL_TIMEOUT_SECONDS

Show more

int

300

Increase pull timeout for builder/run images after failure, in seconds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_PULL_TIMEOUT_INCREASE_SECONDS

Show more

int

15

How many times to retry an image pull after a failure

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_PULL_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

DOCKER_HOST value to use. If not set, the env var DOCKER_HOST is used, if that is not set the platform will look for 'npipe:///./pipe/docker_engine' for windows, and unix:///var/run/docker.sock' then `unix:///var/run/podman.sock then unix:///var/run/user//podman/podman.sock for linux

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_DOCKER_HOST

Show more

string

Log level to use.. Defaults to 'info'

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_LOG_LEVEL

Show more

string

info

The username to use to authenticate with the registry used to pull the base JVM image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_BASE_REGISTRY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password to use to authenticate with the registry used to pull the base JVM image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDPACK_BASE_REGISTRY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Container Image - Docker

デフォルト

Path to the JVM Dockerfile. If set to an absolute path then the absolute path will be used, otherwise the path will be considered relative to the project root. If not set src/main/docker/Dockerfile.jvm will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_DOCKERFILE_JVM_PATH

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.jvm

Path to the native Dockerfile. If set to an absolute path then the absolute path will be used, otherwise the path will be considered relative to the project root. If not set src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_DOCKERFILE_NATIVE_PATH

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native

Build args passed to docker via --build-arg

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_BUILD_ARGS__ARG_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Images to consider as cache sources. Values are passed to docker build/podman build via the cache-from option

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_CACHE_FROM

Show more

list of string

The networking mode for the RUN instructions during build

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_NETWORK

Show more

string

Name of binary used to execute the docker/podman commands. This setting can override the global container runtime detection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_EXECUTABLE_NAME

Show more

string

Additional arbitrary arguments passed to the executable when building the container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_ADDITIONAL_ARGS

Show more

list of string

Configuration for Docker Buildx options

デフォルト

Which platform(s) to target during the build. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/buildx_build/#platform

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_BUILDX_PLATFORM

Show more

list of string

Sets the export action for the build result. See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/buildx_build/#output. Note that any filesystem paths need to be absolute paths, not relative from where the command is executed from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_BUILDX_OUTPUT

Show more

string

Set type of progress output (auto, plain, tty). Use plain to show container output (default “auto”). See https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/buildx_build/#progress

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DOCKER_BUILDX_PROGRESS

Show more

string

Container Image - Jib

デフォルト

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the jar build. When the application is built against Java 21 or higher, registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-21-runtime:1.20 is used as the default. Otherwise registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-17-runtime:1.20 is used as the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_BASE_JVM_IMAGE

Show more

string

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the native binary build. The default is "quay.io/quarkus/quarkus-micro-image". You can also use "registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/ubi-minimal" which is a bigger base image, but provide more built-in utilities such as the microdnf package manager.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_BASE_NATIVE_IMAGE

Show more

string

quay.io/quarkus/quarkus-micro-image:2.0

The JVM arguments to pass to the JVM when starting the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_JVM_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

-Djava.util.logging.manager=org.jboss.logmanager.LogManager

Additional JVM arguments to pass to the JVM when starting the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_JVM_ADDITIONAL_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

Additional arguments to pass when starting the native application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_NATIVE_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

If this is set, then it will be used as the entry point of the container image. There are a few things to be aware of when creating an entry point

  • Entrypoint "INHERIT" means to inherit entrypoint from base image, jvmArguments field is used for arguments

  • A valid entrypoint is jar package specific (see quarkus.package.jar.type)

  • A valid entrypoint depends on the location of both the launching scripts and the application jar file. To that end it’s helpful to remember that when fast-jar packaging is used (the default), all necessary application jars are added to the /work directory and that the same directory is also used as the working directory. When legacy-jar or uber-jar are used, the application jars are unpacked under the /app directory and that directory is used as the working directory.

  • Even if the jvmArguments field is set, it is ignored completely unless entrypoint is "INHERIT" When this is not set, a proper default entrypoint will be constructed. As a final note, a very useful tool for inspecting container image layers that can greatly aid when debugging problems with endpoints is dive

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_JVM_ENTRYPOINT

Show more

list of string

If this is set, then it will be used as the entry point of the container image. There are a few things to be aware of when creating an entry point

  • Entrypoint "INHERIT" means to inherit entrypoint from base image, nativeArguments field is used for arguments

  • A valid entrypoint depends on the location of both the launching scripts and the native binary file. To that end it’s helpful to remember that the native application is added to the /work directory and that and the same directory is also used as the working directory

  • Even if the nativeArguments field is set, it is ignored completely unless entrypoint is "INHERIT" When this is not set, a proper default entrypoint will be constructed. As a final note, a very useful tool for inspecting container image layers that can greatly aid when debugging problems with endpoints is dive

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_NATIVE_ENTRYPOINT

Show more

list of string

Environment variables to add to the container image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLES__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The username to use to authenticate with the registry used to pull the base JVM image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_BASE_REGISTRY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password to use to authenticate with the registry used to pull the base JVM image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_BASE_REGISTRY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The ports to expose

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_PORTS

Show more

list of int

${quarkus.http.port:8080}

The user to use in generated image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_USER

Show more

string

The working directory to use in the generated image. The default value is chosen to work in accordance with the default base image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_WORKING_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

/home/jboss

Controls the optimization which skips downloading base image layers that exist in a target registry. If the user does not set this property, then read as false. If true, base image layers are always pulled and cached. If false, base image layers will not be pulled/cached if they already exist on the target registry.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_ALWAYS_CACHE_BASE_IMAGE

Show more

boolean

false

List of target platforms. Each platform is defined using the pattern:

<os>|<arch>[/variant]|<os>/<arch>[/variant]

for example:

linux/amd64,linux/arm64/v8

If not specified, OS default is linux and architecture default is amd64. If more than one platform is configured, it is important to note that the base image has to be a Docker manifest or an OCI image index containing a version of each chosen platform. The feature does not work with native images, as cross-compilation is not supported. This configuration is based on an incubating feature of Jib. See Jib FAQ for more information.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_PLATFORMS

Show more

list of string

The path of a file in which the digest of the generated image will be written. If the path is relative, the base path is the output directory of the build tool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_IMAGE_DIGEST_FILE

Show more

string

jib-image.digest

The path of a file in which the id of the generated image will be written. If the path is relative, the base path is the output directory of the build tool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_IMAGE_ID_FILE

Show more

string

jib-image.id

Whether or not to operate offline.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_OFFLINE_MODE

Show more

boolean

false

Name of binary used to execute the docker commands. This is only used by Jib when the container image is being built locally.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_DOCKER_EXECUTABLE_NAME

Show more

string

Sets environment variables used by the Docker executable. This is only used by Jib when the container image is being built locally.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_DOCKER_ENVIRONMENT__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether to set the creation time to the actual build time. Otherwise, the creation time will be set to the Unix epoch (00:00:00, January 1st, 1970 in UTC). See Jib FAQ for more information

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_USE_CURRENT_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

true

Whether to set the modification time (last modified time) of the files put by Jib in the image to the actual build time. Otherwise, the modification time will be set to the Unix epoch (00:00:00, January 1st, 1970 in UTC). If the modification time is constant (flag is set to false so Unix epoch is used) across two consecutive builds, the docker layer sha256 digest will be different only if the actual files added by Jib to the docker layer were changed. More exactly, having 2 consecutive builds will generate different docker layers only if the actual content of the files within the docker layer was changed. If the current timestamp is used the sha256 digest of the docker layer will always be different even if the content of the files didn’t change.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_USE_CURRENT_TIMESTAMP_FILE_MODIFICATION

Show more

boolean

true

The directory to use for caching base image layers. If not specified, the Jib default directory is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_BASE_IMAGE_LAYERS_CACHE

Show more

string

The directory to use for caching application layers. If not specified, the Jib default directory is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JIB_APPLICATION_LAYERS_CACHE

Show more

string

Container Image - OpenShift

デフォルト

The build config strategy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_BUILD_STRATEGY

Show more

binary, docker

binary

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the jar build. The value of this property is used to create an ImageStream for the builder image used in the Openshift build. When it references images already available in the internal Openshift registry, the corresponding streams are used instead. When the application is built against Java 21 or higher, registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-21:1.20 is used as the default. Otherwise registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-17:1.20 is used as the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_BASE_JVM_IMAGE

Show more

string

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the native binary build. The value of this property is used to create an ImageStream for the builder image used in the Openshift build. When it references images already available in the internal Openshift registry, the corresponding streams are used instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_BASE_NATIVE_IMAGE

Show more

string

quay.io/quarkus/ubi-quarkus-native-binary-s2i:2.0

The default Dockerfile to use for jvm builds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JVM_DOCKERFILE

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.jvm

The default Dockerfile to use for native builds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NATIVE_DOCKERFILE

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native

The JVM arguments to pass to the JVM when starting the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JVM_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

Additional arguments to pass when starting the native application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NATIVE_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The directory where the jar is added during the assemble phase. This is dependent on the S2I image and should be supplied if a non default image is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JAR_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The resulting filename of the jar in the S2I image. This option may be used if the selected S2I image uses a fixed name for the jar.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JAR_FILE_NAME

Show more

string

The directory where the native binary is added during the assemble phase. This is dependent on the S2I image and should be supplied if a non-default image is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NATIVE_BINARY_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The resulting filename of the native binary in the S2I image. This option may be used if the selected S2I image uses a fixed name for the native binary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NATIVE_BINARY_FILE_NAME

Show more

string

The build timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_BUILD_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT5M

The log level of OpenShift build log.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_BUILD_LOG_LEVEL

Show more

fatal, error, warn, info, debug, trace

info

The image push secret to use for pushing to external registries. (see: https://cloud.redhat.com/blog/pushing-application-images-to-an-external-registry)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_IMAGE_PUSH_SECRET

Show more

string

The build config strategy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_BUILD_STRATEGY

Show more

binary, docker

binary

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the jar build. When the application is built against Java 21 or higher, registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-21:1.20 is used as the default. Otherwise registry.access.redhat.com/ubi8/openjdk-17:1.20 is used as the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_BASE_JVM_IMAGE

Show more

string

The base image to be used when a container image is being produced for the native binary build

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_BASE_NATIVE_IMAGE

Show more

string

quay.io/quarkus/ubi-quarkus-native-binary-s2i:2.0

The JVM arguments to pass to the JVM when starting the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_JVM_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

Additional arguments to pass when starting the native application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_NATIVE_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The directory where the jar is added during the assemble phase. This is dependent on the S2I image and should be supplied if a non default image is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_JAR_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

/deployments/target/

The resulting filename of the jar in the S2I image. This option may be used if the selected S2I image uses a fixed name for the jar.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_JAR_FILE_NAME

Show more

string

The directory where the native binary is added during the assemble phase. This is dependent on the S2I image and should be supplied if a non-default image is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_NATIVE_BINARY_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

/home/quarkus/

The resulting filename of the native binary in the S2I image. This option may be used if the selected S2I image uses a fixed name for the native binary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_NATIVE_BINARY_FILE_NAME

Show more

string

The build timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_S2I_BUILD_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT5M

Container Image - Podman

デフォルト

Path to the JVM Dockerfile. If set to an absolute path then the absolute path will be used, otherwise the path will be considered relative to the project root. If not set src/main/docker/Dockerfile.jvm will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_DOCKERFILE_JVM_PATH

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.jvm

Path to the native Dockerfile. If set to an absolute path then the absolute path will be used, otherwise the path will be considered relative to the project root. If not set src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_DOCKERFILE_NATIVE_PATH

Show more

string

src/main/docker/Dockerfile.native

Build args passed to docker via --build-arg

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_BUILD_ARGS__ARG_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Images to consider as cache sources. Values are passed to docker build/podman build via the cache-from option

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_CACHE_FROM

Show more

list of string

The networking mode for the RUN instructions during build

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_NETWORK

Show more

string

Name of binary used to execute the docker/podman commands. This setting can override the global container runtime detection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_EXECUTABLE_NAME

Show more

string

Additional arbitrary arguments passed to the executable when building the container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_ADDITIONAL_ARGS

Show more

list of string

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_PLATFORM

Show more

list of string

Require HTTPS and verify certificates when contacting registries

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PODMAN_TLS_VERIFY

Show more

boolean

true

Core

デフォルト

Build time analytics

デフォルト

If Build time analytics are disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ANALYTICS_DISABLED

Show more

boolean

The Segment base URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ANALYTICS_URI_BASE

Show more

string

The Timeout to send the build time analytics to segment.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ANALYTICS_TIMEOUT

Show more

int

3000

Application

デフォルト

The name of the application. If not set, defaults to the name of the project (except for tests where it is not set at all).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APPLICATION_NAME

Show more

string

The version of the application. If not set, defaults to the version of the project (except for tests where it is not set at all).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APPLICATION_VERSION

Show more

string

The header to use for UI Screen (Swagger UI, GraphQL UI etc).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APPLICATION_UI_HEADER

Show more

string

{applicationName} (powered by Quarkus)

Banner

デフォルト

The path of the banner (path relative to root of classpath) which could be provided by user

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BANNER_PATH

Show more

string

default_banner.txt

Whether the banner will be displayed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BANNER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Bootstrap

デフォルト

If set to true, the workspace initialization will be based on the effective POMs (i.e. properly interpolated, including support for profiles) instead of the raw ones.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_EFFECTIVE_MODEL_BUILDER

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, workspace discovery will be enabled for all launch modes. Usually, workspace discovery is enabled by default only for dev and test modes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_WORKSPACE_DISCOVERY

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, workspace loader will log warnings for modules that could not be loaded for some reason instead of throwing errors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_WARN_ON_FAILING_WORKSPACE_MODULES

Show more

boolean

false

By default, the bootstrap mechanism will create a shared cache of open JARs for Quarkus classloaders to reduce the total number of opened ZIP FileSystems in dev and test modes. Setting system property quarkus.bootstrap.disable-jar-cache to true will make Quarkus classloaders create a new ZIP FileSystem for each JAR classpath element every time it is added to a Quarkus classloader.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_DISABLE_JAR_CACHE

Show more

boolean

false

A temporary option introduced to avoid a logging warning when -Dquarkus.bootstrap.incubating-model-resolver is added to the build command line. This option enables an incubating implementation of the Quarkus Application Model resolver. This option will be removed as soon as the incubating implementation becomes the default one.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_INCUBATING_MODEL_RESOLVER

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to throw an error, warn or silently ignore misaligned platform BOM imports

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BOOTSTRAP_MISALIGNED_PLATFORM_IMPORTS

Show more

error, warn, ignore

error

Builder

デフォルト

Dump the graph output to a file. This is useful for debugging.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDER_GRAPH_OUTPUT

Show more

string

Whether to log the cause of a conflict.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_BUILDER_LOG_CONFLICT_CAUSE

Show more

boolean

Class loading

デフォルト

Artifacts that are loaded in a parent first manner. This can be used to work around issues where a given class needs to be loaded by the system ClassLoader. Note that if you make a library parent first all its dependencies should generally also be parent first.

Artifacts should be configured as a comma separated list of artifact ids, with the group, artifact-id and optional classifier separated by a colon.

This config property can only be set in application.properties

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CLASS_LOADING_PARENT_FIRST_ARTIFACTS

Show more

list of string

Artifacts that are loaded in the runtime ClassLoader in dev mode, so they will be dropped and recreated on change.

This is an advanced option, it should only be used if you have a problem with libraries holding stale state between reloads. Note that if you use this any library that depends on the listed libraries will also need to be reloadable.

This setting has no impact on production builds.

Artifacts should be configured as a comma separated list of artifact ids, with the group, artifact-id and optional classifier separated by a colon.

This config property can only be set in application.properties

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CLASS_LOADING_RELOADABLE_ARTIFACTS

Show more

string

Artifacts that will never be loaded by the class loader, and will not be packed into the final application. This allows you to explicitly remove artifacts from your application even though they may be present on the class path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CLASS_LOADING_REMOVED_ARTIFACTS

Show more

list of string

Resources that should be removed/hidden from dependencies.

This allows for classes and other resources to be removed from dependencies, so they are not accessible to the application. This is a map of artifact id (in the form group:artifact) to a list of resources to be removed.

When running in dev and test mode these resources are hidden from the ClassLoader, when running in production mode these files are removed from the jars that contain them.

Note that if you want to remove a class you need to specify the class file name. e.g. to remove com.acme.Foo you would specify com/acme/Foo.class.

Note that for technical reasons this is not supported when running with JBang.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CLASS_LOADING_REMOVED_RESOURCES__GROUP_ID_ARTIFACT_ID_

Show more

Map<String,Set<String>>

Command line

デフォルト

The arguments passed to the command line.

We don’t make it a list as the args are separated by a space, not a comma.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ARGS

Show more

string

Configuration

デフォルト

Set this to true to read configuration from system properties and environment variables only. This only applies to runtime.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_SOURCES_SYSTEM_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

A comma separated list of profiles that will be active when Quarkus launches.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PROFILE

Show more

list of string

Accepts a single configuration profile name. If a configuration property cannot be found in the current active profile, the config performs the same lookup in the profile set by this configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_PROFILE_PARENT

Show more

string

Additional config locations to be loaded with the Config. The configuration support multiple locations separated by a comma and each must represent a valid java.net.URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_LOCATIONS

Show more

list of URI

Validates that a @ConfigMapping maps every available configuration name contained in the mapping prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_MAPPING_VALIDATE_UNKNOWN

Show more

boolean

Enable logging of configuration values lookup in DEBUG log level.
The log of configuration values require the category set to DEBUG in the io.smallrye.config category: quarkus.log.category."io.smallrye.config".level=DEBUG.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_LOG_VALUES

Show more

boolean

A property that allows accessing a generated UUID. It generates that UUID at startup time. So it changes between two starts including in dev mode.
Access this generated UUID using expressions: ${quarkus.uuid}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_UUID

Show more

string

Configuration tracking and dumping

デフォルト

Whether configuration dumping is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Directory in which the configuration dump should be stored. If not configured the .quarkus directory under the project directory will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_DIRECTORY

Show more

path

File in which the configuration dump should be stored. If not configured, the file-prefix and file-suffix will be used to generate the final file name. If the configured file path is absolute, the directory option will be ignored. Otherwise, the path will be considered relative to the directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_FILE

Show more

path

File name prefix. This option will be ignored in case file is configured.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_FILE_PREFIX

Show more

string

quarkus

File name suffix. This option will be ignored in case file is configured.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_FILE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

-config-dump

A list of config properties that should be excluded from the report. GLOB patterns could be used instead of property names.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_EXCLUDE

Show more

list of string

A list of config properties whose values should be hashed in the report. The values will be hashed using SHA-512 algorithm. GLOB patterns could be used instead of property names.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_HASH_OPTIONS

Show more

list of string

Whether to use a ~ as an alias for user home directory in path values

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIG_TRACKING_USE_USER_HOME_ALIAS_IN_PATHS

Show more

boolean

true

What should happen if the application is started with a different build time configuration than it was compiled against. This may be useful to prevent misconfiguration.

If this is set to warn the application will warn at start up.

If this is set to fail the application will fail at start up.

Native tests leveraging`@io.quarkus.test.junit.TestProfile` are always run with quarkus.configuration.build-time-mismatch-at-runtime = fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONFIGURATION_BUILD_TIME_MISMATCH_AT_RUNTIME

Show more

warn, fail

warn

Console

デフォルト

If test results and status should be displayed in the console.

If this is false results can still be viewed in the dev console.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONSOLE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Disables the ability to enter input on the console.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONSOLE_DISABLE_INPUT

Show more

boolean

false

Disable the testing status/prompt message at the bottom of the console and log these messages to STDOUT instead.

Use this option if your terminal does not support ANSI escape sequences.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONSOLE_BASIC

Show more

boolean

false

If color should be enabled or disabled. If this is not present then an attempt will be made to guess if the terminal supports color

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CONSOLE_COLOR

Show more

boolean

Debugging

デフォルト

If set to true, writes a list of all reflective classes to META-INF

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_REFLECTION

Show more

boolean

false

If set to a directory, all generated classes will be written into that directory

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_GENERATED_CLASSES_DIR

Show more

string

If set to a directory, all transformed classes (e.g. Panache entities) will be written into that directory

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_TRANSFORMED_CLASSES_DIR

Show more

string

If set to a directory, ZIG files for generated code will be written into that directory.

A ZIG file is a textual representation of the generated code that is referenced in the stacktraces.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_GENERATED_SOURCES_DIR

Show more

string

If set to true then dump the build metrics to a JSON file in the build directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_DUMP_BUILD_METRICS

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, Quarkus prints the wall-clock time each build step took to complete. This is useful as a first step in debugging slow startup times.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEBUG_PRINT_STARTUP_TIMES

Show more

boolean

false

Deployment

デフォルト

Deployment target

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEPLOY_TARGET

Show more

string

Dev Services

デフォルト

Global flag that can be used to disable all Dev Services. If this is set to false then Dev Services will not be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Global flag that can be used to force the attachmment of Dev Services to shared network. Default is false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEVSERVICES_LAUNCH_ON_SHARED_NETWORK

Show more

boolean

false

The timeout for starting a container

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEVSERVICES_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Detection mode of invalid usage of execution model annotations.

An execution model annotation is @Blocking, @NonBlocking and @RunOnVirtualThread. These annotations may only be used on "entrypoint" methods (methods invoked by various frameworks in Quarkus); using them on methods that can only be invoked by application code is invalid.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_EXECUTION_MODEL_ANNOTATIONS_DETECTION_MODE

Show more

failInvalid usage of execution model annotations causes build failure., warnInvalid usage of execution model annotations causes warning during build., disabledNo detection of invalid usage of execution model annotations.

failInvalid usage of execution model annotations causes build failure.

IDE

デフォルト

The Ide to use to open files from the DevUI. auto means that Quarkus will attempt to determine the Ide being used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_IDE_TARGET

Show more

auto, idea, vscode, eclipse, netbeans

auto

Indexing

デフォルト

Artifacts on the classpath that should also be indexed

デフォルト

The maven groupId of the artifact.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INDEX_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__GROUP_ID

Show more

string

required

The maven artifactId of the artifact (optional).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INDEX_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__ARTIFACT_ID

Show more

string

The maven classifier of the artifact (optional).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INDEX_DEPENDENCY__DEPENDENCY_NAME__CLASSIFIER

Show more

string

Initialization

デフォルト

true to quit exit right after the initialization. The option is not meant be used directly by users.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INIT_AND_EXIT

Show more

boolean

false

JNI

デフォルト

Paths of library to load.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JNI_LIBRARY_PATHS

Show more

list of string

Launch

デフォルト

If set to true, Quarkus will perform re-augmentation (assuming the mutable-jar package type is used)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LAUNCH_REBUILD

Show more

boolean

false

Live reload

デフォルト

Whether the live-reload feature should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether Quarkus should enable its ability to not do a full restart when changes to classes are compatible with JVM instrumentation. If this is set to true, Quarkus will perform class redefinition when possible.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_INSTRUMENTATION

Show more

boolean

false

The names of additional resource files to watch for changes, triggering a reload on change. Directories are not supported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_WATCHED_RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Password used to use to connect to the remote dev-mode application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_PASSWORD

Show more

string

URL used to use to connect to the remote dev-mode application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_URL

Show more

string

The amount of time to wait for a remote dev connect or reconnect

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

The amount of time to wait between attempts when connecting to the server side of remote dev

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_RETRY_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2S

The maximum number of attempts when connecting to the server side of remote dev

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIVE_RELOAD_RETRY_MAX_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

10

Localization

デフォルト

The set of supported locales that can be consumed by the extensions.

The locales must be specified in the IETF BCP 47 format e.g. en-US or fr-FR.

For instance, the Hibernate Validator extension makes use of it.

Native-image build uses it to define additional locales that are supposed to be available at runtime.

A special string "all" is translated as ROOT Locale and then used in native-image to include all locales. Image size penalty applies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOCALES

Show more

list of Locale

Set containing the build system locale

Default locale that can be consumed by the extensions.

The locale must be specified in the IETF BCP 47 format e.g. en-US or fr-FR.

For instance, the Hibernate Validator extension makes use of it.

Native-image build uses this property to derive user.language and user.country for the application’s runtime.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEFAULT_LOCALE

Show more

Locale

Build system locale

Logging

デフォルト

If enabled and a metrics extension is present, logging metrics are published.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The default minimum log level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_MIN_LEVEL

Show more

Level

DEBUG

This will decorate the stacktrace in dev mode to show the line in the code that cause the exception

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_DECORATE_STACKTRACES

Show more

boolean

true

The log level of the root category, which is used as the default log level for all categories.

JBoss Logging supports Apache-style log levels:

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#FATAL}

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#ERROR}

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#WARN}

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#INFO}

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#DEBUG}

  • {@link org.jboss.logmanager.Level#TRACE}

In addition, it also supports the standard JDK log levels.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_LEVEL

Show more

Level

INFO

The names of additional handlers to link to the root category. These handlers are defined in consoleHandlers, fileHandlers, or syslogHandlers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLERS

Show more

list of string

Minimum logging categories

デフォルト

The minimum log level for this category. By default, all categories are configured with DEBUG minimum level.

To get runtime logging below DEBUG, e.g., TRACE, adjust the minimum level at build time. The right log level needs to be provided at runtime.

As an example, to get TRACE logging, minimum level needs to be at TRACE, and the runtime log level needs to match that.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CATEGORY__CATEGORIES__MIN_LEVEL

Show more

InheritableLevel

inherit

The log level for this category.

Note that to get log levels below INFO, the minimum level build-time configuration option also needs to be adjusted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CATEGORY__CATEGORIES__LEVEL

Show more

InheritableLevel

inherit

The names of the handlers to link to this category.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CATEGORY__CATEGORIES__HANDLERS

Show more

list of string

Specify whether this logger should send its output to its parent Logger

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CATEGORY__CATEGORIES__USE_PARENT_HANDLERS

Show more

boolean

true

Console logging

デフォルト

If console logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

If console logging should go to System#err instead of System#out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_STDERR

Show more

boolean

false

The log format. Note that this value is ignored if an extension is present that takes control of console formatting (e.g., an XML or JSON-format extension).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The console log level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

Specify how much the colors should be darkened. Note that this value is ignored if an extension is present that takes control of console formatting (e.g., an XML or JSON-format extension).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_DARKEN

Show more

int

0

The name of the filter to link to the console handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_FILTER

Show more

string

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

File logging

デフォルト

If file logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

false

The log format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %h %N[%i] %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The level of logs to be written into the file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

The name of the file in which logs will be written.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_PATH

Show more

File

quarkus.log

The name of the filter to link to the file handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_FILTER

Show more

string

The character encoding used

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ENCODING

Show more

Charset

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

The maximum log file size, after which a rotation is executed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ROTATION_MAX_FILE_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

10M

The maximum number of backups to keep.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ROTATION_MAX_BACKUP_INDEX

Show more

int

5

The file handler rotation file suffix. When used, the file will be rotated based on its suffix.

The suffix must be in a date-time format that is understood by DateTimeFormatter.

Example fileSuffix: .yyyy-MM-dd

Note: If the suffix ends with .zip or .gz, the rotation file will also be compressed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ROTATION_FILE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

Indicates whether to rotate log files on server initialization.

You need to either set a max-file-size or configure a file-suffix for it to work.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_ROTATION_ROTATE_ON_BOOT

Show more

boolean

true

Syslog logging

デフォルト

If syslog logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

false

The IP address and port of the Syslog server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_ENDPOINT

Show more

host:port

localhost:514

The app name used when formatting the message in RFC5424 format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_APP_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the host the messages are being sent from

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_HOSTNAME

Show more

string

Sets the facility used when calculating the priority of the message as defined by RFC-5424 and RFC-3164

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY

Show more

kernel, user-level, mail-system, system-daemons, security, syslogd, line-printer, network-news, uucp, clock-daemon, security2, ftp-daemon, ntp, log-audit, log-alert, clock-daemon2, local-use-0, local-use-1, local-use-2, local-use-3, local-use-4, local-use-5, local-use-6, local-use-7

user-level

Set the SyslogType syslog type this handler should use to format the message sent

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_SYSLOG_TYPE

Show more

rfc5424, rfc3164

rfc5424

Sets the protocol used to connect to the Syslog server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, ssl-tcp

tcp

If enabled, the message being sent is prefixed with the size of the message

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_USE_COUNTING_FRAMING

Show more

boolean

false

Set to true to truncate the message if it exceeds maximum length

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_TRUNCATE

Show more

boolean

true

Enables or disables blocking when attempting to reconnect a org.jboss.logmanager.handlers.SyslogHandler.Protocol#TCP TCP or org.jboss.logmanager.handlers.SyslogHandler.Protocol#SSL_TCP SSL TCP protocol

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_BLOCK_ON_RECONNECT

Show more

boolean

false

The log message format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The log level specifying what message levels will be logged by the Syslog logger

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

The name of the filter to link to the file handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_FILTER

Show more

string

The maximum length, in bytes, of the message allowed to be sent. The length includes the header and the message.

If not set, the default value is 2048 when sys-log-type is rfc5424 (which is the default) and 1024 when sys-log-type is rfc3164

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_MAX_LENGTH

Show more

MemorySize 

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

Console handlers

デフォルト

If console logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

If console logging should go to System#err instead of System#out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__STDERR

Show more

boolean

false

The log format. Note that this value is ignored if an extension is present that takes control of console formatting (e.g., an XML or JSON-format extension).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The console log level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

Specify how much the colors should be darkened. Note that this value is ignored if an extension is present that takes control of console formatting (e.g., an XML or JSON-format extension).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__DARKEN

Show more

int

0

The name of the filter to link to the console handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__FILTER

Show more

string

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_CONSOLE__CONSOLE_HANDLERS__ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

File handlers

デフォルト

If file logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ENABLE

Show more

boolean

false

The log format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %h %N[%i] %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The level of logs to be written into the file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

The name of the file in which logs will be written.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__PATH

Show more

File

quarkus.log

The name of the filter to link to the file handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__FILTER

Show more

string

The character encoding used

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ENCODING

Show more

Charset

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

The maximum log file size, after which a rotation is executed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ROTATION_MAX_FILE_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

10M

The maximum number of backups to keep.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ROTATION_MAX_BACKUP_INDEX

Show more

int

5

The file handler rotation file suffix. When used, the file will be rotated based on its suffix.

The suffix must be in a date-time format that is understood by DateTimeFormatter.

Example fileSuffix: .yyyy-MM-dd

Note: If the suffix ends with .zip or .gz, the rotation file will also be compressed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ROTATION_FILE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

Indicates whether to rotate log files on server initialization.

You need to either set a max-file-size or configure a file-suffix for it to work.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_FILE__FILE_HANDLERS__ROTATION_ROTATE_ON_BOOT

Show more

boolean

true

Syslog handlers

デフォルト

If syslog logging should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__ENABLE

Show more

boolean

false

The IP address and port of the Syslog server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__ENDPOINT

Show more

host:port

localhost:514

The app name used when formatting the message in RFC5424 format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__APP_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the host the messages are being sent from

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__HOSTNAME

Show more

string

Sets the facility used when calculating the priority of the message as defined by RFC-5424 and RFC-3164

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__FACILITY

Show more

kernel, user-level, mail-system, system-daemons, security, syslogd, line-printer, network-news, uucp, clock-daemon, security2, ftp-daemon, ntp, log-audit, log-alert, clock-daemon2, local-use-0, local-use-1, local-use-2, local-use-3, local-use-4, local-use-5, local-use-6, local-use-7

user-level

Set the SyslogType syslog type this handler should use to format the message sent

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__SYSLOG_TYPE

Show more

rfc5424, rfc3164

rfc5424

Sets the protocol used to connect to the Syslog server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, ssl-tcp

tcp

If enabled, the message being sent is prefixed with the size of the message

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__USE_COUNTING_FRAMING

Show more

boolean

false

Set to true to truncate the message if it exceeds maximum length

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__TRUNCATE

Show more

boolean

true

Enables or disables blocking when attempting to reconnect a org.jboss.logmanager.handlers.SyslogHandler.Protocol#TCP TCP or org.jboss.logmanager.handlers.SyslogHandler.Protocol#SSL_TCP SSL TCP protocol

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__BLOCK_ON_RECONNECT

Show more

boolean

false

The log message format

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__FORMAT

Show more

string

%d{yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS} %-5p [%c{3.}] (%t) %s%e%n

The log level specifying what message levels will be logged by the Syslog logger

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

The name of the filter to link to the file handler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__FILTER

Show more

string

The maximum length, in bytes, of the message allowed to be sent. The length includes the header and the message.

If not set, the default value is 2048 when sys-log-type is rfc5424 (which is the default) and 1024 when sys-log-type is rfc3164

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__MAX_LENGTH

Show more

MemorySize 

Indicates whether to log asynchronously

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__ASYNC

Show more

boolean

false

The queue length to use before flushing writing

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__ASYNC_QUEUE_LENGTH

Show more

int

512

Determine whether to block the publisher (rather than drop the message) when the queue is full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_SYSLOG__SYSLOG_HANDLERS__ASYNC_OVERFLOW

Show more

block, discard

block

Log cleanup filters - internal use

デフォルト

The message prefix to match

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILTER__FILTERS__IF_STARTS_WITH

Show more

list of string

inherit

The new log level for the filtered message. Defaults to DEBUG.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILTER__FILTERS__TARGET_LEVEL

Show more

Level

DEBUG

Naming

デフォルト

By default, Quarkus will install a non-functional JNDI initial context, to help mitigate against Log4Shell style attacks. If your application does need to use JNDI you can change this flag.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NAMING_ENABLE_JNDI

Show more

boolean

false

Native executables

デフォルト

Set to enable native-image building using GraalVM.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set to prevent the native-image process from actually building the native image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_SOURCES_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated, additional arguments to pass to the build process. If an argument includes the , symbol, it needs to be escaped, e.g. \\,

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ADDITIONAL_BUILD_ARGS

Show more

list of string

If the HTTP url handler should be enabled, allowing you to do URL.openConnection() for HTTP URLs

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_HTTP_URL_HANDLER

Show more

boolean

true

If the HTTPS url handler should be enabled, allowing you to do URL.openConnection() for HTTPS URLs

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_HTTPS_URL_HANDLER

Show more

boolean

false

The default value for java.awt.headless JVM option. Switching this option affects linking of awt libraries.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_HEADLESS

Show more

boolean

true

Defines the file encoding as in -Dfile.encoding=…​. Native image runtime uses the host’s (i.e. build time) value of file.encoding system property. We intentionally default this to UTF-8 to avoid platform specific defaults to be picked up which can then result in inconsistent behavior in the generated native executable.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_FILE_ENCODING

Show more

string

UTF-8

If all character sets should be added to the native executable.

Note that some extensions (e.g. the Oracle JDBC driver) also take this setting into account to enable support for all charsets at the extension level.

This increases image size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ADD_ALL_CHARSETS

Show more

boolean

false

The location of the Graal distribution

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_GRAALVM_HOME

Show more

string

${GRAALVM_HOME:}

The location of the JDK

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_JAVA_HOME

Show more

File

${java.home}

The maximum Java heap to be used during the native image generation

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_NATIVE_IMAGE_XMX

Show more

string

If the native image build should wait for a debugger to be attached before running. This is an advanced option and is generally only intended for those familiar with GraalVM internals

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_DEBUG_BUILD_PROCESS

Show more

boolean

false

If the debug port should be published when building with docker and debug-build-process is true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_PUBLISH_DEBUG_BUILD_PROCESS_PORT

Show more

boolean

true

If isolates should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_ISOLATES

Show more

boolean

true

If a JVM based 'fallback image' should be created if native image fails. This is not recommended, as this is functionally the same as just running the application in a JVM

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_FALLBACK_IMAGES

Show more

boolean

false

If all META-INF/services entries should be automatically registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_AUTO_SERVICE_LOADER_REGISTRATION

Show more

boolean

false

If the bytecode of all proxies should be dumped for inspection

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_DUMP_PROXIES

Show more

boolean

false

If this build should be done using a container runtime. Unless container-runtime is also set, docker will be used by default. If docker is not available or is an alias to podman, podman will be used instead as the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_BUILD

Show more

boolean

Explicit configuration option to generate a native Position Independent Executable (PIE) for Linux. If the system supports PIE generation, the default behaviour is to disable it for performance reasons. However, some systems can only run position-independent executables, so this option enables the generation of such native executables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_PIE

Show more

boolean

Generate instructions for a specific machine type. Defaults to x86-64-v3 on AMD64 and armv8-a on AArch64. Use compatibility for best compatibility, or native for best performance if a native executable is deployed on the same machine or on a machine with the same CPU features. A list of all available machine types is available by executing native-image -march=list

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_MARCH

Show more

string

If this build is done using a remote docker daemon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_REMOTE_CONTAINER_BUILD

Show more

boolean

false

The docker image to use to do the image build. It can be one of graalvm, mandrel, or the full image path, e.g. quay.io/quarkus/ubi-quarkus-mandrel-builder-image:jdk-21.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_BUILDER_IMAGE

Show more

string

mandrel

The strategy for pulling the builder image during the build.

Defaults to 'always', which will always pull the most up-to-date image; useful to keep up with fixes when a (floating) tag is updated.

Use 'missing' to only pull if there is no image locally; useful on development environments where building with out-of-date images is acceptable and bandwidth may be limited.

Use 'never' to fail the build if there is no image locally.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_BUILDER_IMAGE_PULL

Show more

alwaysAlways pull the most recent image., missingOnly pull the image if it’s missing locally., neverNever pull any image; fail if the image is missing locally.

alwaysAlways pull the most recent image.

The container runtime (e.g. docker) that is used to do an image based build. If this is set then a container build is always done.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_RUNTIME

Show more

docker, docker-rootless, wsl, wsl-rootless, podman, podman-rootless, unavailable

Options to pass to the container runtime

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_RUNTIME_OPTIONS

Show more

list of string

Enable monitoring various monitoring options. The value should be comma separated.

  • jfr for JDK flight recorder support

  • jvmstat for JVMStat support

  • heapdump for heampdump support

  • jmxclient for JMX client support (experimental)

  • jmxserver for JMX server support (experimental)

  • all for all monitoring features

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_MONITORING

Show more

list of heapdump, jvmstat, jfr, jmxserver, jmxclient, all

If the reports on call paths and included packages/classes/methods should be generated

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_REPORTS

Show more

boolean

false

If exceptions should be reported with a full stack trace

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_REPORT_EXCEPTION_STACK_TRACES

Show more

boolean

true

If errors should be reported at runtime. This is a more relaxed setting, however it is not recommended as it means your application may fail at runtime if an unsupported feature is used by accident. Note that the use of this flag may result in build time failures due to `ClassNotFoundException`s. Reason most likely being that the Quarkus extension already optimized it away or do not actually need it. In such cases you should explicitly add the corresponding dependency providing the missing classes as a dependency to your project.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_REPORT_ERRORS_AT_RUNTIME

Show more

boolean

false

Don’t build a native image if it already exists. This is useful if you have already built an image and you want to use Quarkus to deploy it somewhere. Note that this is not able to detect if the existing image is outdated, if you have modified source or config and want a new image you must not use this flag.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_REUSE_EXISTING

Show more

boolean

false

A comma separated list of globs to match resource paths that should be added to the native image.

Use slash (/) as a path separator on all platforms. Globs must not start with slash.

By default, no resources are included.

Example: Given that you have src/main/resources/ignored.png and src/main/resources/foo/selected.png in your source tree and one of your dependency JARs contains bar/some.txt file, with the following configuration

quarkus.native.resources.includes = foo/**,bar/**/*.txt

the files src/main/resources/foo/selected.png and bar/some.txt will be included in the native image, while src/main/resources/ignored.png will not be included.

Supported glob features Feature Description * Matches a (possibly empty) sequence of characters that does not contain slash (/) ** Matches a (possibly empty) sequence of characters that may contain slash (/) ? Matches one character, but not slash [abc] Matches one character given in the bracket, but not slash [a-z] Matches one character from the range given in the bracket, but not slash [!abc] Matches one character not named in the bracket; does not match slash [a-z] Matches one character outside the range given in the bracket; does not match slash {one,two,three} Matches any of the alternating tokens separated by comma; the tokens may contain wildcards, nested alternations and ranges \ The escape character

Note that there are three levels of escaping when passing this option via application.properties:

  1. application.properties parser

    • MicroProfile Config list converter that splits the comma separated list

    • Glob parser All three levels use backslash (\) as the escaping character. So you need to use an appropriate number of backslashes depending on which level you want to escape.

Note that Quarkus extensions typically include the resources they require by themselves. This option is useful in situations when the built-in functionality is not sufficient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_RESOURCES_INCLUDES

Show more

list of string

A comma separated list of globs to match resource paths that should not be added to the native image.

Use slash (/) as a path separator on all platforms. Globs must not start with slash.

Please refer to includes for details about the glob syntax.

By default, no resources are excluded.

Example: Given that you have src/main/resources/red.png and src/main/resources/foo/green.png in your source tree and one of your dependency JARs contains bar/blue.png file, with the following configuration

quarkus.native.resources.includes = **/*.png
quarkus.native.resources.excludes = foo/**,**/green.png

the resource red.png will be available in the native image while the resources foo/green.png and bar/blue.png will not be available in the native image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_RESOURCES_EXCLUDES

Show more

list of string

If debug is enabled and debug symbols are generated. The symbols will be generated in a separate .debug file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_DEBUG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Generate the report files for GraalVM Dashboard.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_ENABLE_DASHBOARD_DUMP

Show more

boolean

false

Include a reasons entries in the generated json configuration files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_INCLUDE_REASONS_IN_CONFIG_FILES

Show more

boolean

false

The compression level in [1, 10]. 10 means best.

Higher compression level requires more time to compress the executable.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_COMPRESSION_LEVEL

Show more

int

Allows passing extra arguments to the UPX command line (like --brute). The arguments are comma-separated. The exhaustive list of parameters can be found in https://github.com/upx/upx/blob/devel/doc/upx.pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_COMPRESSION_ADDITIONAL_ARGS

Show more

list of string

Configuration files generated by the Quarkus build, using native image agent, are informative by default. In other words, the generated configuration files are presented in the build log but are not applied. When this option is set to true, generated configuration files are applied to the native executable building process.

Enabling this option should be done with care, because it can make native image configuration and/or behaviour dependant on other non-obvious factors. For example, if the native image agent generated configuration was generated from running JVM unit tests, disabling test(s) can result in a different native image configuration being generated, which in turn can misconfigure the native executable or affect its behaviour in unintended ways.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NATIVE_AGENT_CONFIGURATION_APPLY

Show more

boolean

false

Packaging the application

デフォルト

If set to false, no JAR will be produced.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The JAR output type to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_TYPE

Show more

fast-jarThe "fast JAR" packaging type., uber-jarThe "Uber-JAR" packaging type., mutable-jarThe "mutable JAR" packaging type (for remote development mode)., legacy-jarThe "legacy JAR" packaging type. This corresponds to the packaging type used in Quarkus before version 1.12.

fast-jarThe "fast JAR" packaging type.

Whether the created jar will be compressed. This setting is not used when building a native image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_COMPRESS

Show more

boolean

true

Specify whether the Implementation information should be included in the runner jar’s MANIFEST.MF.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_MANIFEST_ADD_IMPLEMENTATION_ENTRIES

Show more

boolean

true

Custom manifest attributes to be added to the main section of the MANIFEST.MF file. An example of the user defined property: quarkus.package.jar.manifest.attributes."Entry-key1"=Value1 quarkus.package.jar.manifest.attributes."Entry-key2"=Value2

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_MANIFEST_ATTRIBUTES__ATTRIBUTE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom manifest sections to be added to the MANIFEST.MF file. An example of the user defined property: quarkus.package.jar.manifest.sections."Section-Name"."Entry-Key1"=Value1 quarkus.package.jar.manifest.sections."Section-Name"."Entry-Key2"=Value2

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_MANIFEST_SECTIONS__SECTION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Files that should not be copied to the output artifact.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_USER_CONFIGURED_IGNORED_ENTRIES

Show more

list of string

List of all the dependencies that have been defined as optional to include into the final package of the application. Each optional dependency needs to be expressed in the following format:

groupId:artifactId[:[classifier][:[type]]]

With the classifier and type being optional (note that the brackets ([]) denote optionality and are not a part of the syntax specification). The group ID and artifact ID must be present and non-empty.

If the type is missing, the artifact is assumed to be of type jar.

This parameter is optional; if absent, no optional dependencies will be included into the final package of the application.

For backward compatibility reasons, this parameter is ignored by default and can be enabled by setting the parameter quarkus.package.jar.filter-optional-dependencies to true.

This parameter is meant to be used in modules where multi-builds have been configured to avoid getting a final package with unused dependencies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_INCLUDED_OPTIONAL_DEPENDENCIES

Show more

list of GACT

Flag indicating whether the optional dependencies should be filtered out or not.

This parameter is meant to be used in modules where multi-builds have been configured to avoid getting a final package with unused dependencies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_FILTER_OPTIONAL_DEPENDENCIES

Show more

boolean

false

Indicates whether the generated JAR file should have the runner suffix appended. Only applicable to the JarType#UBER_JAR uber-JAR output type. If disabled, the JAR built by the original build system (Maven, Gradle, etc.) will be replaced with the Quarkus-built uber-JAR.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_ADD_RUNNER_SUFFIX

Show more

boolean

true

Whether to automate the creation of AppCDS. Furthermore, this option only works for Java 11+ and is considered experimental for the time being. Finally, care must be taken to use the same exact JVM version when building and running the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_APPCDS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

When AppCDS generation is enabled, if this property is set, then the JVM used to generate the AppCDS file will be the JVM present in the container image. The builder image is expected to have the 'java' binary on its PATH. This flag is useful when the JVM to be used at runtime is not the same exact JVM version as the one used to build the jar. Note that this property is consulted only when quarkus.package.jar.appcds.enabled=true and it requires having docker available during the build.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_APPCDS_BUILDER_IMAGE

Show more

string

Whether creation of the AppCDS archive should run in a container if available.

Normally, if either a suitable container image to use to create the AppCDS archive can be determined automatically or if one is explicitly set using the quarkus.<package-type>.appcds.builder-image setting, the AppCDS archive is generated by running the JDK contained in the image as a container.

If this option is set to false, a container will not be used to generate the AppCDS archive. Instead, the JDK used to build the application is also used to create the archive. Note that the exact same JDK version must be used to run the application in this case.

Ignored if quarkus.package.jar.appcds.enabled is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_APPCDS_USE_CONTAINER

Show more

boolean

true

This is an advanced option that only takes effect for development mode.

If this is specified a directory of this name will be created in the jar distribution. Users can place jar files in this directory, and when re-augmentation is performed these will be processed and added to the class-path.

Note that before reaugmentation has been performed these jars will be ignored, and if they are updated the app should be reaugmented again.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_USER_PROVIDERS_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

If this option is true then a list of all the coordinates of the artifacts that made up this image will be included in the quarkus-app directory. This list can be used by vulnerability scanners to determine if your application has any vulnerable dependencies. Only supported for the JarType#FAST_JAR fast JAR and JarType#MUTABLE_JAR mutable JAR output types.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_INCLUDE_DEPENDENCY_LIST

Show more

boolean

true

Enable decompilation of generated and transformed bytecode into a filesystem.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_DECOMPILER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The directory into which to save the decompilation output.

A relative path is understood as relative to the build directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_DECOMPILER_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

decompiler

The directory into which to save the decompilation tool if it doesn’t exist locally.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_JAR_DECOMPILER_JAR_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

${user.home}/.quarkus

The entry point of the application. This can either be a fully qualified name of a standard Java class with a main method, or io.quarkus.runtime.QuarkusApplication.

If your application has main classes annotated with io.quarkus.runtime.annotations.QuarkusMain then this can also reference the name given in the annotation, to avoid the need to specify fully qualified names in the config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_MAIN_CLASS

Show more

string

The directory into which the output package(s) should be written. Relative paths are resolved from the build systems target directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY

Show more

path

The name of the final artifact, excluding the suffix and file extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_OUTPUT_NAME

Show more

string

Setting this switch to true will cause Quarkus to write the transformed application bytecode to the build tool’s output directory. This is useful for post-build tools that need to scan the application bytecode (for example, offline code-coverage tools).

For example, if using Maven, enabling this feature will result in the classes in target/classes being replaced with classes that have been transformed by Quarkus.

Setting this to true, however, should be done with a lot of caution and only if subsequent builds are done in a clean environment (i.e. the build tool’s output directory has been completely cleaned).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_WRITE_TRANSFORMED_BYTECODE_TO_BUILD_OUTPUT

Show more

boolean

false

The suffix that is applied to the runner artifact’s base file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PACKAGE_RUNNER_SUFFIX

Show more

string

-runner

Platform

デフォルト

groupId of the platform to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PLATFORM_GROUP_ID

Show more

string

io.quarkus.platform

artifactId of the platform to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PLATFORM_ARTIFACT_ID

Show more

string

quarkus-bom

version of the platform to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PLATFORM_VERSION

Show more

string

999-SNAPSHOT

Shutdown

デフォルト

Whether Quarkus should wait between shutdown being requested and actually initiated. This delay gives the infrastructure time to detect that the application instance is shutting down and stop routing traffic to it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SHUTDOWN_DELAY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The timeout to wait for running requests to finish. If this is not set then the application will exit immediately. Setting this timeout will incur a small performance penalty, as it requires active requests to be tracked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Delay between shutdown being requested and actually initiated. Also called the pre-shutdown phase. In pre-shutdown, the server continues working as usual, except a readiness probe starts reporting "down" (if the smallrye-health extension is present). This gives the infrastructure time to detect that the application instance is shutting down and stop routing traffic to it. Notice that this property will only take effect if quarkus.shutdown.delay-enabled is explicitly set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SHUTDOWN_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

SnapStart

デフォルト

Enable/Disable SnapStart integration

Default value is dependent on extensions deployed (i.e. when using AWS Lambda extensions, this will be set to true by default)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SNAPSTART_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

Will do a classpath search for all META-INF/quarkus-preload-classes.txt files These files contain fully qualified classnames that should be loaded in the SnapStart/CRaC beforeCheckpoint() phase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SNAPSTART_PRELOAD_CLASSES

Show more

boolean

true

if preloading classes, specify whether to do static initialization when preloading these classes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SNAPSTART_INITIALIZE_CLASSES

Show more

boolean

true

Start the full application during the snapshotting process. In other words, when enabled, it performs Application.start() within SnapStart/CRaC beforeCheckpoint() phase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SNAPSTART_FULL_WARMUP

Show more

boolean

true

When SnapStart is enabled, it generates the application class list, so it can be preloaded. Only used if preload-classes is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SNAPSTART_GENERATE_APPLICATION_CLASS_LIST

Show more

boolean

true

SSL

デフォルト

Enable native SSL support.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SSL_NATIVE

Show more

boolean

Testing

デフォルト

If continuous testing is enabled. The default value is 'paused', which will allow you to start testing from the console or the Dev UI, but will not run tests on startup. If this is set to 'enabled' then testing will start as soon as the application has started. If this is 'disabled' then continuous testing is not enabled, and can’t be enabled without restarting the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_CONTINUOUS_TESTING

Show more

paused, enabled, disabled

paused

If output from the running tests should be displayed in the console.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_DISPLAY_TEST_OUTPUT

Show more

boolean

false

Tags that should be included for continuous testing. This supports JUnit Tag Expressions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_INCLUDE_TAGS

Show more

list of string

Tags that should be excluded by default with continuous testing. This is ignored if include-tags has been set. Defaults to 'slow'. This supports JUnit Tag Expressions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_EXCLUDE_TAGS

Show more

list of string

slow

Tests that should be included for continuous testing. This is a regular expression and is matched against the test class name (not the file name).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_INCLUDE_PATTERN

Show more

string

Tests that should be excluded with continuous testing. This is a regular expression and is matched against the test class name (not the file name). This is ignored if include-pattern has been set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_EXCLUDE_PATTERN

Show more

string

.*\.IT[^.]+|.*IT|.*ITCase

Test engine ids that should be included for continuous testing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_INCLUDE_ENGINES

Show more

list of string

Test engine ids that should be excluded by default with continuous testing. This is ignored if include-engines has been set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_EXCLUDE_ENGINES

Show more

list of string

Changes tests to use the 'flat' ClassPath used in Quarkus 1.x versions. This means all Quarkus and test classes are loaded in the same ClassLoader, however it means you cannot use continuous testing. Note that if you find this necessary for your application then you may also have problems running in development mode, which cannot use a flat class path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_FLAT_CLASS_PATH

Show more

boolean

false

The profile to use when testing the native image

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_NATIVE_IMAGE_PROFILE

Show more

string

prod

The profile to use when testing using @QuarkusIntegrationTest

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_INTEGRATION_TEST_PROFILE

Show more

string

prod

A comma separated list of profiles (dev, test, prod or custom profiles) to use when testing using @QuarkusTest

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_PROFILE

Show more

list of string

test

The tags this profile is associated with. When the quarkus.test.profile.tags System property is set (its value is a comma separated list of strings) then Quarkus will only execute tests that are annotated with a @TestProfile that has at least one of the supplied (via the aforementioned system property) tags.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_PROFILE_TAGS

Show more

list of string

Controls the container network to be used when @QuarkusIntegration needs to launch the application in a container. This setting only applies if Quarkus does not need to use a shared network - which is the case if DevServices are used when running the test.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_CONTAINER_NETWORK

Show more

string

Set additional ports to be exposed when @QuarkusIntegration needs to launch the application in a container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_CONTAINER_ADDITIONAL_EXPOSED_PORTS__HOST_PORT_

Show more

Map<String,String>

A set of labels to add to the launched container

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_CONTAINER_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

A set of volume mounts to add to the launched container

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_CONTAINER_VOLUME_MOUNTS__HOST_PATH_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Additional launch parameters to be used when Quarkus launches the produced artifact for @QuarkusIntegrationTest When the artifact is a jar, this string is passed right after the java command. When the artifact is a container, this string is passed right after the docker run command. When the artifact is a native binary, this string is passed right after the native binary name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_ARG_LINE

Show more

list of string

Additional environment variables to be set in the process that @QuarkusIntegrationTest launches.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Used in @QuarkusIntegrationTest to determine how long the test will wait for the application to launch

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_WAIT_TIME

Show more

Duration 

PT1M

Configures the hang detection in @QuarkusTest. If no activity happens (i.e. no test callbacks are called) over this period then QuarkusTest will dump all threads stack traces, to help diagnose a potential hang. Note that the initial timeout (before Quarkus has started) will only apply if provided by a system property, as it is not possible to read all config sources until Quarkus has booted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_HANG_DETECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10M

The type of test to run, this can be either: quarkus-test: Only runs @QuarkusTest annotated test classes unit: Only runs classes that are not annotated with @QuarkusTest all: Runs both, running the unit tests first

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_TYPE

Show more

unit, quarkus-test, all

all

If this is true then only the tests from the main application module will be run (i.e. the module that is currently running mvn quarkus:dev). If this is false then tests from all dependency modules will be run as well.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_ONLY_TEST_APPLICATION_MODULE

Show more

boolean

false

Modules that should be included for continuous testing. This is a regular expression and is matched against the module groupId:artifactId.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_INCLUDE_MODULE_PATTERN

Show more

string

Modules that should be excluded for continuous testing. This is a regular expression and is matched against the module groupId:artifactId. This is ignored if include-module-pattern has been set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_EXCLUDE_MODULE_PATTERN

Show more

string

If the test callbacks should be invoked for the integration tests (tests annotated with @QuarkusIntegrationTest).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TEST_ENABLE_CALLBACKS_FOR_INTEGRATION_TESTS

Show more

boolean

false

Core thread pool

デフォルト

The core thread pool size. This number of threads will always be kept alive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_CORE_THREADS

Show more

int

1

Prefill core thread pool. The core thread pool will be initialised with the core number of threads at startup

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_PREFILL

Show more

boolean

true

The maximum number of threads. If this is not specified then it will be automatically sized to the greatest of 8 * the number of available processors and 200. For example if there are 4 processors the max threads will be 200. If there are 48 processors it will be 384.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_MAX_THREADS

Show more

int

The queue size. For most applications this should be unbounded

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

The executor growth resistance. A resistance factor applied after the core pool is full; values applied here will cause that fraction of submissions to create new threads when no idle thread is available. A value of 0.0f implies that threads beyond the core size should be created as aggressively as threads within it; a value of 1.0f implies that threads beyond the core size should never be created.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_GROWTH_RESISTANCE

Show more

float

0f

The shutdown timeout. If all pending work has not been completed by this time then additional threads will be spawned to attempt to finish any pending tasks, and the shutdown process will continue

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

1M

The amount of time to wait for thread pool shutdown before tasks should be interrupted. If this value is greater than or equal to the value for shutdown-timeout, then tasks will not be interrupted before the shutdown timeout occurs.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_SHUTDOWN_INTERRUPT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The frequency at which the status of the thread pool should be checked during shutdown. Information about waiting tasks and threads will be checked and possibly logged at this interval. Setting this key to an empty value disables the shutdown check interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_SHUTDOWN_CHECK_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

5S

The amount of time a thread will stay alive with no work.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_THREAD_POOL_KEEP_ALIVE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

30S

CycloneDX

デフォルト

Whether to skip SBOM generation

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CYCLONEDX_SKIP

Show more

boolean

false

SBOM file format. Supported formats are {code json} and {code xml}. The default format is JSON. If both are desired then all could be used as the value of this option.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CYCLONEDX_FORMAT

Show more

string

json

CycloneDX specification version. The default value be the latest supported by the integrated CycloneDX library.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CYCLONEDX_SCHEMA_VERSION

Show more

string

Whether to include the license text into generated SBOMs.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CYCLONEDX_INCLUDE_LICENSE_TEXT

Show more

boolean

false

Datasources

デフォルト

Whether or not a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

This is a global setting and is not specific to a datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether or not datasource metrics are published in case a metrics extension is present.

This is a global setting and is not specific to a datasource.

This is different from the "jdbc.enable-metrics" property that needs to be set on the JDBC datasource level to enable collection of metrics for that datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".db-kind

The kind of database we will connect to (e.g. h2, postgresql…​).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DB_KIND

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".db-version

The version of the database we will connect to (e.g. '10.0').

The version number set here should follow the same numbering scheme as the string returned by java.sql.DatabaseMetaData#getDatabaseProductVersion() for your database’s JDBC driver. This numbering scheme may be different from the most popular one for your database; for example Microsoft SQL Server 2016 would be version 13.

As a rule, the version set here should be as high as possible, but must be lower than or equal to the version of any database your application will connect to.

A high version will allow better performance and using more features (e.g. Hibernate ORM may generate more efficient SQL, avoid workarounds and take advantage of more database features), but if it is higher than the version of the database you want to connect to, it may lead to runtime exceptions (e.g. Hibernate ORM may generate invalid SQL that your database will reject).

Some extensions (like the Hibernate ORM extension) will try to check this version against the actual database version on startup, leading to a startup failure when the actual version is lower or simply a warning in case the database cannot be reached.

The default for this property is specific to each extension; the Hibernate ORM extension will default to the oldest version it supports.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DB_VERSION

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".health-exclude

Whether this particular data source should be excluded from the health check if the general health check for data sources is enabled.

By default, the health check includes all configured data sources (if it is enabled).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_HEALTH_EXCLUDE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".active

Whether this datasource should be active at runtime.

If the datasource is not active, it won’t start with the application, and accessing the corresponding Datasource CDI bean will fail, meaning in particular that consumers of this datasource (e.g. Hibernate ORM persistence units) will fail to start unless they are inactive too.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".username

The datasource username

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_USERNAME

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".password

The datasource password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".credentials-provider

The credentials provider name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".credentials-provider-name

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

Dev Services

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.enabled

Whether this Dev Service should start with the application in dev mode or tests.

Dev Services are enabled by default unless connection configuration (e.g. the JDBC URL or reactive client URL) is set explicitly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.image-name

The container image name for container-based Dev Service providers.

This has no effect if the provider is not a container-based database, such as H2 or Derby.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.container-env."environment-variable-name"

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.container-properties."property-key"

Generic properties that are passed for additional container configuration.

Properties defined here are database-specific and are interpreted specifically in each database dev service implementation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.properties."property-key"

Generic properties that are added to the database connection URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.port

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.command

The container start command to use for container-based Dev Service providers.

This has no effect if the provider is not a container-based database, such as H2 or Derby.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_COMMAND

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.db-name

The database name to use if this Dev Service supports overriding it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_DB_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.username

The username to use if this Dev Service supports overriding it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_USERNAME

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.password

The password to use if this Dev Service supports overriding it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.init-script-path

The path to a SQL script to be loaded from the classpath and applied to the Dev Service database.

This has no effect if the provider is not a container-based database, such as H2 or Derby.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_INIT_SCRIPT_PATH

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.volumes."host-path"

The volumes to be mapped to the container.

The map key corresponds to the host location; the map value is the container location. If the host location starts with "classpath:", the mapping loads the resource from the classpath with read-only permission.

When using a file system location, the volume will be generated with read-write permission, potentially leading to data loss or modification in your file system.

This has no effect if the provider is not a container-based database, such as H2 or Derby.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_VOLUMES__HOST_PATH_

Show more

Map<String,String>

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".devservices.reuse

Whether to keep Dev Service containers running after a dev mode session or test suite execution to reuse them in the next dev mode session or test suite execution.

Within a dev mode session or test suite execution, Quarkus will always reuse Dev Services as long as their configuration (username, password, environment, port bindings, …​) did not change. This feature is specifically about keeping containers running when Quarkus is not running to reuse them across runs.

This feature needs to be enabled explicitly in testcontainers.properties, may require changes to how you configure data initialization in dev mode and tests, and may leave containers running indefinitely, forcing you to stop and remove them manually. See this section of the documentation for more information.

This configuration property is set to true by default, so it is mostly useful to disable reuse, if you enabled it in testcontainers.properties but only want to use it for some of your Quarkus applications or datasources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_DEVSERVICES_REUSE

Show more

boolean

true

DevServices - Keycloak

デフォルト

Flag to enable (default) or disable Dev Services. When enabled, Dev Services for Keycloak automatically configures and starts Keycloak in Dev or Test mode, and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The container image name for Dev Services providers. Defaults to a Quarkus-based Keycloak image. For a WildFly-based distribution, use an image like quay.io/keycloak/keycloak:19.0.3-legacy. Keycloak Quarkus and WildFly images are initialized differently. Dev Services for Keycloak will assume it is a Keycloak Quarkus image unless the image version ends with -legacy. Override with quarkus.keycloak.devservices.keycloak-x-image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

quay.io/keycloak/keycloak:25.0.6

Indicates if a Keycloak-X image is used. By default, the image is identified by keycloak-x in the image name. For custom images, override with quarkus.keycloak.devservices.keycloak-x-image. You do not need to set this property if the default check works.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_KEYCLOAK_X_IMAGE

Show more

boolean

Determines if the Keycloak container is shared. When shared, Quarkus uses label-based service discovery to find and reuse a running Keycloak container, so a second one is not started. Otherwise, if a matching container is not is found, a new container is started. The service discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-label label, whose value is set by the service-name property. Container sharing is available only in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-keycloak label for identifying the Keycloak container. Used in shared mode to locate an existing container with this label. If not found, a new container is initialized with this label. Applicable only in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus

A comma-separated list of class or file system paths to Keycloak realm files. This list is used to initialize Keycloak. The first value in this list is used to initialize default tenant connection properties.

To learn more about Keycloak realm files, consult the Importing and Exporting Keycloak Realms documentation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_REALM_PATH

Show more

list of string

Aliases to additional class or file system resources that are used to initialize Keycloak. Each map entry represents a mapping between an alias and a class or file system resource path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_RESOURCE_ALIASES__ALIAS_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Additional class or file system resources that are used to initialize Keycloak. Each map entry represents a mapping between a class or file system resource path alias and the Keycloak container location.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_RESOURCE_MAPPINGS__RESOURCE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The JAVA_OPTS passed to the keycloak JVM

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_JAVA_OPTS

Show more

string

Show Keycloak log messages with a "Keycloak:" prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_SHOW_LOGS

Show more

boolean

false

Keycloak start command. Use this property to experiment with Keycloak start options, see https://www.keycloak.org/server/all-config. Note, it is ignored when loading legacy Keycloak WildFly images.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_START_COMMAND

Show more

string

The name of the Keycloak realm. This property is used to create the realm if the realm file pointed to by the realm-path property does not exist. The default value is quarkus in this case. It is recommended to always set this property so that Dev Services for Keycloak can identify the realm name without parsing the realm file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_REALM_NAME

Show more

string

Specifies whether to create the Keycloak realm when no realm file is found at the realm-path. Set to false if the realm is to be created using either the Keycloak Administration Console or the Keycloak Admin API provided by io.quarkus.test.common.QuarkusTestResourceLifecycleManager.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_CREATE_REALM

Show more

boolean

true

Specifies whether to create the default client id quarkus-app with a secret secret and register them if the create-realm property is set to true. For OIDC extension configuration properties quarkus.oidc.client.id and quarkus.oidc.credentials.secret will be configured. For OIDC Client extension configuration properties quarkus.oidc-client.client.id and quarkus.oidc-client.credentials.secret will be configured. Set to false if clients have to be created using either the Keycloak Administration Console or the Keycloak Admin API provided by io.quarkus.test.common.QuarkusTestResourceLifecycleManager or registered dynamically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_CREATE_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Specifies whether to start the container even if the default OIDC tenant is disabled. Setting this property to true may be necessary in a multi-tenant OIDC setup, especially when OIDC tenants are created dynamically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_START_WITH_DISABLED_TENANT

Show more

boolean

false

A map of Keycloak usernames to passwords. If empty, default users alice and bob are created with their names as passwords. This map is used for user creation when no realm file is found at the realm-path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_USERS__USERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

A map of roles for Keycloak users. If empty, default roles are assigned: alice receives admin and user roles, while other users receive user role. This map is used for role creation when no realm file is found at the realm-path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_ROLES__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

The specific port for the dev service to listen on.

If not specified, a random port is selected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Environment variables to be passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Memory limit for Keycloak container

If not specified, 750MiB is the default memory limit.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_MEMORY_LIMIT

Show more

MemorySize 

750M

The WebClient timeout. Use this property to configure how long an HTTP client used by OIDC dev service admin client will wait for a response from OpenId Connect Provider when acquiring admin token and creating realm.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_DEVSERVICES_WEB_CLIENT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

4S

Eclipse Vert.x - HTTP

デフォルト

The number of history log entries to remember.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEV_UI_HISTORY_SIZE

Show more

int

50

Show the JsonRPC Log. Useful for extension developers

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEV_UI_SHOW_JSON_RPC_LOG

Show more

boolean

false

More hosts allowed for Dev UI Comma separated list of valid URLs, e.g.: www.quarkus.io, myhost.com (This can also be a regex) By default localhost and 127.0.0.1 will always be allowed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEV_UI_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

Enable CORS filter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DEV_UI_CORS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The HTTP root path. All web content will be served relative to this root path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

/

If basic auth should be enabled. If both basic and form auth is enabled then basic auth will be enabled in silent mode. The basic auth is enabled by default if no authentication mechanisms are configured or Quarkus can safely determine that basic authentication is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_BASIC

Show more

boolean

If form authentication is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The post location.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_POST_LOCATION

Show more

string

/j_security_check

If this is true and credentials are present then a user will always be authenticated before the request progresses. If this is false then an attempt will only be made to authenticate the user if a permission check is performed or the current user is required for some other reason.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PROACTIVE

Show more

boolean

true

Require that all registered HTTP authentication mechanisms must complete the authentication.

Typically, this property has to be true when the credentials are carried over mTLS, when both mTLS and another authentication, for example, OIDC bearer token authentication, must succeed. In such cases, SecurityIdentity created by the first mechanism, mTLS, can be injected, identities created by other mechanisms will be available on SecurityIdentity. The identities can be retrieved using utility method as in the example below:

io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.HttpSecurityUtils.getSecurityIdentities(securityIdentity)

This property is false by default which means that the authentication process is complete as soon as the first SecurityIdentity is created.

This property will be ignored if the path specific authentication is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_INCLUSIVE

Show more

boolean

false

Configures the engine to require/request client authentication. NONE, REQUEST, REQUIRED.

When set to REQUIRED, it’s recommended to also set quarkus.http.insecure-requests=disabled to disable the plain HTTP port. If quarkus.http.insecure-requests is not set, but this parameter is set to REQUIRED, then, quarkus.http.insecure-requests is automatically set to disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CLIENT_AUTH

Show more

none, request, required

none

If this is true then only a virtual channel will be set up for vertx web. We have this switch for testing purposes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_VIRTUAL

Show more

boolean

false

A common root path for non-application endpoints. Various extension-provided endpoints such as metrics, health, and openapi are deployed under this path by default. <p> * Relative path (Default, q) → Non-application endpoints will be served from ${quarkus.http.root-path}/${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}. * Absolute path (/q) → Non-application endpoints will be served from the specified path. * ${quarkus.http.root-path} → Setting this path to the same value as HTTP root path disables this root path. All extension-provided endpoints will be served from ${quarkus.http.root-path}. <p> If the management interface is enabled, the root path for the endpoints exposed on the management interface is configured using the quarkus.management.root-path property instead of this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_NON_APPLICATION_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

q

The REST Assured client timeout for testing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TEST_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

If enabled then the response body is compressed if the Content-Type header is set and the value is a compressed media type as configured via compress-media-types.

Note that the RESTEasy Reactive and Reactive Routes extensions also make it possible to enable/disable compression declaratively using the annotations io.quarkus.vertx.http.Compressed and io.quarkus.vertx.http.Uncompressed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ENABLE_COMPRESSION

Show more

boolean

false

When enabled, vert.x will decompress the request’s body if it’s compressed.

Note that the compression format (e.g., gzip) must be specified in the Content-Encoding header in the request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ENABLE_DECOMPRESSION

Show more

boolean

false

If user adds br, then brotli will be added to the list of supported compression algorithms. It implies loading libbrotli native library via JNI and in case of native image, packing the native library into the native image as a resource thus inflating its size. Note that a native shared object library must be available for your platform in Brotli4J project.

Client expresses its capability by sending Accept-Encoding header, e.g. Accept-Encoding: deflate, gzip, br Server chooses the compression algorithm based on the client’s capabilities and marks it in a response header, e.g.: content-encoding: gzip

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_COMPRESSORS

Show more

list of string

gzip,deflate

List of media types for which the compression should be enabled automatically, unless declared explicitly via Compressed or Uncompressed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_COMPRESS_MEDIA_TYPES

Show more

list of string

text/html,text/plain,text/xml,text/css,text/javascript,application/javascript,application/json,application/graphql+json,application/xhtml+xml

The compression level used when compression support is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_COMPRESSION_LEVEL

Show more

int

Enable the CORS filter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS

Show more

boolean

false

The HTTP port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PORT

Show more

int

8080

The HTTP port used to run tests

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TEST_PORT

Show more

int

8081

The HTTP host

In dev/test mode this defaults to localhost, in prod mode this defaults to 0.0.0.0

Defaulting to 0.0.0.0 makes it easier to deploy Quarkus to container, however it is not suitable for dev/test mode as other people on the network can connect to your development machine.

As an exception, when running in Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL), the HTTP host defaults to 0.0.0.0 even in dev/test mode since using localhost makes the application inaccessible.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HOST

Show more

string

required

Used when QuarkusIntegrationTest is meant to execute against an application that is already running and listening on the host specified by this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TEST_HOST

Show more

string

Enable listening to host:port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HOST_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The HTTPS port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_PORT

Show more

int

8443

The HTTPS port used to run tests

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TEST_SSL_PORT

Show more

int

8444

Used when QuarkusIntegrationTest is meant to execute against an application that is already running to configure the test to use SSL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TEST_SSL_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

If insecure (i.e. http rather than https) requests are allowed. If this is enabled then http works as normal. redirect will still open the http port, but all requests will be redirected to the HTTPS port. disabled will prevent the HTTP port from opening at all.

Default is enabled except when client auth is set to required (configured using quarkus.http.ssl.client-auth=required). In this case, the default is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_INSECURE_REQUESTS

Show more

enabled, redirect, disabled

If this is true (the default) then HTTP/2 will be enabled.

Note that for browsers to be able to use it HTTPS must be enabled, and you must be running on JDK11 or above, as JDK8 does not support ALPN.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HTTP2

Show more

boolean

true

Enables or Disable the HTTP/2 Push feature. This setting can be used to disable server push. The server will not send a PUSH_PROMISE frame if it receives this parameter set to @{code false}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HTTP2_PUSH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The CredentialsProvider. If this property is configured, then a matching 'CredentialsProvider' will be used to get the keystore, keystore key, and truststore passwords unless these passwords have already been configured.

Please note that using MicroProfile ConfigSource which is directly supported by Quarkus Configuration should be preferred unless using CredentialsProvider provides for some additional security and dynamism.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The list of path to server certificates using the PEM format. Specifying multiple files requires SNI to be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_FILES

Show more

list of path

The list of path to server certificates private key files using the PEM format. Specifying multiple files requires SNI to be enabled.

The order of the key files must match the order of the certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_FILES

Show more

list of path

An optional keystore that holds the certificate information instead of specifying separate files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

An optional parameter to specify the type of the keystore file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify a provider of the keystore file. If not given, the provider is automatically detected based on the keystore file type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PROVIDER

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file. If not given, and if it can not be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

password

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password of the key store file from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional parameter to select a specific key in the keystore. When SNI is disabled, and the keystore contains multiple keys and no alias is specified; the behavior is undefined.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS

Show more

string

An optional parameter to define the password for the key, in case it is different from key-store-password If not given, it might be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password for the alias from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional trust store that holds the certificate information of the trusted certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

An optional list of trusted certificates using the PEM format. If you pass multiple files, you must use the PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILES

Show more

list of path

An optional parameter to specify the type of the trust store file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify a provider of the trust store file. If not given, the provider is automatically detected based on the trust store file type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PROVIDER

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the trust store file. If not given, it might be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password of the trust store file from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional parameter to trust a single certificate from the trust store rather than trusting all certificates in the store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_CERT_ALIAS

Show more

string

When set, the configured certificate will be reloaded after the given period. Note that the certificate will be reloaded only if the file has been modified.

Also, the update can also occur when the TLS certificate is configured using paths (and not in-memory).

The reload period must be equal or greater than 30 seconds. If not set, the certificate will not be reloaded.

It’s recommended to use the TLS registry to handle the certificate reloading.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CERTIFICATE_RELOAD_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

The cipher suites to use. If none is given, a reasonable default is selected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

list of string

Sets the ordered list of enabled SSL/TLS protocols.

If not set, it defaults to "TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2". The following list of protocols are supported: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. To only enable TLSv1.3, set the value to to "TLSv1.3".

Note that setting an empty list, and enabling SSL/TLS is invalid. You must at least have one protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

TLSv1.3,TLSv1.2

Enables Server Name Indication (SNI), an TLS extension allowing the server to use multiple certificates. The client indicate the server name during the TLS handshake, allowing the server to select the right certificate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SSL_SNI

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration is set, and quarkus.tls.* is not configured, then, quarkus.http.ssl will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

When set to true, the HTTP server automatically sends 100 CONTINUE response when the request expects it (with the Expect: 100-Continue header).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HANDLE_100_CONTINUE_AUTOMATICALLY

Show more

boolean

false

The number if IO threads used to perform IO. This will be automatically set to a reasonable value based on the number of CPU cores if it is not provided. If this is set to a higher value than the number of Vert.x event loops then it will be capped at the number of event loops.

In general this should be controlled by setting quarkus.vertx.event-loops-pool-size, this setting should only be used if you want to limit the number of HTTP io threads to a smaller number than the total number of IO threads.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_IO_THREADS

Show more

int

Http connection idle timeout

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30M

Http connection read timeout for blocking IO. This is the maximum amount of time a thread will wait for data, before an IOException will be thrown and the connection closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60S

Whether the files sent using multipart/form-data will be stored locally.

If true, they will be stored in quarkus.http.body-handler.uploads-directory and will be made available via io.vertx.ext.web.RoutingContext.fileUploads(). Otherwise, the files sent using multipart/form-data will not be stored locally, and io.vertx.ext.web.RoutingContext.fileUploads() will always return an empty collection. Note that even with this option being set to false, the multipart/form-data requests will be accepted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_HANDLE_FILE_UPLOADS

Show more

boolean

true

The directory where the files sent using multipart/form-data should be stored.

Either an absolute path or a path relative to the current directory of the application process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_UPLOADS_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

${java.io.tmpdir}/uploads

Whether the form attributes should be added to the request parameters.

If true, the form attributes will be added to the request parameters; otherwise the form parameters will not be added to the request parameters

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_MERGE_FORM_ATTRIBUTES

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the uploaded files should be removed after serving the request.

If true the uploaded files stored in quarkus.http.body-handler.uploads-directory will be removed after handling the request. Otherwise, the files will be left there forever.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_DELETE_UPLOADED_FILES_ON_END

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the body buffer should pre-allocated based on the Content-Length header value.

If true the body buffer is pre-allocated according to the size read from the Content-Length header. Otherwise, the body buffer is pre-allocated to 1KB, and is resized dynamically

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_PREALLOCATE_BODY_BUFFER

Show more

boolean

false

A comma-separated list of ContentType to indicate whether a given multipart field should be handled as a file part. You can use this setting to force HTTP-based extensions to parse a message part as a file based on its content type. For now, this setting only works when using RESTEasy Reactive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_BODY_MULTIPART_FILE_CONTENT_TYPES

Show more

list of string

The encryption key that is used to store persistent logins (e.g. for form auth). Logins are stored in a persistent cookie that is encrypted with AES-256 using a key derived from a SHA-256 hash of the key that is provided here.

If no key is provided then an in-memory one will be generated, this will change on every restart though so it is not suitable for production environments. This must be more than 16 characters long for security reasons

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_SESSION_ENCRYPTION_KEY

Show more

string

Enable socket reuse port (linux/macOs native transport only)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SO_REUSE_PORT

Show more

boolean

false

Enable tcp quick ack (linux native transport only)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TCP_QUICK_ACK

Show more

boolean

false

Enable tcp cork (linux native transport only)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TCP_CORK

Show more

boolean

false

Enable tcp fast open (linux native transport only)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TCP_FAST_OPEN

Show more

boolean

false

The accept backlog, this is how many connections can be waiting to be accepted before connections start being rejected

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCEPT_BACKLOG

Show more

int

-1

Set the SETTINGS_INITIAL_WINDOW_SIZE HTTP/2 setting. Indicates the sender’s initial window size (in octets) for stream-level flow control. The initial value is 2^16-1 (65,535) octets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_INITIAL_WINDOW_SIZE

Show more

int

Path to a unix domain socket

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_DOMAIN_SOCKET

Show more

string

/var/run/io.quarkus.app.socket

Enable listening to host:port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_DOMAIN_SOCKET_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If this is true then the request start time will be recorded to enable logging of total request time.

This has a small performance penalty, so is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_RECORD_REQUEST_START_TIME

Show more

boolean

false

Provides a hint (optional) for the default content type of responses generated for the errors not handled by the application.

If the client requested a supported content-type in request headers (e.g. "Accept: application/json", "Accept: text/html"), Quarkus will use that content type.

Otherwise, it will default to the content type configured here.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_UNHANDLED_ERROR_CONTENT_TYPE_DEFAULT

Show more

json, html, text

If the cookie pattern is case-sensitive

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SAME_SITE_COOKIE__SAME_SITE_COOKIE__CASE_SENSITIVE

Show more

boolean

false

The value to set in the samesite attribute

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SAME_SITE_COOKIE__SAME_SITE_COOKIE__VALUE

Show more

none, strict, lax

required

Some User Agents break when sent SameSite=None, this will detect them and avoid sending the value

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SAME_SITE_COOKIE__SAME_SITE_COOKIE__ENABLE_CLIENT_CHECKER

Show more

boolean

true

If this is true then the 'secure' attribute will automatically be sent on cookies with a SameSite attribute of None.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_SAME_SITE_COOKIE__SAME_SITE_COOKIE__ADD_SECURE_FOR_NONE

Show more

boolean

true

Authentication configuration

デフォルト

Determines whether the entire permission set is enabled, or not. By default, if the permission set is defined, it is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

The HTTP policy that this permission set is linked to. There are three built-in policies: permit, deny and authenticated. Role based policies can be defined, and extensions can add their own policies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__POLICY

Show more

string

required

The methods that this permission set applies to. If this is not set then they apply to all methods. Note that if a request matches any path from any permission set, but does not match the constraint due to the method not being listed then the request will be denied. Method specific permissions take precedence over matches that do not have any methods set. This means that for example if Quarkus is configured to allow GET and POST requests to /admin to and no other permissions are configured PUT requests to /admin will be denied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__METHODS

Show more

list of string

The paths that this permission check applies to. If the path ends in /* then this is treated as a path prefix, otherwise it is treated as an exact match. Matches are done on a length basis, so the most specific path match takes precedence. If multiple permission sets match the same path then explicit methods matches take precedence over matches without methods set, otherwise the most restrictive permissions are applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__PATHS

Show more

list of string

Path specific authentication mechanism which must be used to authenticate a user. It needs to match HttpCredentialTransport authentication scheme such as 'basic', 'bearer', 'form', etc.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__AUTH_MECHANISM

Show more

string

Indicates that this policy always applies to the matched paths in addition to the policy with a winning path. Avoid creating more than one shared policy to minimize the performance impact.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__SHARED

Show more

boolean

false

Whether permission check should be applied on all matching paths, or paths specific for the Jakarta REST resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__APPLIES_TO

Show more

allApply on all matching paths., jaxrsDeclares that a permission check must only be applied on the Jakarta REST request paths. Use this option to delay the permission check if an authentication mechanism is chosen with an annotation on the matching Jakarta REST endpoint. This option must be set if the following REST endpoint annotations are used\: - io.quarkus.oidc.Tenant annotation which selects an OIDC authentication mechanism with a tenant identifier - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.BasicAuthentication which selects the Basic authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.FormAuthentication which selects the Form-based authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.MTLSAuthentication which selects the mTLS authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.security.webauthn.WebAuthn which selects the WebAuth authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.oidc.BearerTokenAuthentication which selects the OpenID Connect Bearer token authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.oidc.AuthorizationCodeFlow which selects the OpenID Connect Code authentication mechanism

allApply on all matching paths.

The roles that are allowed to access resources protected by this policy. By default, access is allowed to any authenticated user.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__ROLES_ALLOWED

Show more

list of string

**

Add roles granted to the SecurityIdentity based on the roles that the SecurityIdentity already have. For example, the Quarkus OIDC extension can map roles from the verified JWT access token, and you may want to remap them to a deployment specific roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__ROLES__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

Permissions granted to the SecurityIdentity if this policy is applied successfully (the policy allows request to proceed) and the authenticated request has required role. For example, you can map permission perm1 with actions action1 and action2 to role admin by setting quarkus.http.auth.policy.role-policy1.permissions.admin=perm1:action1,perm1:action2 configuration property. Granted permissions are used for authorization with the @PermissionsAllowed annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__PERMISSIONS__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

Permissions granted by this policy will be created with a java.security.Permission implementation specified by this configuration property. The permission class must declare exactly one constructor that accepts permission name (String) or permission name and actions (String, String[]). Permission class must be registered for reflection if you run your application in a native mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__PERMISSION_CLASS

Show more

string

io.quarkus.security.StringPermission

Map the SecurityIdentity roles to deployment specific roles and add the matching roles to SecurityIdentity.

For example, if SecurityIdentity has a user role and the endpoint is secured with a 'UserRole' role, use this property to map the user role to the UserRole role, and have SecurityIdentity to have both user and UserRole roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_ROLES_MAPPING__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

Client certificate attribute whose values are going to be mapped to the 'SecurityIdentity' roles according to the roles mapping specified in the certificate properties file. The attribute must be either one of the Relative Distinguished Names (RDNs) or Subject Alternative Names (SANs). By default, the Common Name (CN) attribute value is used for roles mapping. Supported values are:

  • RDN type - Distinguished Name field. For example 'CN' represents Common Name field. Multivalued RNDs and multiple instances of the same attributes are currently not supported.

  • 'SAN_RFC822' - Subject Alternative Name field RFC 822 Name.

  • 'SAN_URI' - Subject Alternative Name field Uniform Resource Identifier (URI).

  • 'SAN_ANY' - Subject Alternative Name field Other Name. Please note that only simple case of UTF8 identifier mapping is supported. For example, you can map 'other-identifier' to the SecurityIdentity roles. If you use 'openssl' tool, supported Other name definition would look like this: subjectAltName=otherName:1.2.3.4;UTF8:other-identifier

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_CERTIFICATE_ROLE_ATTRIBUTE

Show more

string

CN

Properties file containing the client certificate attribute value to role mappings. Use it only if the mTLS authentication mechanism is enabled with either quarkus.http.ssl.client-auth=required or quarkus.http.ssl.client-auth=request.

Properties file is expected to have the CN_VALUE=role1,role,…​,roleN format and should be encoded using UTF-8.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_CERTIFICATE_ROLE_PROPERTIES

Show more

path

The authentication realm

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_REALM

Show more

string

The login page. Redirect to login page can be disabled by setting quarkus.http.auth.form.login-page=.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_LOGIN_PAGE

Show more

string

/login.html

The username field name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_USERNAME_PARAMETER

Show more

string

j_username

The password field name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_PASSWORD_PARAMETER

Show more

string

j_password

The error page. Redirect to error page can be disabled by setting quarkus.http.auth.form.error-page=.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_ERROR_PAGE

Show more

string

/error.html

The landing page to redirect to if there is no saved page to redirect back to. Redirect to landing page can be disabled by setting quarkus.http.auth.form.landing-page=.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_LANDING_PAGE

Show more

string

/index.html

Option to control the name of the cookie used to redirect the user back to the location they want to access.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_LOCATION_COOKIE

Show more

string

quarkus-redirect-location

The inactivity (idle) timeout When inactivity timeout is reached, cookie is not renewed and a new login is enforced.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT30M

How old a cookie can get before it will be replaced with a new cookie with an updated timeout, also referred to as "renewal-timeout". Note that smaller values will result in slightly more server load (as new encrypted cookies will be generated more often); however, larger values affect the inactivity timeout because the timeout is set when a cookie is generated. For example if this is set to 10 minutes, and the inactivity timeout is 30m, if a user’s last request is when the cookie is 9m old then the actual timeout will happen 21m after the last request because the timeout is only refreshed when a new cookie is generated. That is, no timeout is tracked on the server side; the timestamp is encoded and encrypted in the cookie itself, and it is decrypted and parsed with each request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_NEW_COOKIE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

PT1M

The cookie that is used to store the persistent session

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_COOKIE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus-credential

The cookie path for the session and location cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_COOKIE_PATH

Show more

string

/

Set the HttpOnly attribute to prevent access to the cookie via JavaScript.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_HTTP_ONLY_COOKIE

Show more

boolean

false

SameSite attribute for the session and location cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_COOKIE_SAME_SITE

Show more

strict, lax, none

strict

Max-Age attribute for the session cookie. This is the amount of time the browser will keep the cookie. The default value is empty, which means the cookie will be kept until the browser is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_AUTH_FORM_COOKIE_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

The CORS config

デフォルト

Origins allowed for CORS Comma separated list of valid URLs, e.g.: http://www.quarkus.io,http://localhost:3000 In case an entry of the list is surrounded by forward slashes, it is interpreted as a regular expression.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_ORIGINS

Show more

list of string

HTTP methods allowed for CORS Comma separated list of valid methods. ex: GET,PUT,POST The filter allows any method if this is not set. default: returns any requested method as valid

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_METHODS

Show more

list of string

HTTP headers allowed for CORS Comma separated list of valid headers. ex: X-Custom,Content-Disposition The filter allows any header if this is not set. default: returns any requested header as valid

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

HTTP headers exposed in CORS Comma separated list of valid headers. ex: X-Custom,Content-Disposition default: empty

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_EXPOSED_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

The Access-Control-Max-Age response header value indicating how long the results of a pre-flight request can be cached.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_ACCESS_CONTROL_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

The Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header is used to tell the browsers to expose the response to front-end JavaScript code when the request’s credentials mode Request.credentials is “include”. The value of this header will default to true if quarkus.http.cors.origins property is set and there is a match with the precise Origin header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_CORS_ACCESS_CONTROL_ALLOW_CREDENTIALS

Show more

boolean

Static Resources

デフォルト

Set the index page when serving static resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_INDEX_PAGE

Show more

string

index.html

Set whether hidden files should be served.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_INCLUDE_HIDDEN

Show more

boolean

true

Set whether range requests (resumable downloads; media streaming) should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_ENABLE_RANGE_SUPPORT

Show more

boolean

true

Set whether cache handling is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_CACHING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Set the cache entry timeout. The default is 30 seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_CACHE_ENTRY_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

Set value for max age in caching headers. The default is 24 hours.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

24H

Set the max cache size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_MAX_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

10000

Content encoding for text related files

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_STATIC_RESOURCES_CONTENT_ENCODING

Show more

Charset

UTF-8

Server limits

デフォルト

The maximum length of all headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_HEADER_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

20K

The maximum size of a request body.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_BODY_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

10240K

The max HTTP chunk size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

8192

The maximum length of the initial line (e.g. "GET / HTTP/1.0").

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_INITIAL_LINE_LENGTH

Show more

int

4096

The maximum length of a form attribute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

2048

Set the maximum number of fields of a form. Set to -1 to allow unlimited number of attributes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_FIELDS

Show more

int

256

Set the maximum number of bytes a server can buffer when decoding a form. Set to -1 to allow unlimited length

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_BUFFERED_BYTES

Show more

MemorySize 

1K

The maximum number of HTTP request parameters permitted for incoming requests.

If a client sends more than this number of parameters in a request, the connection is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_PARAMETERS

Show more

int

1000

The maximum number of connections that are allowed at any one time. If this is set it is recommended to set a short idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_CONNECTIONS

Show more

int

Set the SETTINGS_HEADER_TABLE_SIZE HTTP/2 setting.

Allows the sender to inform the remote endpoint of the maximum size of the header compression table used to decode header blocks, in octets. The encoder can select any size equal to or less than this value by using signaling specific to the header compression format inside a header block. The initial value is 4,096 octets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_HEADER_TABLE_SIZE

Show more

Set SETTINGS_MAX_CONCURRENT_STREAMS HTTP/2 setting.

Indicates the maximum number of concurrent streams that the sender will allow. This limit is directional: it applies to the number of streams that the sender permits the receiver to create. Initially, there is no limit to this value. It is recommended that this value be no smaller than 100, to not unnecessarily limit parallelism.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_CONCURRENT_STREAMS

Show more

Set the SETTINGS_MAX_FRAME_SIZE HTTP/2 setting. Indicates the size of the largest frame payload that the sender is willing to receive, in octets. The initial value is 2^14 (16,384) octets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_FRAME_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the SETTINGS_MAX_HEADER_LIST_SIZE HTTP/2 setting. This advisory setting informs a peer of the maximum size of header list that the sender is prepared to accept, in octets. The value is based on the uncompressed size of header fields, including the length of the name and value in octets plus an overhead of 32 octets for each header field. The default value is 8192

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_MAX_HEADER_LIST_SIZE

Show more

Set the max number of RST frame allowed per time window, this is used to prevent HTTP/2 RST frame flood DDOS attacks. The default value is 200, setting zero or a negative value, disables flood protection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_RST_FLOOD_MAX_RST_FRAME_PER_WINDOW

Show more

int

Set the duration of the time window when checking the max number of RST frames, this is used to prevent HTTP/2 RST frame flood DDOS attacks.. The default value is 30 s, setting zero or a negative value, disables flood protection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_LIMITS_RST_FLOOD_WINDOW_DURATION

Show more

Duration 

Access logs

デフォルト

If access logging is enabled. By default this will log via the standard logging facility

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

A regular expression that can be used to exclude some paths from logging.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_EXCLUDE_PATTERN

Show more

string

The access log pattern.

If this is the string common, combined or long then this will use one of the specified named formats:

  • common: %h %l %u %t "%r" %s %b

  • combined: %h %l %u %t "%r" %s %b "%{i,Referer}" "%{i,User-Agent}"

  • long: %r\n%{ALL_REQUEST_HEADERS}

Otherwise, consult the Quarkus documentation for the full list of variables that can be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_PATTERN

Show more

string

common

If logging should be done to a separate file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_LOG_TO_FILE

Show more

boolean

false

The access log file base name, defaults to 'quarkus' which will give a log file name of 'quarkus.log'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_BASE_FILE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus

The log directory to use when logging access to a file If this is not set then the current working directory is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_LOG_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The log file suffix

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_LOG_SUFFIX

Show more

string

.log

The log category to use if logging is being done via the standard log mechanism (i.e. if base-file-name is empty).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_CATEGORY

Show more

string

io.quarkus.http.access-log

If the log should be rotated daily

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_ROTATE

Show more

boolean

true

If rerouted requests should be consolidated into one log entry

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_ACCESS_LOG_CONSOLIDATE_REROUTED_REQUESTS

Show more

boolean

false

Traffic shaping

デフォルト

Enables the traffic shaping.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set bandwidth limit in bytes per second for inbound connections. If not set, no limits are applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_INBOUND_GLOBAL_BANDWIDTH

Show more

MemorySize 

Set bandwidth limit in bytes per second for outbound connections. If not set, no limits are applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_OUTBOUND_GLOBAL_BANDWIDTH

Show more

MemorySize 

Set the maximum delay to wait in case of traffic excess. Default is 15s. Must be less than the HTTP timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_MAX_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

Set the delay between two computations of performances for channels. If set to 0, no stats are computed. Despite 0 is accepted (no accounting), it is recommended to set a positive value for the check interval, even if it is high since the precision of the traffic shaping depends on the period where the traffic is computed. In this case, a suggested value is something close to 5 or 10 minutes.

If not default, it defaults to 1s.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_CHECK_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Set the maximum global write size in bytes per second allowed in the buffer globally for all channels before write are suspended. The default value is 400 MB.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_TRAFFIC_SHAPING_PEAK_OUTBOUND_GLOBAL_BANDWIDTH

Show more

MemorySize 

Additional HTTP Headers always sent in the response

デフォルト

The path this header should be applied

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HEADER__HEADER__PATH

Show more

string

/*

The value for this header configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HEADER__HEADER__VALUE

Show more

string

required

The HTTP methods for this header configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_HEADER__HEADER__METHODS

Show more

list of string

Additional HTTP configuration per path

デフォルト

A regular expression for the paths matching this configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_FILTER__FILTER__MATCHES

Show more

string

required

Additional HTTP Headers always sent in the response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_FILTER__FILTER__HEADER__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The HTTP methods for this path configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_FILTER__FILTER__METHODS

Show more

list of string

Order in which this path config is applied. Higher priority takes precedence

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_FILTER__FILTER__ORDER

Show more

int

Proxy

デフォルト

Set whether the server should use the HA PROXY protocol when serving requests from behind a proxy. (see the PROXY Protocol). When set to true, the remote address returned will be the one from the actual connecting client. If it is set to false (default), the remote address returned will be the one from the proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_USE_PROXY_PROTOCOL

Show more

boolean

false

If this is true then the address, scheme etc. will be set from headers forwarded by the proxy server, such as X-Forwarded-For. This should only be set if you are behind a proxy that sets these headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_PROXY_ADDRESS_FORWARDING

Show more

boolean

false

If this is true and proxy address forwarding is enabled then the standard Forwarded header will be used. In case the not standard X-Forwarded-For header is enabled and detected on HTTP requests, the standard header has the precedence. Activating this together with quarkus.http.proxy.allow-x-forwarded has security implications as clients can forge requests with a forwarded header that is not overwritten by the proxy. Therefore, proxies should strip unexpected X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from the client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_ALLOW_FORWARDED

Show more

boolean

false

If either this or allow-forwarded are true and proxy address forwarding is enabled then the not standard Forwarded header will be used. In case the standard Forwarded header is enabled and detected on HTTP requests, the standard header has the precedence. Activating this together with quarkus.http.proxy.allow-forwarded has security implications as clients can forge requests with a forwarded header that is not overwritten by the proxy. Therefore, proxies should strip unexpected X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from the client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_ALLOW_X_FORWARDED

Show more

boolean

Enable override the received request’s host through a forwarded host header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_ENABLE_FORWARDED_HOST

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the forwarded host header to be used if override enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_FORWARDED_HOST_HEADER

Show more

string

X-Forwarded-Host

Enable prefix the received request’s path with a forwarded prefix header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_ENABLE_FORWARDED_PREFIX

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the forwarded prefix header to be used if prefixing enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_FORWARDED_PREFIX_HEADER

Show more

string

X-Forwarded-Prefix

Adds the header X-Forwarded-Trusted-Proxy if the request is forwarded by a trusted proxy. The value is true if the request is forwarded by a trusted proxy, otherwise null.

The forwarded parser detects forgery attempts and if the incoming request contains this header, it will be removed from the request.

The X-Forwarded-Trusted-Proxy header is a custom header, not part of the standard Forwarded header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_ENABLE_TRUSTED_PROXY_HEADER

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the list of trusted proxy addresses. Received Forwarded, X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from any other proxy address will be ignored. The trusted proxy address should be specified as the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6), hostname or Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. Please note that Quarkus needs to perform DNS lookup for all hostnames during the request. For that reason, using hostnames is not recommended.

Examples of a socket address in the form of host or host:port:

  • 127.0.0.1:8084

  • [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1]

  • [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1]:8084

  • [::]

  • localhost

  • localhost:8084

Examples of a CIDR notation:

  • ::/128

  • ::/0

  • 127.0.0.0/8

Please bear in mind that IPv4 CIDR won’t match request sent from the IPv6 address and the other way around.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_PROXY_TRUSTED_PROXIES

Show more

list of TrustedProxyCheckPart

All proxy addresses are trusted

WebSocket Server configuration

デフォルト

The maximum amount of data that can be sent in a single frame. Messages larger than this must be broken up into continuation frames. Default 65536 (from HttpServerOptions of Vert.X HttpServerOptions)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_WEBSOCKET_SERVER_MAX_FRAME_SIZE

Show more

int

The maximum WebSocket message size. Default 262144 (from HttpServerOptions of Vert.X HttpServerOptions)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HTTP_WEBSOCKET_SERVER_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

Enables / Disables the usage of a separate interface/port to expose the management endpoints. If sets to true, the management endpoints will be exposed to a different HTTP server. This avoids exposing the management endpoints on a publicly available server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If basic auth should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_BASIC

Show more

boolean

If this is true and credentials are present then a user will always be authenticated before the request progresses. If this is false then an attempt will only be made to authenticate the user if a permission check is performed or the current user is required for some other reason.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PROACTIVE

Show more

boolean

true

Configures the engine to require/request client authentication. NONE, REQUEST, REQUIRED

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CLIENT_AUTH

Show more

none, request, required

none

A common root path for management endpoints. Various extension-provided management endpoints such as metrics and health are deployed under this path by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

/q

If responses should be compressed.

Note that this will attempt to compress all responses, to avoid compressing already compressed content (such as images) you need to set the following header:

Content-Encoding: identity

Which will tell vert.x not to compress the response.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE_COMPRESSION

Show more

boolean

false

When enabled, vert.x will decompress the request’s body if it’s compressed.

Note that the compression format (e.g., gzip) must be specified in the Content-Encoding header in the request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE_DECOMPRESSION

Show more

boolean

false

The compression level used when compression support is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_COMPRESSION_LEVEL

Show more

int

Map the SecurityIdentity roles to deployment specific roles and add the matching roles to SecurityIdentity.

For example, if SecurityIdentity has a user role and the endpoint is secured with a 'UserRole' role, use this property to map the user role to the UserRole role, and have SecurityIdentity to have both user and UserRole roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_ROLES_MAPPING__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

The HTTP port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PORT

Show more

int

9000

The HTTP port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_TEST_PORT

Show more

int

9001

The HTTP host

Defaults to 0.0.0.0

Defaulting to 0.0.0.0 makes it easier to deploy Quarkus to container, however it is not suitable for dev/test mode as other people on the network can connect to your development machine.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HOST

Show more

string

Enable listening to host:port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HOST_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The CredentialsProvider. If this property is configured, then a matching 'CredentialsProvider' will be used to get the keystore, keystore key, and truststore passwords unless these passwords have already been configured.

Please note that using MicroProfile ConfigSource which is directly supported by Quarkus Configuration should be preferred unless using CredentialsProvider provides for some additional security and dynamism.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The list of path to server certificates using the PEM format. Specifying multiple files requires SNI to be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_FILES

Show more

list of path

The list of path to server certificates private key files using the PEM format. Specifying multiple files requires SNI to be enabled.

The order of the key files must match the order of the certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_FILES

Show more

list of path

An optional keystore that holds the certificate information instead of specifying separate files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

An optional parameter to specify the type of the keystore file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify a provider of the keystore file. If not given, the provider is automatically detected based on the keystore file type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PROVIDER

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file. If not given, and if it can not be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

password

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password of the key store file from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional parameter to select a specific key in the keystore. When SNI is disabled, and the keystore contains multiple keys and no alias is specified; the behavior is undefined.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS

Show more

string

An optional parameter to define the password for the key, in case it is different from key-store-password If not given, it might be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password for the alias from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_KEY_STORE_ALIAS_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional trust store that holds the certificate information of the trusted certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

An optional list of trusted certificates using the PEM format. If you pass multiple files, you must use the PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILES

Show more

list of path

An optional parameter to specify the type of the trust store file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify a provider of the trust store file. If not given, the provider is automatically detected based on the trust store file type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PROVIDER

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the trust store file. If not given, it might be retrieved from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify a CredentialsProvider property key, which can be used to get the password of the trust store file from CredentialsProvider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

An optional parameter to trust a single certificate from the trust store rather than trusting all certificates in the store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_TRUST_STORE_CERT_ALIAS

Show more

string

When set, the configured certificate will be reloaded after the given period. Note that the certificate will be reloaded only if the file has been modified.

Also, the update can also occur when the TLS certificate is configured using paths (and not in-memory).

The reload period must be equal or greater than 30 seconds. If not set, the certificate will not be reloaded.

It’s recommended to use the TLS registry to handle the certificate reloading.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CERTIFICATE_RELOAD_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

The cipher suites to use. If none is given, a reasonable default is selected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

list of string

Sets the ordered list of enabled SSL/TLS protocols.

If not set, it defaults to "TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2". The following list of protocols are supported: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. To only enable TLSv1.3, set the value to to "TLSv1.3".

Note that setting an empty list, and enabling SSL/TLS is invalid. You must at least have one protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

TLSv1.3,TLSv1.2

Enables Server Name Indication (SNI), an TLS extension allowing the server to use multiple certificates. The client indicate the server name during the TLS handshake, allowing the server to select the right certificate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_SSL_SNI

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration is set, and quarkus.tls.* is not configured, then, quarkus.management.ssl will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

When set to true, the HTTP server automatically sends 100 CONTINUE response when the request expects it (with the Expect: 100-Continue header).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HANDLE_100_CONTINUE_AUTOMATICALLY

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum length of all headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_HEADER_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

20K

The maximum size of a request body.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_BODY_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

10240K

The max HTTP chunk size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

8192

The maximum length of the initial line (e.g. "GET / HTTP/1.0").

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_INITIAL_LINE_LENGTH

Show more

int

4096

The maximum length of a form attribute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_ATTRIBUTE_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

2048

Set the maximum number of fields of a form. Set to -1 to allow unlimited number of attributes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_FIELDS

Show more

int

256

Set the maximum number of bytes a server can buffer when decoding a form. Set to -1 to allow unlimited length

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_FORM_BUFFERED_BYTES

Show more

MemorySize 

1K

The maximum number of HTTP request parameters permitted for incoming requests.

If a client sends more than this number of parameters in a request, the connection is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_PARAMETERS

Show more

int

1000

The maximum number of connections that are allowed at any one time. If this is set it is recommended to set a short idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_CONNECTIONS

Show more

int

Set the SETTINGS_HEADER_TABLE_SIZE HTTP/2 setting.

Allows the sender to inform the remote endpoint of the maximum size of the header compression table used to decode header blocks, in octets. The encoder can select any size equal to or less than this value by using signaling specific to the header compression format inside a header block. The initial value is 4,096 octets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_HEADER_TABLE_SIZE

Show more

Set SETTINGS_MAX_CONCURRENT_STREAMS HTTP/2 setting.

Indicates the maximum number of concurrent streams that the sender will allow. This limit is directional: it applies to the number of streams that the sender permits the receiver to create. Initially, there is no limit to this value. It is recommended that this value be no smaller than 100, to not unnecessarily limit parallelism.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_CONCURRENT_STREAMS

Show more

Set the SETTINGS_MAX_FRAME_SIZE HTTP/2 setting. Indicates the size of the largest frame payload that the sender is willing to receive, in octets. The initial value is 2^14 (16,384) octets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_FRAME_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the SETTINGS_MAX_HEADER_LIST_SIZE HTTP/2 setting. This advisory setting informs a peer of the maximum size of header list that the sender is prepared to accept, in octets. The value is based on the uncompressed size of header fields, including the length of the name and value in octets plus an overhead of 32 octets for each header field. The default value is 8192

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_MAX_HEADER_LIST_SIZE

Show more

Set the max number of RST frame allowed per time window, this is used to prevent HTTP/2 RST frame flood DDOS attacks. The default value is 200, setting zero or a negative value, disables flood protection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_RST_FLOOD_MAX_RST_FRAME_PER_WINDOW

Show more

int

Set the duration of the time window when checking the max number of RST frames, this is used to prevent HTTP/2 RST frame flood DDOS attacks.. The default value is 30 s, setting zero or a negative value, disables flood protection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_LIMITS_RST_FLOOD_WINDOW_DURATION

Show more

Duration 

Http connection idle timeout

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30M

Whether the files sent using multipart/form-data will be stored locally.

If true, they will be stored in quarkus.http.body-handler.uploads-directory and will be made available via io.vertx.ext.web.RoutingContext.fileUploads(). Otherwise, the files sent using multipart/form-data will not be stored locally, and io.vertx.ext.web.RoutingContext.fileUploads() will always return an empty collection. Note that even with this option being set to false, the multipart/form-data requests will be accepted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_HANDLE_FILE_UPLOADS

Show more

boolean

true

The directory where the files sent using multipart/form-data should be stored.

Either an absolute path or a path relative to the current directory of the application process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_UPLOADS_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

${java.io.tmpdir}/uploads

Whether the form attributes should be added to the request parameters.

If true, the form attributes will be added to the request parameters; otherwise the form parameters will not be added to the request parameters

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_MERGE_FORM_ATTRIBUTES

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the uploaded files should be removed after serving the request.

If true the uploaded files stored in quarkus.http.body-handler.uploads-directory will be removed after handling the request. Otherwise, the files will be left there forever.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_DELETE_UPLOADED_FILES_ON_END

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the body buffer should pre-allocated based on the Content-Length header value.

If true the body buffer is pre-allocated according to the size read from the Content-Length header. Otherwise, the body buffer is pre-allocated to 1KB, and is resized dynamically

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_PREALLOCATE_BODY_BUFFER

Show more

boolean

false

A comma-separated list of ContentType to indicate whether a given multipart field should be handled as a file part. You can use this setting to force HTTP-based extensions to parse a message part as a file based on its content type. For now, this setting only works when using RESTEasy Reactive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_BODY_MULTIPART_FILE_CONTENT_TYPES

Show more

list of string

The accept backlog, this is how many connections can be waiting to be accepted before connections start being rejected

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_ACCEPT_BACKLOG

Show more

int

-1

Path to a unix domain socket

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_DOMAIN_SOCKET

Show more

string

/var/run/io.quarkus.management.socket

Enable listening to host:port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_DOMAIN_SOCKET_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set whether the server should use the HA PROXY protocol when serving requests from behind a proxy. (see the PROXY Protocol). When set to true, the remote address returned will be the one from the actual connecting client. If it is set to false (default), the remote address returned will be the one from the proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_USE_PROXY_PROTOCOL

Show more

boolean

false

If this is true then the address, scheme etc. will be set from headers forwarded by the proxy server, such as X-Forwarded-For. This should only be set if you are behind a proxy that sets these headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_PROXY_ADDRESS_FORWARDING

Show more

boolean

false

If this is true and proxy address forwarding is enabled then the standard Forwarded header will be used. In case the not standard X-Forwarded-For header is enabled and detected on HTTP requests, the standard header has the precedence. Activating this together with quarkus.http.proxy.allow-x-forwarded has security implications as clients can forge requests with a forwarded header that is not overwritten by the proxy. Therefore, proxies should strip unexpected X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from the client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_ALLOW_FORWARDED

Show more

boolean

false

If either this or allow-forwarded are true and proxy address forwarding is enabled then the not standard Forwarded header will be used. In case the standard Forwarded header is enabled and detected on HTTP requests, the standard header has the precedence. Activating this together with quarkus.http.proxy.allow-forwarded has security implications as clients can forge requests with a forwarded header that is not overwritten by the proxy. Therefore, proxies should strip unexpected X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from the client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_ALLOW_X_FORWARDED

Show more

boolean

Enable override the received request’s host through a forwarded host header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_ENABLE_FORWARDED_HOST

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the forwarded host header to be used if override enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_FORWARDED_HOST_HEADER

Show more

string

X-Forwarded-Host

Enable prefix the received request’s path with a forwarded prefix header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_ENABLE_FORWARDED_PREFIX

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the forwarded prefix header to be used if prefixing enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_FORWARDED_PREFIX_HEADER

Show more

string

X-Forwarded-Prefix

Adds the header X-Forwarded-Trusted-Proxy if the request is forwarded by a trusted proxy. The value is true if the request is forwarded by a trusted proxy, otherwise null.

The forwarded parser detects forgery attempts and if the incoming request contains this header, it will be removed from the request.

The X-Forwarded-Trusted-Proxy header is a custom header, not part of the standard Forwarded header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_ENABLE_TRUSTED_PROXY_HEADER

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the list of trusted proxy addresses. Received Forwarded, X-Forwarded or X-Forwarded-* headers from any other proxy address will be ignored. The trusted proxy address should be specified as the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6), hostname or Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. Please note that Quarkus needs to perform DNS lookup for all hostnames during the request. For that reason, using hostnames is not recommended.

Examples of a socket address in the form of host or host:port:

  • 127.0.0.1:8084

  • [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1]

  • [0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1]:8084

  • [::]

  • localhost

  • localhost:8084

Examples of a CIDR notation:

  • ::/128

  • ::/0

  • 127.0.0.0/8

Please bear in mind that IPv4 CIDR won’t match request sent from the IPv6 address and the other way around.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_PROXY_TRUSTED_PROXIES

Show more

list of TrustedProxyCheckPart

All proxy addresses are trusted

Determines whether the entire permission set is enabled, or not. By default, if the permission set is defined, it is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

The HTTP policy that this permission set is linked to. There are three built-in policies: permit, deny and authenticated. Role based policies can be defined, and extensions can add their own policies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__POLICY

Show more

string

required

The methods that this permission set applies to. If this is not set then they apply to all methods. Note that if a request matches any path from any permission set, but does not match the constraint due to the method not being listed then the request will be denied. Method specific permissions take precedence over matches that do not have any methods set. This means that for example if Quarkus is configured to allow GET and POST requests to /admin to and no other permissions are configured PUT requests to /admin will be denied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__METHODS

Show more

list of string

The paths that this permission check applies to. If the path ends in /* then this is treated as a path prefix, otherwise it is treated as an exact match. Matches are done on a length basis, so the most specific path match takes precedence. If multiple permission sets match the same path then explicit methods matches take precedence over matches without methods set, otherwise the most restrictive permissions are applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__PATHS

Show more

list of string

Path specific authentication mechanism which must be used to authenticate a user. It needs to match HttpCredentialTransport authentication scheme such as 'basic', 'bearer', 'form', etc.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__AUTH_MECHANISM

Show more

string

Indicates that this policy always applies to the matched paths in addition to the policy with a winning path. Avoid creating more than one shared policy to minimize the performance impact.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__SHARED

Show more

boolean

false

Whether permission check should be applied on all matching paths, or paths specific for the Jakarta REST resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_PERMISSION__PERMISSIONS__APPLIES_TO

Show more

allApply on all matching paths., jaxrsDeclares that a permission check must only be applied on the Jakarta REST request paths. Use this option to delay the permission check if an authentication mechanism is chosen with an annotation on the matching Jakarta REST endpoint. This option must be set if the following REST endpoint annotations are used\: - io.quarkus.oidc.Tenant annotation which selects an OIDC authentication mechanism with a tenant identifier - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.BasicAuthentication which selects the Basic authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.FormAuthentication which selects the Form-based authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.vertx.http.runtime.security.annotation.MTLSAuthentication which selects the mTLS authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.security.webauthn.WebAuthn which selects the WebAuth authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.oidc.BearerTokenAuthentication which selects the OpenID Connect Bearer token authentication mechanism - io.quarkus.oidc.AuthorizationCodeFlow which selects the OpenID Connect Code authentication mechanism

allApply on all matching paths.

The roles that are allowed to access resources protected by this policy. By default, access is allowed to any authenticated user.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__ROLES_ALLOWED

Show more

list of string

**

Add roles granted to the SecurityIdentity based on the roles that the SecurityIdentity already have. For example, the Quarkus OIDC extension can map roles from the verified JWT access token, and you may want to remap them to a deployment specific roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__ROLES__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

Permissions granted to the SecurityIdentity if this policy is applied successfully (the policy allows request to proceed) and the authenticated request has required role. For example, you can map permission perm1 with actions action1 and action2 to role admin by setting quarkus.http.auth.policy.role-policy1.permissions.admin=perm1:action1,perm1:action2 configuration property. Granted permissions are used for authorization with the @PermissionsAllowed annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__PERMISSIONS__ROLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,List<String>>

Permissions granted by this policy will be created with a java.security.Permission implementation specified by this configuration property. The permission class must declare exactly one constructor that accepts permission name (String) or permission name and actions (String, String[]). Permission class must be registered for reflection if you run your application in a native mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_AUTH_POLICY__ROLE_POLICY__PERMISSION_CLASS

Show more

string

io.quarkus.security.StringPermission

The path this header should be applied

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HEADER__HEADER__PATH

Show more

string

/*

The value for this header configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HEADER__HEADER__VALUE

Show more

string

required

The HTTP methods for this header configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_HEADER__HEADER__METHODS

Show more

list of string

A regular expression for the paths matching this configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_FILTER__FILTER__MATCHES

Show more

string

required

Additional HTTP Headers always sent in the response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_FILTER__FILTER__HEADER__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The HTTP methods for this path configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_FILTER__FILTER__METHODS

Show more

list of string

Order in which this path config is applied. Higher priority takes precedence

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MANAGEMENT_FILTER__FILTER__ORDER

Show more

int

Elasticsearch REST client common

デフォルト

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The list of hosts of the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_HOSTS

Show more

list of host:port

localhost:9200

The protocol to use when contacting Elasticsearch servers. Set to "https" to enable SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

http

The username for basic HTTP authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password for basic HTTP authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The connection timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

1S

The socket timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_SOCKET_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

The maximum number of connections to all the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS

Show more

int

20

The maximum number of connections per Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_ROUTE

Show more

int

10

The number of IO thread. By default, this is the number of locally detected processors.

Thread counts higher than the number of processors should not be necessary because the I/O threads rely on non-blocking operations, but you may want to use a thread count lower than the number of processors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_IO_THREAD_COUNTS

Show more

int

Defines if automatic discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Refresh interval of the node list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_REFRESH_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

5M

Dev Services

デフォルト

Whether this Dev Service should start with the application in dev mode or tests.

Dev Services are enabled by default unless connection configuration (e.g. quarkus.elasticsearch.hosts) is set explicitly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

The Elasticsearch distribution to use.

Defaults to a distribution inferred from the explicitly configured image-name (if any), or by default to the distribution configured in depending extensions (e.g. Hibernate Search), or by default to elastic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_DISTRIBUTION

Show more

elastic, opensearch

The Elasticsearch container image to use.

Defaults depend on the configured distribution:

  • For the elastic distribution: docker.io/elastic/elasticsearch:8.15.0

  • For the opensearch distribution: docker.io/opensearchproject/opensearch:2.16.0

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

The value for the ES_JAVA_OPTS env variable.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_JAVA_OPTS

Show more

string

-Xms512m -Xmx1g

Whether the Elasticsearch server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared.

When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Elasticsearch starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-elasticsearch label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-elasticsearch label attached to the started container.

This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Elasticsearch looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-elasticsearch label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-elasticsearch label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

elasticsearch

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether to keep Dev Service containers running after a dev mode session or test suite execution to reuse them in the next dev mode session or test suite execution.

Within a dev mode session or test suite execution, Quarkus will always reuse Dev Services as long as their configuration (username, password, environment, port bindings, …​) did not change. This feature is specifically about keeping containers running when Quarkus is not running to reuse them across runs.

This feature needs to be enabled explicitly in testcontainers.properties, may require changes to how you configure data initialization in dev mode and tests, and may leave containers running indefinitely, forcing you to stop and remove them manually. See this section of the documentation for more information.

This configuration property is set to true by default, so it is mostly useful to disable reuse, if you enabled it in testcontainers.properties but only want to use it for some of your Quarkus applications.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_ELASTICSEARCH_DEVSERVICES_REUSE

Show more

boolean

true

Elytron Security JDBC

デフォルト

The realm name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_REALM_NAME

Show more

string

Quarkus

If the properties store is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The sql query to find the password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_SQL

Show more

string

The data source to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_DATASOURCE

Show more

string

If the clear-password-mapper is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_CLEAR_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the clear password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_CLEAR_PASSWORD_MAPPER_PASSWORD_INDEX

Show more

int

1

If the bcrypt-password-mapper is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the password hash

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_PASSWORD_INDEX

Show more

int

0

A string referencing the password hash encoding ("BASE64" or "HEX")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_HASH_ENCODING

Show more

base64, hex

base64

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the Bcrypt salt. The default value of -1 implies that the salt is stored in the password column using the Modular Crypt Format (MCF) standard.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_SALT_INDEX

Show more

int

-1

A string referencing the salt encoding ("BASE64" or "HEX")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_SALT_ENCODING

Show more

base64, hex

base64

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the Bcrypt iteration count. The default value of -1 implies that the iteration count is stored in the password column using the Modular Crypt Format (MCF) standard.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ITERATION_COUNT_INDEX

Show more

int

-1

The index (1 based numbering) of column to map

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__INDEX

Show more

int

0

The target attribute name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__TO

Show more

string

required

Named queries

デフォルト

The sql query to find the password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__SQL

Show more

string

The data source to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__DATASOURCE

Show more

string

The index (1 based numbering) of column to map

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__INDEX

Show more

int

0

The target attribute name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__TO

Show more

string

required

If the clear-password-mapper is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__CLEAR_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the clear password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__CLEAR_PASSWORD_MAPPER_PASSWORD_INDEX

Show more

int

1

If the bcrypt-password-mapper is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the password hash

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_PASSWORD_INDEX

Show more

int

0

A string referencing the password hash encoding ("BASE64" or "HEX")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_HASH_ENCODING

Show more

base64, hex

base64

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the Bcrypt salt. The default value of -1 implies that the salt is stored in the password column using the Modular Crypt Format (MCF) standard.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_SALT_INDEX

Show more

int

-1

A string referencing the salt encoding ("BASE64" or "HEX")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_SALT_ENCODING

Show more

base64, hex

base64

The index (1 based numbering) of the column containing the Bcrypt iteration count. The default value of -1 implies that the iteration count is stored in the password column using the Modular Crypt Format (MCF) standard.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JDBC_PRINCIPAL_QUERY__QUERY_NAME__BCRYPT_PASSWORD_MAPPER_ITERATION_COUNT_INDEX

Show more

int

-1

Elytron Security LDAP

デフォルト

The option to enable the ldap elytron module

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The elytron realm name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_REALM_NAME

Show more

string

Quarkus

Provided credentials are verified against ldap?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIRECT_VERIFICATION

Show more

boolean

true

The url of the ldap server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_URL

Show more

string

required

The principal: user which is used to connect to ldap server (also named "bindDn")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_PRINCIPAL

Show more

string

The password which belongs to the principal (also named "bindCredential")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_PASSWORD

Show more

string

how ldap redirects are handled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_REFERRAL_MODE

Show more

ignore, follow, throw

ignore

The connect timeout

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

5S

The read timeout

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_DIR_CONTEXT_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60S

If set to true, request to the LDAP server are cached

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_CACHE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The duration that an entry can stay in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_CACHE_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

60S

The maximum number of entries to keep in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

100

The identifier which correlates to the provided user (also named "baseFilter")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_RDN_IDENTIFIER

Show more

string

uid

The dn where we look for users

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_SEARCH_BASE_DN

Show more

string

required

If the child nodes are also searched for identities

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_SEARCH_RECURSIVE

Show more

boolean

false

The roleAttributeId from which is mapped (e.g. "cn")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__FROM

Show more

string

required

The identifier whom the attribute is mapped to (in Quarkus: "groups", in WildFly this is "Roles")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__TO

Show more

string

groups

The filter (also named "roleFilter")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__FILTER

Show more

string

required

The filter base dn (also named "rolesContextDn")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_LDAP_IDENTITY_MAPPING_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__ATTRIBUTE_MAPPINGS__FILTER_BASE_DN

Show more

string

required

Elytron Security OAuth 2.0

デフォルト

Determine if the OAuth2 extension is enabled. Enabled by default if you include the elytron-security-oauth2 dependency, so this would be used to disable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The claim that is used in the introspection endpoint response to load the roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_ROLE_CLAIM

Show more

string

scope

The OAuth2 client id used to validate the token. Mandatory if the extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

The OAuth2 client secret used to validate the token. Mandatory if the extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_CLIENT_SECRET

Show more

string

The OAuth2 introspection endpoint URL used to validate the token and gather the authentication claims. Mandatory if the extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_INTROSPECTION_URL

Show more

string

The OAuth2 server certificate file. Warning: this is not supported in native mode where the certificate must be included in the truststore used during the native image generation, see Using SSL With Native Executables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OAUTH2_CA_CERT_FILE

Show more

string

Elytron Security Properties File

デフォルト

If the properties are stored in plain text. If this is false (the default) then it is expected that the passwords are of the form HEX( MD5( username ":" realm ":" password ) )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_PLAIN_TEXT

Show more

boolean

false

Determine which algorithm to use.

This property is ignored if plainText is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_ALGORITHM

Show more

digest-md5, digest-sha, digest-sha-256, digest-sha-384, digest-sha-512, digest-sha-512-256

digest-md5

The realm users user1=password\nuser2=password2…​ mapping. See Embedded Users.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_USERS__USERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

none

The realm roles user1=role1,role2,…​\nuser2=role1,role2,…​ mapping See Embedded Roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_ROLES__ROLES_

Show more

Map<String,String>

none

Property Files Realm Configuration

デフォルト

The realm name. This is used when generating a hashed password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_FILE_REALM_NAME

Show more

string

Quarkus

Determine whether security via the file realm is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_FILE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If the properties are stored in plain text. If this is false (the default) then it is expected that the passwords are of the form HEX( MD5( username ":" realm ":" password ) )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_FILE_PLAIN_TEXT

Show more

boolean

false

Classpath resource name of properties file containing user to password mappings. See Users.properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_FILE_USERS

Show more

string

users.properties

Classpath resource name of properties file containing user to role mappings. See Roles.properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_FILE_ROLES

Show more

string

roles.properties

Embedded Realm Configuration

デフォルト

The realm name. This is used when generating a hashed password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_REALM_NAME

Show more

string

Quarkus

Determine whether security via the embedded realm is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_USERS_EMBEDDED_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Flyway

デフォルト

Whether Flyway is enabled during the build.

If Flyway is disabled, the Flyway beans won’t be created and Flyway won’t be usable.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Comma-separated list of locations to scan recursively for migrations. The location type is determined by its prefix.

Unprefixed locations or locations starting with classpath: point to a package on the classpath and may contain both SQL and Java-based migrations.

Locations starting with filesystem: point to a directory on the filesystem, may only contain SQL migrations and are only scanned recursively down non-hidden directories.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_LOCATIONS

Show more

list of string

db/migration

Comma-separated list of fully qualified class names of Callback implementations to use to hook into the Flyway lifecycle. The org.flywaydb.core.api.callback.Callback subclass must have a no-args constructor and must not be abstract. These classes must also not have any fields that hold state (unless that state is initialized in the constructor).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CALLBACKS

Show more

list of string

Flag to activate/deactivate Flyway for a specific datasource at runtime.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if the datasource is active; 'false' otherwise

The maximum number of retries when attempting to connect to the database.

After each failed attempt, Flyway will wait up to the configured connect-retries-interval duration before attempting to connect again, up to the maximum number of times specified by connectRetries.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CONNECT_RETRIES

Show more

int

The maximum time between retries when attempting to connect to the database.

This will cap the interval between connect retries to the value provided.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CONNECT_RETRIES_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

120 seconds

Sets the default schema managed by Flyway. This schema name is case-sensitive. If not specified, but schemas is, Flyway uses the first schema in that list. If that is also not specified, Flyway uses the default schema for the database connection.

Consequences:

  • This schema will be the one containing the schema history table.

  • This schema will be the default for the database connection (provided the database supports this concept).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_DEFAULT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

The JDBC URL that Flyway uses to connect to the database. Falls back to the datasource URL if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_JDBC_URL

Show more

string

The username that Flyway uses to connect to the database. If no specific JDBC URL is configured, falls back to the datasource username if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password that Flyway uses to connect to the database. If no specific JDBC URL is configured, falls back to the datasource password if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of schemas managed by Flyway. The first schema in the list will be automatically set as the default one during the migration. It will also be the one containing the schema history table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_SCHEMAS

Show more

list of string

The name of Flyway’s schema history table. By default (single-schema mode), the schema history table is placed in the default schema for the connection provided by the datasource. When the flyway.schemas property is set (multi-schema mode), the schema history table is placed in the first schema of the list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_TABLE

Show more

string

The file name prefix for versioned SQL migrations. Versioned SQL migrations have the following file name structure: prefixVERSIONseparatorDESCRIPTIONsuffix , which using the defaults translates to V1.1__My_description.sql

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_SQL_MIGRATION_PREFIX

Show more

string

The file name prefix for repeatable SQL migrations. Repeatable SQL migrations have the following file name structure: prefixSeparatorDESCRIPTIONsuffix , which using the defaults translates to R__My_description.sql

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_REPEATABLE_SQL_MIGRATION_PREFIX

Show more

string

true to execute Flyway clean command automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CLEAN_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to prevent Flyway clean operations, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CLEAN_DISABLED

Show more

boolean

false

true to automatically call clean when a validation error occurs, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CLEAN_ON_VALIDATION_ERROR

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_MIGRATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute a Flyway repair command when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_REPAIR_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute a Flyway validate command when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_VALIDATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway baseline before migrations This flag is ignored if the flyway_schema_history table exists in the current schema or if the current schema is empty. Note that this will not automatically call migrate, you must either enable baselineAtStart or programmatically call flyway.migrate().

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_BASELINE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway baseline automatically when the application starts. This flag is ignored if the flyway_schema_history table exists in the current schema. This will work even if the current schema is empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_BASELINE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

The initial baseline version.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_BASELINE_VERSION

Show more

string

The description to tag an existing schema with when executing baseline.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_BASELINE_DESCRIPTION

Show more

string

Whether to automatically call validate when performing a migration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_VALIDATE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

true

Allows migrations to be run "out of order".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_OUT_OF_ORDER

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore missing migrations when reading the history table. When set to true migrations from older versions present in the history table but absent in the configured locations will be ignored (and logged as a warning), when false (the default) the validation step will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_IGNORE_MISSING_MIGRATIONS

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore future migrations when reading the history table. When set to true migrations from newer versions present in the history table but absent in the configured locations will be ignored (and logged as a warning), when false (the default) the validation step will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_IGNORE_FUTURE_MIGRATIONS

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the placeholders to replace in SQL migration scripts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_PLACEHOLDERS__PLACEHOLDER_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether Flyway should attempt to create the schemas specified in the schemas property

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_CREATE_SCHEMAS

Show more

boolean

true

Prefix of every placeholder (default: ${ )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_PLACEHOLDER_PREFIX

Show more

string

Suffix of every placeholder (default: } )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_PLACEHOLDER_SUFFIX

Show more

string

The SQL statements to run to initialize a new database connection immediately after opening it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_INIT_SQL

Show more

string

Whether to validate migrations and callbacks whose scripts do not obey the correct naming convention. A failure can be useful to check that errors such as case sensitivity in migration prefixes have been corrected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_VALIDATE_MIGRATION_NAMING

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore migrations during validate and repair according to a given list of patterns (see https://flywaydb.org/documentation/configuration/parameters/ignoreMigrationPatterns for more information). When this configuration is set, the ignoreFutureMigrations and ignoreMissingMigrations settings are ignored. Patterns are comma separated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY_IGNORE_MIGRATION_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Named datasources

デフォルト

Comma-separated list of locations to scan recursively for migrations. The location type is determined by its prefix.

Unprefixed locations or locations starting with classpath: point to a package on the classpath and may contain both SQL and Java-based migrations.

Locations starting with filesystem: point to a directory on the filesystem, may only contain SQL migrations and are only scanned recursively down non-hidden directories.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__LOCATIONS

Show more

list of string

db/migration

Comma-separated list of fully qualified class names of Callback implementations to use to hook into the Flyway lifecycle. The org.flywaydb.core.api.callback.Callback subclass must have a no-args constructor and must not be abstract. These classes must also not have any fields that hold state (unless that state is initialized in the constructor).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CALLBACKS

Show more

list of string

Flag to activate/deactivate Flyway for a specific datasource at runtime.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if the datasource is active; 'false' otherwise

The maximum number of retries when attempting to connect to the database.

After each failed attempt, Flyway will wait up to the configured connect-retries-interval duration before attempting to connect again, up to the maximum number of times specified by connectRetries.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CONNECT_RETRIES

Show more

int

The maximum time between retries when attempting to connect to the database.

This will cap the interval between connect retries to the value provided.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CONNECT_RETRIES_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

120 seconds

Sets the default schema managed by Flyway. This schema name is case-sensitive. If not specified, but schemas is, Flyway uses the first schema in that list. If that is also not specified, Flyway uses the default schema for the database connection.

Consequences:

  • This schema will be the one containing the schema history table.

  • This schema will be the default for the database connection (provided the database supports this concept).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__DEFAULT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

The JDBC URL that Flyway uses to connect to the database. Falls back to the datasource URL if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__JDBC_URL

Show more

string

The username that Flyway uses to connect to the database. If no specific JDBC URL is configured, falls back to the datasource username if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__USERNAME

Show more

string

The password that Flyway uses to connect to the database. If no specific JDBC URL is configured, falls back to the datasource password if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__PASSWORD

Show more

string

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of schemas managed by Flyway. The first schema in the list will be automatically set as the default one during the migration. It will also be the one containing the schema history table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__SCHEMAS

Show more

list of string

The name of Flyway’s schema history table. By default (single-schema mode), the schema history table is placed in the default schema for the connection provided by the datasource. When the flyway.schemas property is set (multi-schema mode), the schema history table is placed in the first schema of the list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__TABLE

Show more

string

The file name prefix for versioned SQL migrations. Versioned SQL migrations have the following file name structure: prefixVERSIONseparatorDESCRIPTIONsuffix , which using the defaults translates to V1.1__My_description.sql

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__SQL_MIGRATION_PREFIX

Show more

string

The file name prefix for repeatable SQL migrations. Repeatable SQL migrations have the following file name structure: prefixSeparatorDESCRIPTIONsuffix , which using the defaults translates to R__My_description.sql

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__REPEATABLE_SQL_MIGRATION_PREFIX

Show more

string

true to execute Flyway clean command automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CLEAN_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to prevent Flyway clean operations, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CLEAN_DISABLED

Show more

boolean

false

true to automatically call clean when a validation error occurs, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CLEAN_ON_VALIDATION_ERROR

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__MIGRATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute a Flyway repair command when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__REPAIR_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute a Flyway validate command when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__VALIDATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway baseline before migrations This flag is ignored if the flyway_schema_history table exists in the current schema or if the current schema is empty. Note that this will not automatically call migrate, you must either enable baselineAtStart or programmatically call flyway.migrate().

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__BASELINE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

false

true to execute Flyway baseline automatically when the application starts. This flag is ignored if the flyway_schema_history table exists in the current schema. This will work even if the current schema is empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__BASELINE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

The initial baseline version.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__BASELINE_VERSION

Show more

string

The description to tag an existing schema with when executing baseline.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__BASELINE_DESCRIPTION

Show more

string

Whether to automatically call validate when performing a migration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__VALIDATE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

true

Allows migrations to be run "out of order".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__OUT_OF_ORDER

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore missing migrations when reading the history table. When set to true migrations from older versions present in the history table but absent in the configured locations will be ignored (and logged as a warning), when false (the default) the validation step will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__IGNORE_MISSING_MIGRATIONS

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore future migrations when reading the history table. When set to true migrations from newer versions present in the history table but absent in the configured locations will be ignored (and logged as a warning), when false (the default) the validation step will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__IGNORE_FUTURE_MIGRATIONS

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the placeholders to replace in SQL migration scripts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__PLACEHOLDERS__PLACEHOLDER_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether Flyway should attempt to create the schemas specified in the schemas property

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__CREATE_SCHEMAS

Show more

boolean

true

Prefix of every placeholder (default: ${ )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__PLACEHOLDER_PREFIX

Show more

string

Suffix of every placeholder (default: } )

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__PLACEHOLDER_SUFFIX

Show more

string

The SQL statements to run to initialize a new database connection immediately after opening it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__INIT_SQL

Show more

string

Whether to validate migrations and callbacks whose scripts do not obey the correct naming convention. A failure can be useful to check that errors such as case sensitivity in migration prefixes have been corrected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__VALIDATE_MIGRATION_NAMING

Show more

boolean

false

Ignore migrations during validate and repair according to a given list of patterns (see https://flywaydb.org/documentation/configuration/parameters/ignoreMigrationPatterns for more information). When this configuration is set, the ignoreFutureMigrations and ignoreMissingMigrations settings are ignored. Patterns are comma separated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FLYWAY__DATASOURCE_NAME__IGNORE_MIGRATION_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Funqy AWS Lambda Binding

デフォルト

If advanced event handling should be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_AMAZON_LAMBDA_ADVANCED_EVENT_HANDLING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Allows functions to return partially successful responses for a batch of event records.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_AMAZON_LAMBDA_ADVANCED_EVENT_HANDLING_SQS_REPORT_BATCH_ITEM_FAILURES

Show more

boolean

true

Allows functions to return partially successful responses for a batch of event records.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_AMAZON_LAMBDA_ADVANCED_EVENT_HANDLING_KINESIS_REPORT_BATCH_ITEM_FAILURES

Show more

boolean

true

Allows functions to return partially successful responses for a batch of event records.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_AMAZON_LAMBDA_ADVANCED_EVENT_HANDLING_DYNAMO_DB_REPORT_BATCH_ITEM_FAILURES

Show more

boolean

true

Funqy Knative Events Binding

デフォルト

Cloud Event type (ce-type) that triggers this function. Default value is function name. This config item is only required when there is more than one function defined within the deployment. The ce-type is not looked at if there is only one function in the deployment. The message will just be dispatched to that function. This allows you to change the knative trigger binding without having to change the configuration of the quarkus deployment.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_KNATIVE_EVENTS_MAPPING__MAPPING__TRIGGER

Show more

string

If function has response output, then what is the Cloud Event type (ce-type)? This will default to {function}.output

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_KNATIVE_EVENTS_MAPPING__MAPPING__RESPONSE_TYPE

Show more

string

If function has response output, then what is the Cloud Event source (ce-source)? This will default to the function name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_KNATIVE_EVENTS_MAPPING__MAPPING__RESPONSE_SOURCE

Show more

string

Funqy Server Common

デフォルト

The function to export. If there is more than one function defined for this deployment, then you must set this variable. If there is only a single function, you do not have to set this config item.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_FUNQY_EXPORT

Show more

string

Google Cloud Functions

デフォルト

The function name. Function names are specified on function classes using the @jakarta.inject.Named annotation. If this name is unspecified and there is exactly one unnamed function then this unnamed function will be used. If there is only a single named function and the name is unspecified then the named function will be used. These rules apply for each function implementation (HttpFunction, BackgroundFunction, RawBackgroundFunction).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GOOGLE_CLOUD_FUNCTIONS_FUNCTION

Show more

string

gRPC

デフォルト

gRPC code generation can scan dependencies of the application for proto files to generate Java stubs from. This property sets the scope of the dependencies to scan. Applicable values:

  • none - default - don’t scan dependencies

  • a comma separated list of groupId:artifactId coordinates to scan

  • all - scan all dependencies

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GENERATE_CODE_GRPC_SCAN_FOR_PROTO

Show more

string

none

Specify the dependencies that are allowed to have proto files that can be imported by this application’s protos Applicable values:

  • none - default - don’t scan dependencies

  • a comma separated list of groupId:artifactId coordinates to scan

  • all - scan all dependencies By default, com.google.protobuf:protobuf-java.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GENERATE_CODE_GRPC_SCAN_FOR_IMPORTS

Show more

string

com.google.protobuf:protobuf-java

Whether a health check on gRPC status is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the gRPC health check is exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_GRPC_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Configuration gRPC dev mode

デフォルト

Start gRPC server in dev mode even if no gRPC services are implemented. By default set to true to ease incremental development of new services using dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_DEV_MODE_FORCE_SERVER_START

Show more

boolean

true

Configures the gRPC clients

デフォルト

Use new Vert.x gRPC client support. By default, we still use previous Java gRPC support.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__USE_QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

false

Configure XDS usage, if enabled

デフォルト

Explicitly enable use of XDS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__XDS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Use secure credentials.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__XDS_SECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Optional explicit target.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__XDS_TARGET

Show more

string

Explicitly enable use of in-process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__IN_PROCESS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set in-process name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__IN_PROCESS_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus-grpc

Number of threads on a delayed gRPC ClientCall

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__STORK_THREADS

Show more

int

10

Deadline in milliseconds of delayed gRPC call

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__STORK_DEADLINE

Show more

5000

Number of retries on a gRPC ClientCall

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__STORK_RETRIES

Show more

int

3

Initial delay in seconds on refresh check

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__STORK_DELAY

Show more

60

Refresh period in seconds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__STORK_PERIOD

Show more

120

The gRPC service port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__PORT

Show more

int

9000

The gRPC service test port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TEST_PORT

Show more

int

The host name / IP on which the service is exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__HOST

Show more

string

localhost

The classpath path or file path to a server certificate or certificate chain in PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_CERTIFICATE

Show more

path

The classpath path or file path to the corresponding certificate private key file in PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_KEY

Show more

path

An optional trust store which holds the certificate information of the certificates to trust The trust store can be either on classpath or in an external file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_TRUST_STORE

Show more

path

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration is set, and quarkus.tls.* is not configured, then, quarkus.grpc.clients.$client-name.tls will be used.

Important: This is only supported when using the Quarkus (Vert.x-based) gRPC client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

Whether SSL/TLS is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enable trusting all certificates. Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_P12_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_P12_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Whether hostname should be verified in the SSL/TLS handshake.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__TLS_VERIFY_HOSTNAME

Show more

boolean

true

Use a name resolver. Defaults to dns. If set to "stork", host will be treated as SmallRye Stork service name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__NAME_RESOLVER

Show more

string

dns

Whether plain-text should be used instead of TLS. Enabled by default, except if TLS/SSL is configured. In this case, plain-text is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__PLAIN_TEXT

Show more

boolean

The duration after which a keep alive ping is sent.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__KEEP_ALIVE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

The flow control window in bytes. Default is 1MiB.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__FLOW_CONTROL_WINDOW

Show more

int

The duration without ongoing RPCs before going to idle mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

The amount of time the sender of a keep alive ping waits for an acknowledgement.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__KEEP_ALIVE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Whether keep-alive will be performed when there are no outstanding RPC on a connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__KEEP_ALIVE_WITHOUT_CALLS

Show more

boolean

false

The max number of hedged attempts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__MAX_HEDGED_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

5

The max number of retry attempts. Retry must be explicitly enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__MAX_RETRY_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

5

The maximum number of channel trace events to keep in the tracer for each channel or sub-channel.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__MAX_TRACE_EVENTS

Show more

int

The maximum message size allowed for a single gRPC frame (in bytes). Default is 4 MiB.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__MAX_INBOUND_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

The maximum size of metadata allowed to be received (in bytes). Default is 8192B.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__MAX_INBOUND_METADATA_SIZE

Show more

int

The negotiation type for the HTTP/2 connection. Accepted values are: TLS, PLAINTEXT_UPGRADE, PLAINTEXT

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__NEGOTIATION_TYPE

Show more

string

TLS

Overrides the authority used with TLS and HTTP virtual hosting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__OVERRIDE_AUTHORITY

Show more

string

The per RPC buffer limit in bytes used for retry.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__PER_RPC_BUFFER_LIMIT

Show more

Whether retry is enabled. Note that retry is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__RETRY

Show more

boolean

false

The retry buffer size in bytes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__RETRY_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

Use a custom user-agent.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__USER_AGENT

Show more

string

Use a custom load balancing policy. Accepted values are: pick_first, round_robin, grpclb. This value is ignored if name-resolver is set to 'stork'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__LOAD_BALANCING_POLICY

Show more

string

pick_first

The compression to use for each call. The accepted values are gzip and identity.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__COMPRESSION

Show more

string

The deadline used for each call.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENTS__CLIENT_NAME__DEADLINE

Show more

Duration 

Configure the gRPC server

デフォルト

Do we use separate HTTP server to serve gRPC requests. Set this to false if you want to use new Vert.x gRPC support, which uses existing Vert.x HTTP server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_USE_SEPARATE_SERVER

Show more

boolean

true

Configure XDS usage, if enabled

デフォルト

Explicitly enable use of XDS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_XDS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Use secure credentials.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_XDS_SECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Explicitly enable use of in-process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_IN_PROCESS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set in-process name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_IN_PROCESS_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus-grpc

The gRPC Server port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_PORT

Show more

int

9000

The gRPC Server port used for tests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_TEST_PORT

Show more

int

9001

The gRPC server host.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_HOST

Show more

string

0.0.0.0

The gRPC handshake timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

The max inbound message size in bytes.

When using a single server (using quarkus.grpc.server.use-separate-server=false), the default value is 256KB. When using a separate server (using quarkus.grpc.server.use-separate-server=true), the default value is 4MB.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_MAX_INBOUND_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

The max inbound metadata size in bytes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_MAX_INBOUND_METADATA_SIZE

Show more

int

The classpath path or file path to a server certificate or certificate chain in PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_CERTIFICATE

Show more

path

The classpath path or file path to the corresponding certificate private key file in PEM format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY

Show more

path

An optional keystore that holds the certificate information instead of specifying separate files. The keystore can be either on classpath or an external file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY_STORE

Show more

path

An optional parameter to specify the type of the keystore file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the alias of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY_STORE_ALIAS

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the alias password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_KEY_STORE_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

An optional trust store which holds the certificate information of the certificates to trust

The trust store can be either on classpath or an external file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_TRUST_STORE

Show more

path

An optional parameter to specify type of the trust store file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_TRUST_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the trust store file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The cipher suites to use. If none is given, a reasonable default is selected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

list of string

Sets the ordered list of enabled SSL/TLS protocols.

If not set, it defaults to "TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2". The following list of protocols are supported: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. To only enable TLSv1.3, set the value to to "TLSv1.3".

Note that setting an empty list, and enabling SSL/TLS is invalid. You must at least have one protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

TLSv1.3,TLSv1.2

Configures the engine to require/request client authentication. NONE, REQUEST, REQUIRED

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_SSL_CLIENT_AUTH

Show more

none, request, required

none

Disables SSL, and uses plain text instead. If disabled, configure the ssl configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_PLAIN_TEXT

Show more

boolean

true

Whether ALPN should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_ALPN

Show more

boolean

true

The path to the certificate file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_TRANSPORT_SECURITY_CERTIFICATE

Show more

string

The path to the private key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_TRANSPORT_SECURITY_KEY

Show more

string

Enables the gRPC Reflection Service. By default, the reflection service is only exposed in dev mode. This setting allows overriding this choice and enable the reflection service every time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_ENABLE_REFLECTION_SERVICE

Show more

boolean

false

Number of gRPC server verticle instances. This is useful for scaling easily across multiple cores. The number should not exceed the amount of event loops.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_INSTANCES

Show more

int

1

Sets a custom keep-alive duration. This configures the time before sending a keepalive ping when there is no read activity.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_NETTY_KEEP_ALIVE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Sets a custom permit-keep-alive duration. This configures the most aggressive keep-alive time clients are permitted to configure. The server will try to detect clients exceeding this rate and when detected will forcefully close the connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_NETTY_PERMIT_KEEP_ALIVE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Sets whether to allow clients to send keep-alive HTTP/2 PINGs even if there are no outstanding RPCs on the connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_NETTY_PERMIT_KEEP_ALIVE_WITHOUT_CALLS

Show more

boolean

gRPC compression, e.g. "gzip"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_SERVER_COMPRESSION

Show more

string

If set to true, and a Stork load balancer is used, connections with all available service instances will be requested proactively. This means better load balancing at the cost of having multiple active connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_GRPC_CLIENT_STORK_PROACTIVE_CONNECTIONS

Show more

boolean

true

Hibernate Envers

デフォルト

Whether Hibernate Envers is enabled <strong>during the build</strong>.

If Hibernate Envers is disabled during the build, all processing related to Hibernate Envers will be skipped, and the audit entities will not be added to the Hibernate ORM metamodel nor to the database schema that Hibernate ORM generates, but it will not be possible to use Hibernate Envers at runtime: quarkus.hibernate-envers.active will default to false and setting it to true will lead to an error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".active

Whether Hibernate Envers should be active for this persistence unit at runtime.

If Hibernate Envers is not active, the audit entities will still be added to the Hibernate ORM metamodel and to the database schema that Hibernate ORM generates: you would need to disable Hibernate Envers at build time (i.e. set quarkus.hibernate-envers.enabled to false) in order to avoid that. However, when Hibernate Envers is not active, it will not process entity change events nor create new versions of entities. and accessing the AuditReader through AuditReaderFactory will not be possible.

Note that if Hibernate Envers is disabled (i.e. quarkus.hibernate-envers.enabled is set to false), it won’t be active for any persistence unit, and setting this property to true will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if Hibernate ORM is enabled; 'false' otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".store-data-at-delete

Enable store_data_at_delete feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#STORE_DATA_AT_DELETE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_STORE_DATA_AT_DELETE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-table-suffix

Defines a suffix for historical data table. Defaults to _AUD. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_TABLE_SUFFIX.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_TABLE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

_AUD

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-table-prefix

Defines a prefix for historical data table. Default is the empty string. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_TABLE_PREFIX.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_TABLE_PREFIX

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".revision-field-name

Revision field name. Defaults to REV. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#REVISION_FIELD_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_REVISION_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

REV

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".revision-type-field-name

Revision type field name. Defaults to REVTYPE. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#REVISION_TYPE_FIELD_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_REVISION_TYPE_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

REVTYPE

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".revision-on-collection-change

Enable the revision_on_collection_change feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#REVISION_ON_COLLECTION_CHANGE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_REVISION_ON_COLLECTION_CHANGE

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".do-not-audit-optimistic-locking-field

Enable the do_not_audit_optimistic_locking_field feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#DO_NOT_AUDIT_OPTIMISTIC_LOCKING_FIELD.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_DO_NOT_AUDIT_OPTIMISTIC_LOCKING_FIELD

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".default-schema

Defines the default schema of where audit tables are to be created. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#DEFAULT_SCHEMA.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_DEFAULT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".default-catalog

Defines the default catalog of where audit tables are to be created. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#DEFAULT_CATALOG.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_DEFAULT_CATALOG

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".track-entities-changed-in-revision

Enables the track_entities_changed_in_revision feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#TRACK_ENTITIES_CHANGED_IN_REVISION.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_TRACK_ENTITIES_CHANGED_IN_REVISION

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".use-revision-entity-with-native-id

Enables the use_revision_entity_with_native_id feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#USE_REVISION_ENTITY_WITH_NATIVE_ID.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_USE_REVISION_ENTITY_WITH_NATIVE_ID

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".global-with-modified-flag

Enables the global_with_modified_flag feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#GLOBAL_WITH_MODIFIED_FLAG.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_GLOBAL_WITH_MODIFIED_FLAG

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".modified-flag-suffix

Defines the suffix to be used for modified flag columns. Defaults to _MOD. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#MODIFIED_FLAG_SUFFIX

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_MODIFIED_FLAG_SUFFIX

Show more

string

_MOD

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".revision-listener

Defines the fully qualified class name of a user defined revision listener. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#REVISION_LISTENER.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_REVISION_LISTENER

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-strategy

Defines the fully qualified class name of the audit strategy to be used. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_STRATEGY.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_STRATEGY

Show more

string

org.hibernate.envers.strategy.DefaultAuditStrategy

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".original-id-prop-name

Defines the property name for the audit entity’s composite primary key. Defaults to originalId. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#ORIGINAL_ID_PROP_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_ORIGINAL_ID_PROP_NAME

Show more

string

originalId

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-strategy-validity-end-rev-field-name

Defines the column name that holds the end revision number in audit entities. Defaults to REVEND. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_END_REV_FIELD_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_END_REV_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

REVEND

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-strategy-validity-store-revend-timestamp

Enables the audit_strategy_validity_store_revend_timestamp feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_STORE_REVEND_TIMESTAMP.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_STORE_REVEND_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".audit-strategy-validity-revend-timestamp-field-name

Defines the column name of the revision end timestamp in the audit tables. Defaults to REVEND_TSTMP. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_REVEND_TIMESTAMP_FIELD_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_AUDIT_STRATEGY_VALIDITY_REVEND_TIMESTAMP_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

REVEND_TSTMP

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".embeddable-set-ordinal-field-name

Defines the name of the column used for storing collection ordinal values for embeddable elements. Defaults to SETORDINAL. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#EMBEDDABLE_SET_ORDINAL_FIELD_NAME.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_EMBEDDABLE_SET_ORDINAL_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

SETORDINAL

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".allow-identifier-reuse

Enables the allow_identifier_reuse feature. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#ALLOW_IDENTIFIER_REUSE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_ALLOW_IDENTIFIER_REUSE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-envers."persistence-unit-name".modified-column-naming-strategy

Defines the naming strategy to be used for modified columns. Defaults to org.hibernate.envers.boot.internal.LegacyModifiedColumnNamingStrategy. Maps to org.hibernate.envers.configuration.EnversSettings#MODIFIED_COLUMN_NAMING_STRATEGY.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ENVERS_MODIFIED_COLUMN_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

string

org.hibernate.envers.boot.internal.LegacyModifiedColumnNamingStrategy

Hibernate ORM

デフォルト

Whether Hibernate ORM is enabled during the build.

If Hibernate ORM is disabled during the build, all processing related to Hibernate ORM will be skipped, but it will not be possible to activate Hibernate ORM at runtime: quarkus.hibernate-orm.active will default to false and setting it to true will lead to an error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

If true, Quarkus will ignore any persistence.xml file in the classpath and rely exclusively on the Quarkus configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_PERSISTENCE_XML_IGNORE

Show more

boolean

false

Whether statistics collection is enabled. If 'metrics.enabled' is true, then the default here is considered true, otherwise the default is false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_STATISTICS

Show more

boolean

Whether session metrics should be appended into the server log for each Hibernate session. This only has effect if statistics are enabled (quarkus.hibernate-orm.statistics). The default is false (which means both statistics and log-session-metrics need to be enabled for the session metrics to appear in the log).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_SESSION_METRICS

Show more

boolean

Whether metrics are published if a metrics extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".datasource

The name of the datasource which this persistence unit uses.

If undefined, it will use the default datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATASOURCE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".packages

The packages in which the entities affected to this persistence unit are located.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_PACKAGES

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".sql-load-script

Paths to files containing the SQL statements to execute when Hibernate ORM starts.

The files are retrieved from the classpath resources, so they must be located in the resources directory (e.g. src/main/resources).

The default value for this setting differs depending on the Quarkus launch mode:

  • In dev and test modes, it defaults to import.sql. Simply add an import.sql file in the root of your resources directory and it will be picked up without having to set this property. Pass no-file to force Hibernate ORM to ignore the SQL import file.

  • In production mode, it defaults to no-file. It means Hibernate ORM won’t try to execute any SQL import file by default. Pass an explicit value to force Hibernate ORM to execute the SQL import file.

If you need different SQL statements between dev mode, test (@QuarkusTest) and in production, use Quarkus configuration profiles facility.

application.properties
%dev.quarkus.hibernate-orm.sql-load-script = import-dev.sql
%test.quarkus.hibernate-orm.sql-load-script = import-test.sql
%prod.quarkus.hibernate-orm.sql-load-script = no-file

Quarkus supports .sql file with SQL statements or comments spread over multiple lines. Each SQL statement must be terminated by a semicolon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_SQL_LOAD_SCRIPT

Show more

list of string

import.sql in dev and test modes ; no-file otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".physical-naming-strategy

Pluggable strategy contract for applying physical naming rules for database object names. Class name of the Hibernate PhysicalNamingStrategy implementation

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_PHYSICAL_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".implicit-naming-strategy

Pluggable strategy for applying implicit naming rules when an explicit name is not given. Class name of the Hibernate ImplicitNamingStrategy implementation

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_IMPLICIT_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".metadata-builder-contributor

Class name of a custom org.hibernate.boot.spi.MetadataBuilderContributor implementation.

Not all customization options exposed by org.hibernate.boot.MetadataBuilder will work correctly. Stay clear of options related to classpath scanning in particular.

This setting is exposed mainly to allow registration of types, converters and SQL functions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_METADATA_BUILDER_CONTRIBUTOR

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".mapping-files

XML files to configure the entity mapping, e.g. META-INF/my-orm.xml.

Defaults to META-INF/orm.xml if it exists. Pass no-file to force Hibernate ORM to ignore META-INF/orm.xml.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_MAPPING_FILES

Show more

list of string

META-INF/orm.xml if it exists; no-file otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".quote-identifiers.strategy

Identifiers can be quoted using one of the available strategies.

Set to none by default, meaning no identifiers will be quoted. If set to all, all identifiers and column definitions will be quoted. Additionally, setting it to all-except-column-definitions will skip the column definitions, which can usually be required when they exist, or else use the option only-keywords to quote only identifiers deemed SQL keywords by the Hibernate ORM dialect.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_QUOTE_IDENTIFIERS_STRATEGY

Show more

none, all, all-except-column-definitions, only-keywords

none

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".second-level-caching-enabled

The default in Quarkus is for 2nd level caching to be enabled, and a good implementation is already integrated for you.

Just cherry-pick which entities should be using the cache.

Set this to false to disable all 2nd level caches.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_SECOND_LEVEL_CACHING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".validation.enabled

Enables the Bean Validation integration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_VALIDATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".multitenant

Defines the method for multi-tenancy (DATABASE, NONE, SCHEMA). The complete list of allowed values is available in the Hibernate ORM JavaDoc. The type DISCRIMINATOR is currently not supported. The default value is NONE (no multi-tenancy).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_MULTITENANT

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".validate-in-dev-mode

If hibernate is not auto generating the schema, and Quarkus is running in development mode then Quarkus will attempt to validate the database after startup and print a log message if there are any problems.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_VALIDATE_IN_DEV_MODE

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".active

Whether this persistence unit should be active at runtime.

If the persistence unit is not active, it won’t start with the application, and accessing the corresponding EntityManagerFactory/EntityManager or SessionFactory/Session will not be possible.

Note that if Hibernate ORM is disabled (i.e. quarkus.hibernate-orm.enabled is set to false), all persistence units are deactivated, and setting this property to true will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if Hibernate ORM is enabled; 'false' otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".unsupported-properties."full-property-key"

Properties that should be passed on directly to Hibernate ORM. Use the full configuration property key here, for instance quarkus.hibernate-orm.unsupported-properties."hibernate.order_inserts" = true.

Properties set here are completely unsupported: as Quarkus doesn’t generally know about these properties and their purpose, there is absolutely no guarantee that they will work correctly, and even if they do, that may change when upgrading to a newer version of Quarkus (even just a micro/patch version).

Consider using a supported configuration property before falling back to unsupported ones. If none exists, make sure to file a feature request so that a supported configuration property can be added to Quarkus, and more importantly so that the configuration property is tested regularly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_UNSUPPORTED_PROPERTIES__FULL_PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Database related configuration

デフォルト

When set, attempts to exchange data with the database as the given version of Hibernate ORM would have, on a best-effort basis.

Please note:

  • schema validation may still fail in some cases: this attempts to make Hibernate ORM 6+ behave correctly at runtime, but it may still expect a different (but runtime-compatible) schema.

  • robust test suites are still useful and recommended: you should still check that your application behaves as intended with your legacy schema.

  • this feature is inherently unstable: some aspects of it may stop working in future versions of Quarkus, and older versions will be dropped as Hibernate ORM changes pile up and support for those older versions becomes too unreliable.

  • you should still plan a migration of your schema to a newer version of Hibernate ORM. For help with migration, refer to the Quarkus 3 migration guide from Hibernate ORM 5 to 6.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_ORM_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION

Show more

5.6, latest

latest

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.charset

The charset of the database.

Used for DDL generation and also for the SQL import scripts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_CHARSET

Show more

Charset

UTF-8

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.generation

Select whether the database schema is generated or not. drop-and-create is awesome in development mode. This defaults to 'none', however if Dev Services is in use and no other extensions that manage the schema are present this will default to 'drop-and-create'. Accepted values: none, create, drop-and-create, drop, update, validate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_GENERATION

Show more

string

none

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.generation.create-schemas

If Hibernate ORM should create the schemas automatically (for databases supporting them).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_GENERATION_CREATE_SCHEMAS

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.generation.halt-on-error

Whether we should stop on the first error when applying the schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_GENERATION_HALT_ON_ERROR

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.default-catalog

The default catalog to use for the database objects.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_DEFAULT_CATALOG

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.default-schema

The default schema to use for the database objects.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_DEFAULT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".database.version-check.enabled

Whether Hibernate ORM should check on startup that the version of the database matches the version configured on the dialect (either the default version, or the one set through quarkus.datasource.db-version).

This should be set to false if the database is not available on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DATABASE_VERSION_CHECK_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

`true if the dialect was set automatically by Quarkus, false if it was set explicitly`

Dialect related configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".dialect

Name of the Hibernate ORM dialect.

For supported databases, this property does not need to be set explicitly: it is selected automatically based on the datasource, and configured using the DB version set on the datasource to benefit from the best performance and latest features.

If your database does not have a corresponding Quarkus extension, you will need to set this property explicitly. In that case, keep in mind that the JDBC driver and Hibernate ORM dialect may not work properly in GraalVM native executables.

For built-in dialects, the expected value is one of the names in the official list of dialects, without the Dialect suffix, for example Cockroach for CockroachDialect.

For third-party dialects, the expected value is the fully-qualified class name, for example com.acme.hibernate.AcmeDbDialect.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DIALECT

Show more

string

selected automatically for most popular databases

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".dialect.storage-engine

The storage engine to use when the dialect supports multiple storage engines.

E.g. MyISAM or InnoDB for MySQL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DIALECT_STORAGE_ENGINE

Show more

string

Mapping configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".mapping.timezone.default-storage

How to store timezones in the database by default for properties of type OffsetDateTime and ZonedDateTime.

This default may be overridden on a per-property basis using @TimeZoneStorage.

Properties of type OffsetTime are not affected by this setting.
default

Equivalent to native if supported, normalize-utc otherwise.

auto

Equivalent to native if supported, column otherwise.

native

Stores the timestamp and timezone in a column of type timestamp with time zone.

Only available on some databases/dialects; if not supported, an exception will be thrown during static initialization.

column

Stores the timezone in a separate column next to the timestamp column.

Use @TimeZoneColumn on the relevant entity property to customize the timezone column.

normalize-utc

Does not store the timezone, and loses timezone information upon persisting.

Instead, normalizes the value to a timestamp in the UTC timezone.

normalize

Does not store the timezone, and loses timezone information upon persisting.

Instead, normalizes the value: * upon persisting to the database, to a timestamp in the JDBC timezone set through quarkus.hibernate-orm.jdbc.timezone, or the JVM default timezone if not set. * upon reading back from the database, to the JVM default timezone.

+ Use this to get the legacy behavior of Quarkus 2 / Hibernate ORM 5 or older.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_MAPPING_TIMEZONE_DEFAULT_STORAGE

Show more

native, normalize, normalize-utc, column, auto, default

default

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".mapping.id.optimizer.default

The optimizer to apply to identifier generators whose optimizer is not configured explicitly.

Only relevant for table- and sequence-based identifier generators. Other generators, such as UUID-based generators, will ignore this setting.

The optimizer is responsible for pooling new identifier values, in order to reduce the frequency of database calls to retrieve those values and thereby improve performance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_MAPPING_ID_OPTIMIZER_DEFAULT

Show more

pooled-loAssumes the value retrieved from the table/sequence is the lower end of the pool. Upon retrieving value N, the new pool of identifiers will go from N to N + <allocation size> - 1, inclusive., pooledAssumes the value retrieved from the table/sequence is the higher end of the pool. Upon retrieving value N, the new pool of identifiers will go from N - <allocation size> to N + <allocation size> - 1, inclusive. The first value, 1, is handled differently to avoid negative identifiers. Use this to get the legacy behavior of Quarkus 2 / Hibernate ORM 5 or older., noneNo optimizer, resulting in a database call each and every time an identifier value is needed from the generator. Not recommended in production environments\: may result in degraded performance and/or frequent gaps in identifier values.

pooled-loAssumes the value retrieved from the table/sequence is the lower end of the pool. Upon retrieving value N, the new pool of identifiers will go from N to N + <allocation size> - 1, inclusive.

Query related configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".query.query-plan-cache-max-size

The maximum size of the query plan cache. see #org.hibernate.cfg.AvailableSettings#QUERY_PLAN_CACHE_MAX_SIZE

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_QUERY_QUERY_PLAN_CACHE_MAX_SIZE

Show more

int

2048

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".query.default-null-ordering

Default precedence of null values in ORDER BY clauses.

Valid values are: none, first, last.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_QUERY_DEFAULT_NULL_ORDERING

Show more

none, first, last

none

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".query.in-clause-parameter-padding

Enables IN clause parameter padding which improves statement caching.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_QUERY_IN_CLAUSE_PARAMETER_PADDING

Show more

boolean

true

JDBC related configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".jdbc.timezone

The time zone pushed to the JDBC driver. See quarkus.hibernate-orm.mapping.timezone.default-storage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_JDBC_TIMEZONE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".jdbc.statement-fetch-size

How many rows are fetched at a time by the JDBC driver.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_JDBC_STATEMENT_FETCH_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".jdbc.statement-batch-size

The number of updates (inserts, updates and deletes) that are sent by the JDBC driver at one time for execution.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_JDBC_STATEMENT_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

Fetching logic configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".fetch.batch-size

The size of the batches used when loading entities and collections.

-1 means batch loading is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_FETCH_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

16

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".fetch.max-depth

The maximum depth of outer join fetch tree for single-ended associations (one-to-one, many-to-one).

A 0 disables default outer join fetching.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_FETCH_MAX_DEPTH

Show more

int

Caching configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".cache."cache".expiration.max-idle

The maximum time before an object of the cache is considered expired.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_CACHE__CACHE__EXPIRATION_MAX_IDLE

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".cache."cache".memory.object-count

The maximum number of objects kept in memory in the cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_CACHE__CACHE__MEMORY_OBJECT_COUNT

Show more

Discriminator related configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".discriminator.ignore-explicit-for-joined

Existing applications rely (implicitly or explicitly) on Hibernate ignoring any DiscriminatorColumn declarations on joined inheritance hierarchies. This setting allows these applications to maintain the legacy behavior of DiscriminatorColumn annotations being ignored when paired with joined inheritance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_DISCRIMINATOR_IGNORE_EXPLICIT_FOR_JOINED

Show more

boolean

false

Logging configuration

デフォルト

Logs SQL bind parameters.

Setting it to true is obviously not recommended in production.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_BIND_PARAMETERS

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".log.sql

Show SQL logs and format them nicely.

Setting it to true is obviously not recommended in production.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_SQL

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".log.format-sql

Format the SQL logs if SQL log is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_FORMAT_SQL

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".log.highlight-sql

Highlight the SQL logs if SQL log is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_HIGHLIGHT_SQL

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".log.jdbc-warnings

Whether JDBC warnings should be collected and logged.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_JDBC_WARNINGS

Show more

boolean

depends on dialect

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".log.queries-slower-than-ms

If set, Hibernate will log queries that took more than specified number of milliseconds to execute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_LOG_QUERIES_SLOWER_THAN_MS

Show more

Database scripts related configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".scripts.generation

Select whether the database schema DDL files are generated or not. Accepted values: none, create, drop-and-create, drop, update, validate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_SCRIPTS_GENERATION

Show more

string

none

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".scripts.generation.create-target

Filename or URL where the database create DDL file should be generated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_SCRIPTS_GENERATION_CREATE_TARGET

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".scripts.generation.drop-target

Filename or URL where the database drop DDL file should be generated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_SCRIPTS_GENERATION_DROP_TARGET

Show more

string

Flush configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-orm."persistence-unit-name".flush.mode

The default flushing strategy, or when to flush entities to the database in a Hibernate session: before every query, on commit, …​

This default can be overridden on a per-session basis with Session#setHibernateFlushMode() or on a per-query basis with the hint HibernateHints#HINT_FLUSH_MODE.

See the javadoc of org.hibernate.FlushMode for details.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_ORM_FLUSH_MODE

Show more

manual, commit, auto, always

auto

Hibernate Search + Elasticsearch

デフォルト

Whether Hibernate Search is enabled during the build.

If Hibernate Search is disabled during the build, all processing related to Hibernate Search will be skipped, but it will not be possible to activate Hibernate Search at runtime: quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.active will default to false and setting it to true will lead to an error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".background-failure-handler

A bean reference to a component that should be notified of any failure occurring in a background process (mainly index operations).

The referenced bean must implement FailureHandler.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom FailureHandler implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_BACKGROUND_FAILURE_HANDLER

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.strategy

The strategy to use for coordinating between threads or even separate instances of the application, in particular in automatic indexing.

See coordination for more information.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_STRATEGY

Show more

string

none

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".mapping.configurer

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure the Hibernate Search mapping, in particular programmatically.

The referenced beans must implement HibernateOrmSearchMappingConfigurer.

See Programmatic mapping for an example on how mapping configurers can be used to apply programmatic mappings.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom HibernateOrmSearchMappingConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_MAPPING_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".active

Whether Hibernate Search should be active for this persistence unit at runtime.

If Hibernate Search is not active, it won’t index Hibernate ORM entities, and accessing the SearchMapping/SearchSession of the relevant persistence unit for search or other operation will not be possible.

Note that if Hibernate Search is disabled (i.e. quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.enabled is set to false), it won’t be active for any persistence unit, and setting this property to true will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if Hibernate Search is enabled; 'false' otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".schema-management.strategy

The schema management strategy, controlling how indexes and their schema are created, updated, validated or dropped on startup and shutdown.

Available values:

Strategy

Definition

none

Do nothing: assume that indexes already exist and that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

validate

Validate that indexes exist and that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

If it does not, throw an exception, but make no attempt to fix the problem.

create

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, do nothing: assume that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

create-or-validate (default unless using Dev Services)

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, validate that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

If it does not, throw an exception, but make no attempt to fix the problem.

create-or-update

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, validate that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations; if it does not match expectations, try to update it.

This strategy is unfit for production environments, due to several important limitations, but can be useful when developing.

drop-and-create

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, drop them, then create them along with their schema.

drop-and-create-and-drop (default when using Dev Services)

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, drop them, then create them along with their schema.

Also, drop indexes and their schema on shutdown.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_STRATEGY

Show more

none, validate, create, create-or-validate, create-or-update, drop-and-create, drop-and-create-and-drop

drop-and-create-and-drop when using Dev Services; create-or-validate otherwise

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".query.loading.cache-lookup.strategy

The strategy to use when loading entities during the execution of a search query.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_QUERY_LOADING_CACHE_LOOKUP_STRATEGY

Show more

skip, persistence-context, persistence-context-then-second-level-cache

skip

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".query.loading.fetch-size

The fetch size to use when loading entities during the execution of a search query.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_QUERY_LOADING_FETCH_SIZE

Show more

int

100

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".indexing.plan.synchronization.strategy

How to synchronize between application threads and indexing, in particular when relying on (implicit) listener-triggered indexing on entity change, but also when using a SearchIndexingPlan explicitly.

Defines how complete indexing should be before resuming the application thread after a database transaction is committed.

Indexing synchronization is only relevant when coordination is disabled (which is the default).

With the outbox-polling coordination strategy, indexing happens in background threads and is always asynchronous; the behavior is equivalent to the write-sync synchronization strategy.

Available values:

Strategy

Throughput

Guarantees when the application thread resumes

Changes applied

Changes safe from crash/power loss

Changes visible on search

async

Best

write-sync (default)

Medium

read-sync

Medium to worst

sync

Worst

This property also accepts a bean reference to a custom implementations of IndexingPlanSynchronizationStrategy.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom IndexingPlanSynchronizationStrategy implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_INDEXING_PLAN_SYNCHRONIZATION_STRATEGY

Show more

string

write-sync

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".multi-tenancy.tenant-ids

An exhaustive list of all tenant identifiers that may be used by the application when multi-tenancy is enabled.

Mainly useful when using the {@code outbox-polling} coordination strategy, since it involves setting up one background processor per tenant.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_MULTI_TENANCY_TENANT_IDS

Show more

list of string

Configuration for backends

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".version

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.version

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".version

The version of Elasticsearch used in the cluster.

As the schema is generated without a connection to the server, this item is mandatory.

It doesn’t have to be the exact version (it can be 7 or 7.1 for instance) but it has to be sufficiently precise to choose a model dialect (the one used to generate the schema) compatible with the protocol dialect (the one used to communicate with Elasticsearch).

There’s no rule of thumb here as it depends on the schema incompatibilities introduced by Elasticsearch versions. In any case, if there is a problem, you will have an error when Hibernate Search tries to connect to the cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_VERSION

Show more

ElasticsearchVersion

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.settings-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.schema-management.settings-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.settings-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding custom index settings to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The provided settings will be merged with those generated by Hibernate Search, including analyzer definitions. When analysis is configured both through an analysis configurer and these custom settings, the behavior is undefined; it should not be relied upon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_SETTINGS_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.mapping-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.schema-management.mapping-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.mapping-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding a custom index mapping to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The file does not need to (and generally shouldn’t) contain the full mapping: Hibernate Search will automatically inject missing properties (index fields) in the given mapping.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_MAPPING_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".analysis.configurer

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.analysis.configurer

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".analysis.configurer

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure full text analysis (e.g. analyzers, normalizers).

The referenced beans must implement ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer.

See Setting up the analyzers for more information.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_ANALYSIS_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".hosts

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.hosts

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".hosts

The list of hosts of the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

localhost:9200

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".protocol

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.protocol

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".protocol

The protocol to use when contacting Elasticsearch servers. Set to "https" to enable SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_PROTOCOL

Show more

httpUse clear-text HTTP, with SSL/TLS disabled., httpsUse HTTPS, with SSL/TLS enabled.

httpUse clear-text HTTP, with SSL/TLS disabled.

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".username

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.username

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".username

The username used for authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_USERNAME

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".password

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.password

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".password

The password used for authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".connection-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.connection-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".connection-timeout

The timeout when establishing a connection to an Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

1S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".read-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.read-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".read-timeout

The timeout when reading responses from an Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".request-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.request-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".request-timeout

The timeout when executing a request to an Elasticsearch server.

This includes the time needed to wait for a connection to be available, send the request and read the response.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_REQUEST_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.max-connections

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections

The maximum number of connections to all the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS

Show more

int

20

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections-per-route

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.max-connections-per-route

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections-per-route

The maximum number of connections per Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_ROUTE

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.enabled

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.discovery.enabled

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.enabled

Defines if automatic discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.refresh-interval

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.discovery.refresh-interval

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.refresh-interval

Refresh interval of the node list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_REFRESH_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".thread-pool.size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.thread-pool.size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".thread-pool.size

The size of the thread pool assigned to the backend.

Note that number is per backend, not per index. Adding more indexes will not add more threads.

As all operations happening in this thread-pool are non-blocking, raising its size above the number of processor cores available to the JVM will not bring noticeable performance benefit. The only reason to alter this setting would be to reduce the number of threads; for example, in an application with a single index with a single indexing queue, running on a machine with 64 processor cores, you might want to bring down the number of threads.

Defaults to the number of processor cores available to the JVM on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_THREAD_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".query.shard-failure.ignore

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.query.shard-failure.ignore

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".query.shard-failure.ignore

Whether partial shard failures are ignored (true) or lead to Hibernate Search throwing an exception (false).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_QUERY_SHARD_FAILURE_IGNORE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".version-check.enabled

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.version-check.enabled

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".version-check.enabled

Whether Hibernate Search should check the version of the Elasticsearch cluster on startup.

Set to false if the Elasticsearch cluster may not be available on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_VERSION_CHECK_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.schema-management.required-status

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status

The minimal Elasticsearch cluster status required on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS

Show more

green, yellow, red

yellow

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

How long we should wait for the status before failing the bootstrap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS_WAIT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-count

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexing.queue-count

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-count

The number of indexing queues assigned to each index.

Higher values will lead to more connections being used in parallel, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_QUEUE_COUNT

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexing.queue-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-size

The size of indexing queues.

Lower values may lead to lower memory usage, especially if there are many queues, but values that are too low will reduce the likeliness of reaching the max bulk size and increase the likeliness of application threads blocking because the queue is full, which may lead to lower indexing throughput.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

1000

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexing.max-bulk-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

The maximum size of bulk requests created when processing indexing queues.

Higher values will lead to more documents being sent in each HTTP request sent to Elasticsearch, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Note that raising this number above the queue size has no effect, as bulks cannot include more requests than are contained in the queue.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_MAX_BULK_SIZE

Show more

int

100

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".layout.strategy

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.layout.strategy

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".layout.strategy

A bean reference to the component used to configure the Elasticsearch layout: index names, index aliases, …​

The referenced bean must implement IndexLayoutStrategy.

Available built-in implementations:

simple

The default, future-proof strategy: if the index name in Hibernate Search is myIndex, this strategy will create an index named myindex-000001, an alias for write operations named myindex-write, and an alias for read operations named myindex-read.

no-alias

A strategy without index aliases, mostly useful on legacy clusters: if the index name in Hibernate Search is myIndex, this strategy will create an index named myindex, and will not use any alias.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom IndexLayoutStrategy implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_LAYOUT_STRATEGY

Show more

string

Per-index configuration overrides

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.settings-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".schema-management.settings-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.settings-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding custom index settings to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The provided settings will be merged with those generated by Hibernate Search, including analyzer definitions. When analysis is configured both through an analysis configurer and these custom settings, the behavior is undefined; it should not be relied upon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_SETTINGS_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.mapping-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".schema-management.mapping-file

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.mapping-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding a custom index mapping to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The file does not need to (and generally shouldn’t) contain the full mapping: Hibernate Search will automatically inject missing properties (index fields) in the given mapping.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_MAPPING_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".analysis.configurer

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".analysis.configurer

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".analysis.configurer

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure full text analysis (e.g. analyzers, normalizers).

The referenced beans must implement ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer.

See Setting up the analyzers for more information.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__ANALYSIS_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status

The minimal Elasticsearch cluster status required on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS

Show more

green, yellow, red

yellow

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

How long we should wait for the status before failing the bootstrap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS_WAIT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-count

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-count

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-count

The number of indexing queues assigned to each index.

Higher values will lead to more connections being used in parallel, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_QUEUE_COUNT

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-size

The size of indexing queues.

Lower values may lead to lower memory usage, especially if there are many queues, but values that are too low will reduce the likeliness of reaching the max bulk size and increase the likeliness of application threads blocking because the queue is full, which may lead to lower indexing throughput.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

1000

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch.indexes."index-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

The maximum size of bulk requests created when processing indexing queues.

Higher values will lead to more documents being sent in each HTTP request sent to Elasticsearch, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Note that raising this number above the queue size has no effect, as bulks cannot include more requests than are contained in the queue.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_MAX_BULK_SIZE

Show more

int

100

Management interface

デフォルト

Root path for reindexing endpoints. This value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_MANAGEMENT_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

hibernate-search/

If management interface is turned on the reindexing endpoints will be published under the management interface. This property allows to enable this functionality by setting it to `true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_MANAGEMENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Hibernate Search Coordination with Outbox Polling

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.enabled

Whether the event processor is enabled, i.e. whether events will be processed to perform automatic reindexing on this instance of the application.

This can be set to false to disable event processing on some application nodes, for example to dedicate some nodes to HTTP request processing and other nodes to event processing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.shards.total-count

The total number of shards that will form a partition of the entity change events to process.

By default, sharding is dynamic and setting this property is not necessary.

If you want to control explicitly the number and assignment of shards, you must configure static sharding and then setting this property as well as the assigned shards (see shards.assigned) is necessary.

See this section of the reference documentation for more information about event processor sharding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_SHARDS_TOTAL_COUNT

Show more

int

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.shards.assigned

Among shards that will form a partition of the entity change events, the shards that will be processed by this application instance.

By default, sharding is dynamic and setting this property is not necessary.

If you want to control explicitly the number and assignment of shards, you must configure static sharding and then setting this property as well as the total shard count is necessary.

Shards are referred to by an index in the range [0, total_count - 1] (see shards.total-count). A given application node must be assigned at least one shard but may be assigned multiple shards by setting shards.assigned to a comma-separated list, e.g. 0,3.

See this section of the reference documentation for more information about event processor sharding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_SHARDS_ASSIGNED

Show more

list of int

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.polling-interval

How long to wait for another query to the outbox events table after a query didn’t return any event.

Lower values will reduce the time it takes for a change to be reflected in the index, but will increase the stress on the database when there are no new events.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_POLLING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

0.100S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.pulse-interval

How long the event processor can poll for events before it must perform a "pulse", updating and checking registrations in the agents table.

The pulse interval must be set to a value between the polling interval and one third (1/3) of the expiration interval.

Low values (closer to the polling interval) mean less time wasted not processing events when a node joins or leaves the cluster, and reduced risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected, but more stress on the database because of more frequent checks of the list of agents.

High values (closer to the expiration interval) mean more time wasted not processing events when a node joins or leaves the cluster, and increased risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected, but less stress on the database because of less frequent checks of the list of agents.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_PULSE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.pulse-expiration

How long an event processor "pulse" remains valid before considering the processor disconnected and forcibly removing it from the cluster.

The expiration interval must be set to a value at least 3 times larger than the pulse interval.

Low values (closer to the pulse interval) mean less time wasted not processing events when a node abruptly leaves the cluster due to a crash or network failure, but increased risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected.

High values (much larger than the pulse interval) mean more time wasted not processing events when a node abruptly leaves the cluster due to a crash or network failure, but reduced risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_PULSE_EXPIRATION

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.batch-size

How many outbox events, at most, are processed in a single transaction.

Higher values will reduce the number of transactions opened by the background process and may increase performance thanks to the first-level cache (persistence context), but will increase memory usage and in extreme cases may lead to OutOfMemoryErrors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

50

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.transaction-timeout

The timeout for transactions processing outbox events.

When this property is not set, Hibernate Search will use whatever default transaction timeout is configured in the JTA transaction manager, which may be too low for batch processing and lead to transaction timeouts when processing batches of events. If this happens, set a higher transaction timeout for event processing using this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_TRANSACTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.event-processor.retry-delay

How long the event processor must wait before re-processing an event after its previous processing failed.

Use the value 0S to reprocess failed events as soon as possible, with no delay.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_EVENT_PROCESSOR_RETRY_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.mass-indexer.polling-interval

How long to wait for another query to the agent table when actively waiting for event processors to suspend themselves.

Low values will reduce the time it takes for the mass indexer agent to detect that event processors finally suspended themselves, but will increase the stress on the database while the mass indexer agent is actively waiting.

High values will increase the time it takes for the mass indexer agent to detect that event processors finally suspended themselves, but will reduce the stress on the database while the mass indexer agent is actively waiting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_MASS_INDEXER_POLLING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

0.100S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.mass-indexer.pulse-interval

How long the mass indexer can wait before it must perform a "pulse", updating and checking registrations in the agent table.

The pulse interval must be set to a value between the polling interval and one third (1/3) of the expiration interval.

Low values (closer to the polling interval) mean reduced risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected, but more stress on the database because of more frequent updates of the mass indexer agent’s entry in the agent table.

High values (closer to the expiration interval) mean increased risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected, but less stress on the database because of less frequent updates of the mass indexer agent’s entry in the agent table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_MASS_INDEXER_PULSE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.mass-indexer.pulse-expiration

How long an event processor "pulse" remains valid before considering the processor disconnected and forcibly removing it from the cluster.

The expiration interval must be set to a value at least 3 times larger than the pulse interval.

Low values (closer to the pulse interval) mean less time wasted with event processors not processing events when a mass indexer agent terminates due to a crash, but increased risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected.

High values (much larger than the pulse interval) mean more time wasted with event processors not processing events when a mass indexer agent terminates due to a crash, but reduced risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_MASS_INDEXER_PULSE_EXPIRATION

Show more

Duration 

30S

Configuration for persistence units

デフォルト

Configuration for the mapping of entities used for outbox-polling coordination

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.agent.catalog

The database catalog to use for the agent table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_AGENT_CATALOG

Show more

string

Default catalog configured in Hibernate ORM

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.agent.schema

The schema catalog to use for the agent table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_AGENT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

Default catalog configured in Hibernate ORM

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.agent.table

The name of the agent table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_AGENT_TABLE

Show more

string

HSEARCH_AGENT

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.agent.uuid-gen-strategy

The UUID generator strategy used for the agent table.

Available strategies:

  • auto (the default) is the same as random which uses UUID#randomUUID().

  • time is an IP based strategy consistent with IETF RFC 4122.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_AGENT_UUID_GEN_STRATEGY

Show more

auto, random, time

auto

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.agent.uuid-type

The name of the Hibernate ORM basic type used for representing an UUID in the outbox event table.

Refer to this section of the Hibernate ORM documentation to see the possible UUID representations.

Defaults to the special value default, which will result into one of char/binary depending on the database kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_AGENT_UUID_TYPE

Show more

string

char/binary depending on the database kind

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.outbox-event.catalog

The database catalog to use for the outbox event table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_OUTBOX_EVENT_CATALOG

Show more

string

Default catalog configured in Hibernate ORM

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.outbox-event.schema

The schema catalog to use for the outbox event table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_OUTBOX_EVENT_SCHEMA

Show more

string

Default schema configured in Hibernate ORM

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.outbox-event.table

The name of the outbox event table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_OUTBOX_EVENT_TABLE

Show more

string

HSEARCH_OUTBOX_EVENT

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.outbox-event.uuid-gen-strategy

The UUID generator strategy used for the outbox event table.

Available strategies:

  • auto (the default) is the same as random which uses UUID#randomUUID().

  • time is an IP based strategy consistent with IETF RFC 4122.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_OUTBOX_EVENT_UUID_GEN_STRATEGY

Show more

auto, random, time

auto

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.entity-mapping.outbox-event.uuid-type

The name of the Hibernate ORM basic type used for representing an UUID in the outbox event table.

Refer to this section of the Hibernate ORM documentation to see the possible UUID representations.

Defaults to the special value default, which will result into one of char/binary depending on the database kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_ENTITY_MAPPING_OUTBOX_EVENT_UUID_TYPE

Show more

string

char/binary depending on the database kind

Per-tenant configuration overrides

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.enabled

Whether the event processor is enabled, i.e. whether events will be processed to perform automatic reindexing on this instance of the application.

This can be set to false to disable event processing on some application nodes, for example to dedicate some nodes to HTTP request processing and other nodes to event processing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.shards.total-count

The total number of shards that will form a partition of the entity change events to process.

By default, sharding is dynamic and setting this property is not necessary.

If you want to control explicitly the number and assignment of shards, you must configure static sharding and then setting this property as well as the assigned shards (see shards.assigned) is necessary.

See this section of the reference documentation for more information about event processor sharding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_SHARDS_TOTAL_COUNT

Show more

int

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.shards.assigned

Among shards that will form a partition of the entity change events, the shards that will be processed by this application instance.

By default, sharding is dynamic and setting this property is not necessary.

If you want to control explicitly the number and assignment of shards, you must configure static sharding and then setting this property as well as the total shard count is necessary.

Shards are referred to by an index in the range [0, total_count - 1] (see shards.total-count). A given application node must be assigned at least one shard but may be assigned multiple shards by setting shards.assigned to a comma-separated list, e.g. 0,3.

See this section of the reference documentation for more information about event processor sharding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_SHARDS_ASSIGNED

Show more

list of int

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.polling-interval

How long to wait for another query to the outbox events table after a query didn’t return any event.

Lower values will reduce the time it takes for a change to be reflected in the index, but will increase the stress on the database when there are no new events.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_POLLING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

0.100S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.pulse-interval

How long the event processor can poll for events before it must perform a "pulse", updating and checking registrations in the agents table.

The pulse interval must be set to a value between the polling interval and one third (1/3) of the expiration interval.

Low values (closer to the polling interval) mean less time wasted not processing events when a node joins or leaves the cluster, and reduced risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected, but more stress on the database because of more frequent checks of the list of agents.

High values (closer to the expiration interval) mean more time wasted not processing events when a node joins or leaves the cluster, and increased risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected, but less stress on the database because of less frequent checks of the list of agents.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_PULSE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.pulse-expiration

How long an event processor "pulse" remains valid before considering the processor disconnected and forcibly removing it from the cluster.

The expiration interval must be set to a value at least 3 times larger than the pulse interval.

Low values (closer to the pulse interval) mean less time wasted not processing events when a node abruptly leaves the cluster due to a crash or network failure, but increased risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected.

High values (much larger than the pulse interval) mean more time wasted not processing events when a node abruptly leaves the cluster due to a crash or network failure, but reduced risk of wasting time not processing events because an event processor is incorrectly considered disconnected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_PULSE_EXPIRATION

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.batch-size

How many outbox events, at most, are processed in a single transaction.

Higher values will reduce the number of transactions opened by the background process and may increase performance thanks to the first-level cache (persistence context), but will increase memory usage and in extreme cases may lead to OutOfMemoryErrors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

50

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.transaction-timeout

The timeout for transactions processing outbox events.

When this property is not set, Hibernate Search will use whatever default transaction timeout is configured in the JTA transaction manager, which may be too low for batch processing and lead to transaction timeouts when processing batches of events. If this happens, set a higher transaction timeout for event processing using this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_TRANSACTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".event-processor.retry-delay

How long the event processor must wait before re-processing an event after its previous processing failed.

Use the value 0S to reprocess failed events as soon as possible, with no delay.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__EVENT_PROCESSOR_RETRY_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".mass-indexer.polling-interval

How long to wait for another query to the agent table when actively waiting for event processors to suspend themselves.

Low values will reduce the time it takes for the mass indexer agent to detect that event processors finally suspended themselves, but will increase the stress on the database while the mass indexer agent is actively waiting.

High values will increase the time it takes for the mass indexer agent to detect that event processors finally suspended themselves, but will reduce the stress on the database while the mass indexer agent is actively waiting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__MASS_INDEXER_POLLING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

0.100S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".mass-indexer.pulse-interval

How long the mass indexer can wait before it must perform a "pulse", updating and checking registrations in the agent table.

The pulse interval must be set to a value between the polling interval and one third (1/3) of the expiration interval.

Low values (closer to the polling interval) mean reduced risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected, but more stress on the database because of more frequent updates of the mass indexer agent’s entry in the agent table.

High values (closer to the expiration interval) mean increased risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected, but less stress on the database because of less frequent updates of the mass indexer agent’s entry in the agent table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__MASS_INDEXER_PULSE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

2S

quarkus.hibernate-search-orm."persistence-unit-name".coordination.tenants."tenant-id".mass-indexer.pulse-expiration

How long an event processor "pulse" remains valid before considering the processor disconnected and forcibly removing it from the cluster.

The expiration interval must be set to a value at least 3 times larger than the pulse interval.

Low values (closer to the pulse interval) mean less time wasted with event processors not processing events when a mass indexer agent terminates due to a crash, but increased risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected.

High values (much larger than the pulse interval) mean more time wasted with event processors not processing events when a mass indexer agent terminates due to a crash, but reduced risk of event processors starting to process events again during mass indexing because a mass indexer agent is incorrectly considered disconnected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_ORM_COORDINATION_TENANTS__TENANT_ID__MASS_INDEXER_PULSE_EXPIRATION

Show more

Duration 

30S

Hibernate Search Standalone + Elasticsearch

デフォルト

Whether Hibernate Search Standalone is enabled during the build.

If Hibernate Search is disabled during the build, all processing related to Hibernate Search will be skipped, but it will not be possible to activate Hibernate Search at runtime: quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.active will default to false and setting it to true will lead to an error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

A bean reference to a component that should be notified of any failure occurring in a background process (mainly index operations).

The referenced bean must implement FailureHandler.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom FailureHandler implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_BACKGROUND_FAILURE_HANDLER

Show more

string

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure the Hibernate Search mapping, in particular programmatically.

The referenced beans must implement StandalonePojoMappingConfigurer.

See Programmatic mapping for an example on how mapping configurers can be used to apply programmatic mappings.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom StandalonePojoMappingConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_MAPPING_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

The structure of the Hibernate Search entity mapping.

This must match the structure of the application model being indexed with Hibernate Search:

graph (default)

Entities indexed through Hibernate Search are nodes in an entity graph, i.e. an indexed entity is independent of other entities it references through associations, which can be updated independently of the indexed entity.

Associations between entities must be bi-directional: specifying the inverse side of associations through @AssociationInverseSide is required, unless reindexing is disabled for that association through @IndexingDependency(reindexOnUpdate = …​).

document

Entities indexed through Hibernate Search are the root of a document, i.e. an indexed entity "owns" other entities it references through associations, which cannot be updated independently of the indexed entity.

Associations between entities can be uni-directional: specifying the inverse side of associations through @AssociationInverseSide is not required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_MAPPING_STRUCTURE

Show more

graphEntities indexed through Hibernate Search are nodes in an entity graph. With this structure\: * An indexed entity is independent of other entities it references through associations, which can be updated independently of the indexed entity; in particular they may be passed to {@link org.hibernate.search.mapper.pojo.standalone.work.SearchIndexingPlan#addOrUpdate(Object)}. * Therefore, when an entity changes, Hibernate Search may need to resolve other entities to reindex, which means in particular that associations between entities must be bi-directional\: specifying the inverse side of associations through @AssociationInverseSide is required, unless reindexing is disabled for that association through @IndexingDependency(reindexOnUpdate = …​). See also link\:https://docs.jboss.org/hibernate/search/7.2/reference/en-US/html_single/#mapping-reindexing-associationinverseside\]@AssociationInverseSide] link\:https://docs.jboss.org/hibernate/search/7.2/reference/en-US/html_single/#mapping-reindexing-reindexonupdate\]@IndexingDependency(reindexOnUpdate = …​)]., documentEntities indexed through Hibernate Search are the root of a document. With this structure\: * An indexed entity "owns" other entities it references through associations, which cannot be updated independently of the indexed entity; in particular they cannot be passed to {@link org.hibernate.search.mapper.pojo.standalone.work.SearchIndexingPlan#addOrUpdate(Object)}. * Therefore, when an entity changes, Hibernate Search doesn’t need to resolve other entities to reindex, which means in particular that associations between entities can be uni-directional\: specifying the inverse side of associations through @AssociationInverseSide is not required. See also link\:https://docs.jboss.org/hibernate/search/7.2/reference/en-US/html_single/#mapping-reindexing-associationinverseside\]@AssociationInverseSide].

graphEntities indexed through Hibernate Search are nodes in an entity graph. With this structure\: * An indexed entity is independent of other entities it references through associations, which can be updated independently of the indexed entity; in particular they may be passed to {@link org.hibernate.search.mapper.pojo.standalone.work.SearchIndexingPlan#addOrUpdate(Object)}. * Therefore, when an entity changes, Hibernate Search may need to resolve other entities to reindex, which means in particular that associations between entities must be bi-directional\: specifying the inverse side of associations through @AssociationInverseSide is required, unless reindexing is disabled for that association through @IndexingDependency(reindexOnUpdate = …​). See also link\:https://docs.jboss.org/hibernate/search/7.2/reference/en-US/html_single/#mapping-reindexing-associationinverseside\]@AssociationInverseSide] link\:https://docs.jboss.org/hibernate/search/7.2/reference/en-US/html_single/#mapping-reindexing-reindexonupdate\]@IndexingDependency(reindexOnUpdate = …​)].

Whether Hibernate Search Standalone should be active at runtime.

If Hibernate Search Standalone is not active, it won’t start with the application, and accessing the SearchMapping for search or other operations will not be possible.

Note that if Hibernate Search Standalone is disabled (i.e. quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.enabled is set to false), it won’t be active, and setting this property to true will fail.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ACTIVE

Show more

boolean

'true' if Hibernate Search Standalone is enabled; 'false' otherwise

The schema management strategy, controlling how indexes and their schema are created, updated, validated or dropped on startup and shutdown.

Available values:

Strategy

Definition

none

Do nothing: assume that indexes already exist and that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

validate

Validate that indexes exist and that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

If it does not, throw an exception, but make no attempt to fix the problem.

create

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, do nothing: assume that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

create-or-validate (default unless using Dev Services)

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, validate that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations.

If it does not, throw an exception, but make no attempt to fix the problem.

create-or-update

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, validate that their schema matches Hibernate Search’s expectations; if it does not match expectations, try to update it.

This strategy is unfit for production environments, due to several important limitations, but can be useful when developing.

drop-and-create

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, drop them, then create them along with their schema.

drop-and-create-and-drop (default when using Dev Services)

For indexes that do not exist, create them along with their schema.

For indexes that already exist, drop them, then create them along with their schema.

Also, drop indexes and their schema on shutdown.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_STRATEGY

Show more

none, validate, create, create-or-validate, create-or-update, drop-and-create, drop-and-create-and-drop

drop-and-create-and-drop when using Dev Services; create-or-validate otherwise

How to synchronize between application threads and indexing, in particular when relying on (implicit) listener-triggered indexing on entity change, but also when using a SearchIndexingPlan explicitly.

Defines how complete indexing should be before resuming the application thread after a SearchSession is closed.

Available values:

Strategy

Throughput

Guarantees when the application thread resumes

Changes applied

Changes safe from crash/power loss

Changes visible on search

async

Best

write-sync (default)

Medium

read-sync

Medium to worst

sync

Worst

This property also accepts a bean reference to a custom implementations of IndexingPlanSynchronizationStrategy.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom IndexingPlanSynchronizationStrategy implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_INDEXING_PLAN_SYNCHRONIZATION_STRATEGY

Show more

string

write-sync

Configuration for backends

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".version

The version of Elasticsearch used in the cluster.

As the schema is generated without a connection to the server, this item is mandatory.

It doesn’t have to be the exact version (it can be 7 or 7.1 for instance) but it has to be sufficiently precise to choose a model dialect (the one used to generate the schema) compatible with the protocol dialect (the one used to communicate with Elasticsearch).

There’s no rule of thumb here as it depends on the schema incompatibilities introduced by Elasticsearch versions. In any case, if there is a problem, you will have an error when Hibernate Search tries to connect to the cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_VERSION

Show more

ElasticsearchVersion

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.settings-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding custom index settings to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The provided settings will be merged with those generated by Hibernate Search, including analyzer definitions. When analysis is configured both through an analysis configurer and these custom settings, the behavior is undefined; it should not be relied upon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_SETTINGS_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.mapping-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding a custom index mapping to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The file does not need to (and generally shouldn’t) contain the full mapping: Hibernate Search will automatically inject missing properties (index fields) in the given mapping.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_MAPPING_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".analysis.configurer

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure full text analysis (e.g. analyzers, normalizers).

The referenced beans must implement ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer.

See Setting up the analyzers for more information.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_ANALYSIS_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".hosts

The list of hosts of the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

localhost:9200

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".protocol

The protocol to use when contacting Elasticsearch servers. Set to "https" to enable SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_PROTOCOL

Show more

httpUse clear-text HTTP, with SSL/TLS disabled., httpsUse HTTPS, with SSL/TLS enabled.

httpUse clear-text HTTP, with SSL/TLS disabled.

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".username

The username used for authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_USERNAME

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".password

The password used for authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".connection-timeout

The timeout when establishing a connection to an Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

1S

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".read-timeout

The timeout when reading responses from an Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".request-timeout

The timeout when executing a request to an Elasticsearch server.

This includes the time needed to wait for a connection to be available, send the request and read the response.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_REQUEST_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections

The maximum number of connections to all the Elasticsearch servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS

Show more

int

20

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".max-connections-per-route

The maximum number of connections per Elasticsearch server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_ROUTE

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.enabled

Defines if automatic discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".discovery.refresh-interval

Refresh interval of the node list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_DISCOVERY_REFRESH_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".thread-pool.size

The size of the thread pool assigned to the backend.

Note that number is per backend, not per index. Adding more indexes will not add more threads.

As all operations happening in this thread-pool are non-blocking, raising its size above the number of processor cores available to the JVM will not bring noticeable performance benefit. The only reason to alter this setting would be to reduce the number of threads; for example, in an application with a single index with a single indexing queue, running on a machine with 64 processor cores, you might want to bring down the number of threads.

Defaults to the number of processor cores available to the JVM on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_THREAD_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".query.shard-failure.ignore

Whether partial shard failures are ignored (true) or lead to Hibernate Search throwing an exception (false).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_QUERY_SHARD_FAILURE_IGNORE

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".version-check.enabled

Whether Hibernate Search should check the version of the Elasticsearch cluster on startup.

Set to false if the Elasticsearch cluster may not be available on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_VERSION_CHECK_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status

The minimal Elasticsearch cluster status required on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS

Show more

green, yellow, red

yellow

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

How long we should wait for the status before failing the bootstrap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS_WAIT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-count

The number of indexing queues assigned to each index.

Higher values will lead to more connections being used in parallel, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_QUEUE_COUNT

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.queue-size

The size of indexing queues.

Lower values may lead to lower memory usage, especially if there are many queues, but values that are too low will reduce the likeliness of reaching the max bulk size and increase the likeliness of application threads blocking because the queue is full, which may lead to lower indexing throughput.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

1000

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

The maximum size of bulk requests created when processing indexing queues.

Higher values will lead to more documents being sent in each HTTP request sent to Elasticsearch, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Note that raising this number above the queue size has no effect, as bulks cannot include more requests than are contained in the queue.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXING_MAX_BULK_SIZE

Show more

int

100

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".layout.strategy

A bean reference to the component used to configure the Elasticsearch layout: index names, index aliases, …​

The referenced bean must implement IndexLayoutStrategy.

Available built-in implementations:

simple

The default, future-proof strategy: if the index name in Hibernate Search is myIndex, this strategy will create an index named myindex-000001, an alias for write operations named myindex-write, and an alias for read operations named myindex-read.

no-alias

A strategy without index aliases, mostly useful on legacy clusters: if the index name in Hibernate Search is myIndex, this strategy will create an index named myindex, and will not use any alias.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom IndexLayoutStrategy implementation with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_LAYOUT_STRATEGY

Show more

string

Per-index configuration overrides

デフォルト

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.settings-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding custom index settings to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The provided settings will be merged with those generated by Hibernate Search, including analyzer definitions. When analysis is configured both through an analysis configurer and these custom settings, the behavior is undefined; it should not be relied upon.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_SETTINGS_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.mapping-file

Path to a file in the classpath holding a custom index mapping to be included in the index definition when creating an Elasticsearch index.

The file does not need to (and generally shouldn’t) contain the full mapping: Hibernate Search will automatically inject missing properties (index fields) in the given mapping.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_MAPPING_FILE

Show more

string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".analysis.configurer

One or more bean references to the component(s) used to configure full text analysis (e.g. analyzers, normalizers).

The referenced beans must implement ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer.

See Setting up the analyzers for more information.

Instead of setting this configuration property, you can simply annotate your custom ElasticsearchAnalysisConfigurer implementations with @SearchExtension and leave the configuration property unset: Hibernate Search will use the annotated implementation automatically. See this section for more information.

If this configuration property is set, it takes precedence over any @SearchExtension annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__ANALYSIS_CONFIGURER

Show more

list of string

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status

The minimal Elasticsearch cluster status required on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS

Show more

green, yellow, red

yellow

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".schema-management.required-status-wait-timeout

How long we should wait for the status before failing the bootstrap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__SCHEMA_MANAGEMENT_REQUIRED_STATUS_WAIT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-count

The number of indexing queues assigned to each index.

Higher values will lead to more connections being used in parallel, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_QUEUE_COUNT

Show more

int

10

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.queue-size

The size of indexing queues.

Lower values may lead to lower memory usage, especially if there are many queues, but values that are too low will reduce the likeliness of reaching the max bulk size and increase the likeliness of application threads blocking because the queue is full, which may lead to lower indexing throughput.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

1000

quarkus.hibernate-search-standalone.elasticsearch."backend-name".indexes."index-name".indexing.max-bulk-size

The maximum size of bulk requests created when processing indexing queues.

Higher values will lead to more documents being sent in each HTTP request sent to Elasticsearch, which may lead to higher indexing throughput, but incurs a risk of overloading Elasticsearch, i.e. of overflowing its HTTP request buffers and tripping circuit breakers, leading to Elasticsearch giving up on some request and resulting in indexing failures.

Note that raising this number above the queue size has no effect, as bulks cannot include more requests than are contained in the queue.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_ELASTICSEARCH_INDEXES__INDEX_NAME__INDEXING_MAX_BULK_SIZE

Show more

int

100

Management interface

デフォルト

Root path for reindexing endpoints. This value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_MANAGEMENT_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

hibernate-search/standalone/

If management interface is turned on the reindexing endpoints will be published under the management interface. This property allows to enable this functionality by setting it to `true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_SEARCH_STANDALONE_MANAGEMENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Hibernate Validator

デフォルト

Enable the fail fast mode. When fail fast is enabled the validation will stop on the first constraint violation detected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_VALIDATOR_FAIL_FAST

Show more

boolean

false

Method validation

デフォルト

Define whether overriding methods that override constraints should throw a ConstraintDefinitionException. The default value is false, i.e. do not allow.

See Section 4.5.5 of the JSR 380 specification, specifically

In sub types (be it sub classes/interfaces or interface implementations), no parameter constraints may be declared on overridden or implemented methods, nor may parameters be marked for cascaded validation. This would pose a strengthening of preconditions to be fulfilled by the caller.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_VALIDATOR_METHOD_VALIDATION_ALLOW_OVERRIDING_PARAMETER_CONSTRAINTS

Show more

boolean

false

Define whether parallel methods that define constraints should throw a ConstraintDefinitionException. The default value is false, i.e. do not allow.

See Section 4.5.5 of the JSR 380 specification, specifically

If a sub type overrides/implements a method originally defined in several parallel types of the hierarchy (e.g. two interfaces not extending each other, or a class and an interface not implemented by said class), no parameter constraints may be declared for that method at all nor parameters be marked for cascaded validation. This again is to avoid an unexpected strengthening of preconditions to be fulfilled by the caller.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_VALIDATOR_METHOD_VALIDATION_ALLOW_PARAMETER_CONSTRAINTS_ON_PARALLEL_METHODS

Show more

boolean

false

Define whether more than one constraint on a return value may be marked for cascading validation are allowed. The default value is false, i.e. do not allow.

See Section 4.5.5 of the JSR 380 specification, specifically

One must not mark a method return value for cascaded validation more than once in a line of a class hierarchy. In other words, overriding methods on sub types (be it sub classes/interfaces or interface implementations) cannot mark the return value for cascaded validation if the return value has already been marked on the overridden method of the super type or interface.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_VALIDATOR_METHOD_VALIDATION_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CASCADED_VALIDATION_ON_RETURN_VALUES

Show more

boolean

false

Expression Language

デフォルト

Configure the Expression Language feature level for constraints, allowing the selection of Expression Language features available for message interpolation.

This property only affects the EL feature level of "static" constraint violation messages set through the message attribute of constraint annotations.

In particular, it doesn’t affect the default EL feature level for custom violations created programmatically in validator implementations. The feature level for those can only be configured directly in the validator implementation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_HIBERNATE_VALIDATOR_EXPRESSION_LANGUAGE_CONSTRAINT_EXPRESSION_FEATURE_LEVEL

Show more

default, none, variables, bean-properties, bean-methods

bean-properties

Infinispan Cache

デフォルト

The name of the named Infinispan client to be used for communicating with Infinispan. If not set, use the default Infinispan client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The default lifespan of the item stored in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_INFINISPAN_LIFESPAN

Show more

Duration 

The default max-idle of the item stored in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_INFINISPAN_MAX_IDLE

Show more

Duration 

Additional configuration applied to a specific Infinispan cache (highest precedence)

デフォルト

The default lifespan of the item stored in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_INFINISPAN__CACHE_NAME__LIFESPAN

Show more

Duration 

The default max-idle of the item stored in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_INFINISPAN__CACHE_NAME__MAX_IDLE

Show more

Duration 

Infinispan Client

デフォルト

Sets the marshallerClass. Default is ProtoStreamMarshaller

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_MARSHALLER_CLASS

Show more

string

Whether or not a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

This is a global setting and is not specific to an Infinispan Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Sets the URI of the running Infinispan server to connect to. hotrod://localhost:11222@admin:password If provided hosts, username and password will be ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_URI

Show more

string

Sets the host name/port to connect to. Each one is separated by a semicolon (eg. host1:11222;host2:11222).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_HOSTS

Show more

string

Sets client intelligence used by authentication Available values: * BASIC - Means that the client doesn’t handle server topology changes and therefore will only use the list of servers supplied at configuration time. * TOPOLOGY_AWARE - Use this provider if you don’t want the client to present any certificates to the remote TLS host. * HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE - Like TOPOLOGY_AWARE but with the additional advantage that each request involving keys will be routed to the server who is the primary owner which improves performance greatly. This is the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CLIENT_INTELLIGENCE

Show more

string

HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE

Enables or disables authentication. Set it to false when connecting to an Infinispan Server without authentication. deployments. Default is 'true'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_USE_AUTH

Show more

boolean

true

Sets username used by authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_USERNAME

Show more

string

Sets password used by authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Sets realm used by authentication

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_AUTH_REALM

Show more

string

default

Sets server name used by authentication

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_AUTH_SERVER_NAME

Show more

string

infinispan

Sets SASL mechanism used by authentication. Available values: * DIGEST-MD5 - Uses the MD5 hashing algorithm in addition to nonces to encrypt credentials. This is the default. * EXTERNAL - Uses client certificates to provide valid identities to Infinispan Server and enable encryption. * PLAIN - Sends credentials in plain text (unencrypted) over the wire in a way that is similar to HTTP BASIC authentication. You should use PLAIN authentication only in combination with TLS encryption.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SASL_MECHANISM

Show more

string

DIGEST-MD5

Specifies the filename of a keystore to use to create the SSLContext. You also need to specify a keyStorePassword. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_KEY_STORE

Show more

string

Specifies the password needed to open the keystore. You also need to specify a keyStore. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Specifies the type of the keyStore, such as PKCS12.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_KEY_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Sets the unique name used to identify a specific key pair in a keystore for secure connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_KEY_ALIAS

Show more

string

Specifies the filename of a truststore to use to create the SSLContext. You also need to specify a trustStorePassword. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE

Show more

string

Specifies the password needed to open the truststore You also need to specify a trustStore. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Specifies the type of the truststore, such as JKS or JCEKS. Defaults to JKS if trustStore is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Configures the secure socket protocol. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SSL_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

Sets the ssl provider. For example BCFIPS Setting this implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SSL_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Configures the ciphers. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SSL_CIPHERS

Show more

list of string

Do SSL hostname validation. Defaults to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SSL_HOST_NAME_VALIDATION

Show more

boolean

SNI host name. Mandatory when SSL is enabled and host name validation is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SNI_HOST_NAME

Show more

string

Configures the socket timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_SOCKET_TIMEOUT

Show more

int

Whether a tracing propagation is enabled in case the Opentelemetry extension is present. By default the propagation of the context is propagated from the client to the Infinispan Server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_TRACING_PROPAGATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enables or disables Protobuf generated schemas upload to the server. Set it to 'false' when you need to handle the lifecycle of the Protobuf Schemas on Server side yourself. Default is 'true'. This is a global setting and is not specific to a Infinispan Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_USE_SCHEMA_REGISTRATION

Show more

boolean

true

Starts the client and connects to the server. If set to false, you’ll need to start it yourself.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_START_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Cache configuration file in XML, JSON or YAML is defined in build time to create the cache on first access. An example of the user defined property. cacheConfig.xml file is located in the 'resources' folder: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration-resource=cacheConfig.xml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION_RESOURCE

Show more

string

Cache configuration in inlined XML to create the cache on first access. Will be ignored if the configuration-uri is provided for the same cache name. An example of the user defined property: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration=

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION

Show more

string

Cache configuration file in XML, Json or YAML whose path will be converted to URI to create the cache on first access. An example of the user defined property. cacheConfig.xml file is located in the 'resources' folder: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration-uri=cacheConfig.xml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION_URI

Show more

string

The maximum number of entries to keep locally for the specified cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_MAX_ENTRIES

Show more

int

Sets near cache mode used by the Infinispan Client Available values: * DISABLED - Means that near caching is disabled. This is the default value. * INVALIDATED - Means is near caching is invalidated, so when entries are updated or removed server-side, invalidation messages will be sent to clients to remove them from the near cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_MODE

Show more

disabled, invalidated

Enables bloom filter for near caching. Bloom filters optimize performance for write operations by reducing the total number of invalidation messages.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_USE_BLOOM_FILTER

Show more

boolean

Sets the host name/port to connect to. Each one is separated by a semicolon (eg. hostA:11222;hostB:11222).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__HOSTS

Show more

string

required

Sets client intelligence used by authentication Available values: * BASIC - Means that the client doesn’t handle server topology changes and therefore will only use the list of servers supplied at configuration time. * TOPOLOGY_AWARE - Use this provider if you don’t want the client to present any certificates to the remote TLS host. * HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE - Like TOPOLOGY_AWARE but with the additional advantage that each request involving keys will be routed to the server who is the primary owner which improves performance greatly. This is the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__CLIENT_INTELLIGENCE

Show more

string

HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE

Enables or disables Protobuf generated schemas upload to the backup. Set it to 'false' when you need to handle the lifecycle of the Protobuf Schemas on Server side yourself. Default is 'true'. This setting will be ignored if the Global Setting is set up to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__USE_SCHEMA_REGISTRATION

Show more

boolean

true

Named clients

デフォルト

Sets the marshallerClass. Default is ProtoStreamMarshaller

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__MARSHALLER_CLASS

Show more

string

Cache configuration file in XML, JSON or YAML is defined in build time to create the cache on first access. An example of the user defined property. cacheConfig.xml file is located in the 'resources' folder: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration-resource=cacheConfig.xml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION_RESOURCE

Show more

string

Sets the URI of the running Infinispan server to connect to. hotrod://localhost:11222@admin:password If provided hosts, username and password will be ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__URI

Show more

string

Sets the host name/port to connect to. Each one is separated by a semicolon (eg. host1:11222;host2:11222).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__HOSTS

Show more

string

Sets client intelligence used by authentication Available values: * BASIC - Means that the client doesn’t handle server topology changes and therefore will only use the list of servers supplied at configuration time. * TOPOLOGY_AWARE - Use this provider if you don’t want the client to present any certificates to the remote TLS host. * HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE - Like TOPOLOGY_AWARE but with the additional advantage that each request involving keys will be routed to the server who is the primary owner which improves performance greatly. This is the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CLIENT_INTELLIGENCE

Show more

string

HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE

Enables or disables authentication. Set it to false when connecting to an Infinispan Server without authentication. deployments. Default is 'true'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__USE_AUTH

Show more

boolean

true

Sets username used by authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__USERNAME

Show more

string

Sets password used by authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__PASSWORD

Show more

string

Sets realm used by authentication

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__AUTH_REALM

Show more

string

default

Sets server name used by authentication

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__AUTH_SERVER_NAME

Show more

string

infinispan

Sets SASL mechanism used by authentication. Available values: * DIGEST-MD5 - Uses the MD5 hashing algorithm in addition to nonces to encrypt credentials. This is the default. * EXTERNAL - Uses client certificates to provide valid identities to Infinispan Server and enable encryption. * PLAIN - Sends credentials in plain text (unencrypted) over the wire in a way that is similar to HTTP BASIC authentication. You should use PLAIN authentication only in combination with TLS encryption.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SASL_MECHANISM

Show more

string

DIGEST-MD5

Specifies the filename of a keystore to use to create the SSLContext. You also need to specify a keyStorePassword. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__KEY_STORE

Show more

string

Specifies the password needed to open the keystore. You also need to specify a keyStore. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Specifies the type of the keyStore, such as PKCS12.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__KEY_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Sets the unique name used to identify a specific key pair in a keystore for secure connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__KEY_ALIAS

Show more

string

Specifies the filename of a truststore to use to create the SSLContext. You also need to specify a trustStorePassword. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__TRUST_STORE

Show more

string

Specifies the password needed to open the truststore You also need to specify a trustStore. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Specifies the type of the truststore, such as JKS or JCEKS. Defaults to JKS if trustStore is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__TRUST_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Configures the secure socket protocol. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

Sets the ssl provider. For example BCFIPS Setting this implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Configures the ciphers. Setting this property implicitly enables SSL/TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_CIPHERS

Show more

list of string

Do SSL hostname validation. Defaults to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SSL_HOST_NAME_VALIDATION

Show more

boolean

SNI host name. Mandatory when SSL is enabled and host name validation is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SNI_HOST_NAME

Show more

string

Configures the socket timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__SOCKET_TIMEOUT

Show more

int

Whether a tracing propagation is enabled in case the Opentelemetry extension is present. By default the propagation of the context is propagated from the client to the Infinispan Server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__TRACING_PROPAGATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Cache configuration in inlined XML to create the cache on first access. Will be ignored if the configuration-uri is provided for the same cache name. An example of the user defined property: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration=

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION

Show more

string

Cache configuration file in XML, Json or YAML whose path will be converted to URI to create the cache on first access. An example of the user defined property. cacheConfig.xml file is located in the 'resources' folder: quarkus.infinispan-client.cache.bookscache.configuration-uri=cacheConfig.xml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__CONFIGURATION_URI

Show more

string

The maximum number of entries to keep locally for the specified cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_MAX_ENTRIES

Show more

int

Sets near cache mode used by the Infinispan Client Available values: * DISABLED - Means that near caching is disabled. This is the default value. * INVALIDATED - Means is near caching is invalidated, so when entries are updated or removed server-side, invalidation messages will be sent to clients to remove them from the near cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_MODE

Show more

disabled, invalidated

Enables bloom filter for near caching. Bloom filters optimize performance for write operations by reducing the total number of invalidation messages.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__CACHE__CACHE__NEAR_CACHE_USE_BLOOM_FILTER

Show more

boolean

Sets the host name/port to connect to. Each one is separated by a semicolon (eg. hostA:11222;hostB:11222).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__HOSTS

Show more

string

required

Sets client intelligence used by authentication Available values: * BASIC - Means that the client doesn’t handle server topology changes and therefore will only use the list of servers supplied at configuration time. * TOPOLOGY_AWARE - Use this provider if you don’t want the client to present any certificates to the remote TLS host. * HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE - Like TOPOLOGY_AWARE but with the additional advantage that each request involving keys will be routed to the server who is the primary owner which improves performance greatly. This is the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__CLIENT_INTELLIGENCE

Show more

string

HASH_DISTRIBUTION_AWARE

Enables or disables Protobuf generated schemas upload to the backup. Set it to 'false' when you need to handle the lifecycle of the Protobuf Schemas on Server side yourself. Default is 'true'. This setting will be ignored if the Global Setting is set up to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__BACKUP_CLUSTER__BACKUP_CLUSTER__USE_SCHEMA_REGISTRATION

Show more

boolean

true

Dev Services

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a database when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

When the configuration is empty, an Infinispan default client is automatically created to connect to the running dev service. However, there are scenarios where creating this client is unnecessary, yet we still need to spin up an Infinispan Server. In such cases, this property serves to determine whether the client should be created by default or not by the extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_CREATE_DEFAULT_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Indicates if the Infinispan server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Infinispan starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Infinispan looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Infinispan servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

infinispan

The image to use. Note that only official Infinispan images are supported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

List of the artifacts to automatically download and add to the Infinispan server libraries.

For example a Maven coordinate (org.postgresql:postgresql:42.3.1) or a dependency location url.

If an invalid value is passed, the Infinispan server will throw an error when trying to start.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_ARTIFACTS

Show more

list of string

Add a site name to start the Infinispan Server Container with Cross Site Replication enabled (ex. lon). Cross Site Replication is the capability to connect two separate Infinispan Server Clusters that might run in different Data Centers, and configure backup caches to copy the data across the clusters with active-active or active-passive replication. See more about Cross Site Replication in the Infinispan Documentation https://infinispan.org/docs/stable/titles/xsite/xsite.html Configure mcast-port to avoid forming a cluster with any other running Infinispan Server container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_SITE

Show more

string

If you are running an Infinispan Server already in docker, if the containers use the same mcastPort they will form a cluster. Set a different mcastPort to create a separate cluster in Docker (e. 46656). A common use case in a local Docker development mode, is the need of having two different Infinispan Clusters with Cross Site Replication enabled. see https://github.com/infinispan/infinispan-simple-tutorials/blob/main/infinispan-remote/cross-site-replication/docker-compose/

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_MCAST_PORT

Show more

int

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Infinispan Server configuration chunks to be passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT__CLIENT_NAME__DEVSERVICES_CONFIG_FILES

Show more

list of string

Dev Services

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a database when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

When the configuration is empty, an Infinispan default client is automatically created to connect to the running dev service. However, there are scenarios where creating this client is unnecessary, yet we still need to spin up an Infinispan Server. In such cases, this property serves to determine whether the client should be created by default or not by the extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_CREATE_DEFAULT_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Indicates if the Infinispan server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Infinispan starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Infinispan looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-infinispan label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Infinispan servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

infinispan

The image to use. Note that only official Infinispan images are supported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

List of the artifacts to automatically download and add to the Infinispan server libraries.

For example a Maven coordinate (org.postgresql:postgresql:42.3.1) or a dependency location url.

If an invalid value is passed, the Infinispan server will throw an error when trying to start.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_ARTIFACTS

Show more

list of string

Add a site name to start the Infinispan Server Container with Cross Site Replication enabled (ex. lon). Cross Site Replication is the capability to connect two separate Infinispan Server Clusters that might run in different Data Centers, and configure backup caches to copy the data across the clusters with active-active or active-passive replication. See more about Cross Site Replication in the Infinispan Documentation https://infinispan.org/docs/stable/titles/xsite/xsite.html Configure mcast-port to avoid forming a cluster with any other running Infinispan Server container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_SITE

Show more

string

If you are running an Infinispan Server already in docker, if the containers use the same mcastPort they will form a cluster. Set a different mcastPort to create a separate cluster in Docker (e. 46656). A common use case in a local Docker development mode, is the need of having two different Infinispan Clusters with Cross Site Replication enabled. see https://github.com/infinispan/infinispan-simple-tutorials/blob/main/infinispan-remote/cross-site-replication/docker-compose/

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_MCAST_PORT

Show more

int

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Infinispan Server configuration chunks to be passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFINISPAN_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_CONFIG_FILES

Show more

list of string

Info

デフォルト

Whether the info endpoint will be enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The path under which the info endpoint will be located

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_PATH

Show more

string

info

Whether git info will be included in the info endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_GIT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Controls how much information is present in the git section

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_GIT_MODE

Show more

standard, full

standard

Whether build info will be included in the info endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_BUILD_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Additional properties to be added to the build section

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_BUILD__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether os info will be included in the info endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_OS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether java info will be included in the info endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_INFO_JAVA_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Jackson

デフォルト

If enabled, Jackson will fail when encountering unknown properties.

You can still override it locally with @JsonIgnoreProperties(ignoreUnknown = false).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_FAIL_ON_UNKNOWN_PROPERTIES

Show more

boolean

false

If enabled, Jackson will fail when no accessors are found for a type. This is enabled by default to match the default Jackson behavior.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_FAIL_ON_EMPTY_BEANS

Show more

boolean

true

If enabled, Jackson will serialize dates as numeric value(s). When disabled, they are serialized in ISO 8601 format.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_WRITE_DATES_AS_TIMESTAMPS

Show more

boolean

false

If enabled, Jackson will serialize durations as numeric value(s). When disabled, they are serialized in ISO 8601 format. This is enabled by default to match the default Jackson behavior.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_WRITE_DURATIONS_AS_TIMESTAMPS

Show more

boolean

true

If enabled, Jackson will ignore case during Enum deserialization.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_ACCEPT_CASE_INSENSITIVE_ENUMS

Show more

boolean

false

If set, Jackson will default to using the specified timezone when formatting dates. Some examples values are "Asia/Jakarta" and "GMT+3". If not set, Jackson will use its own default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_TIMEZONE

Show more

ZoneId

UTC

Define which properties of Java Beans are to be included in serialization.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_SERIALIZATION_INCLUSION

Show more

always, non-null, non-absent, non-empty, non-default, custom, use-defaults

Defines how names of JSON properties ("external names") are derived from names of POJO methods and fields ("internal names"). The value can be one of the one of the constants in com.fasterxml.jackson.databind.PropertyNamingStrategies, so for example, LOWER_CAMEL_CASE or UPPER_CAMEL_CASE. The value can also be a fully qualified class name of a com.fasterxml.jackson.databind.PropertyNamingStrategy subclass.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACKSON_PROPERTY_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

string

Jacoco - Code Coverage

デフォルト

Whether or not the jacoco extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The jacoco data file. The path can be relative (to the module) or absolute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_DATA_FILE

Show more

string

target/jacoco-quarkus.exec

Whether to reuse (true) or delete (false) the jacoco data file on each run.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_REUSE_DATA_FILE

Show more

boolean

false

If Quarkus should generate the Jacoco report

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_REPORT

Show more

boolean

true

Encoding of the generated reports.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_OUTPUT_ENCODING

Show more

string

UTF-8

Name of the root node HTML report pages.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_TITLE

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.name}

Footer text used in HTML report pages.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_FOOTER

Show more

string

Encoding of the source files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_SOURCE_ENCODING

Show more

string

UTF-8

A list of class files to include in the report. May use wildcard characters (* and ?). When not specified everything will be included.

For instance:

  • **/fo/**/* targets all classes under fo and sub packages

  • **/bar/* targets all classes directly under bar

  • **/*BAR*.class targets classes that contain BAR in their name regardless of path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_INCLUDES

Show more

list of string

**

A list of class files to exclude from the report. May use wildcard characters (* and ?). When not specified nothing will be excluded.

For instance:

  • **/fo/**/* targets all classes under fo and sub packages

  • **/bar/* targets all classes directly under bar

  • **/*BAR*.class targets classes that contain BAR in their name regardless of path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_EXCLUDES

Show more

list of string

The location of the report files. The path can be relative (to the module) or absolute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JACOCO_REPORT_LOCATION

Show more

string

target/jacoco-report

Java Flight Recorder (JFR)

デフォルト

If false, only quarkus-jfr events are not recorded even if JFR is enabled. In this case, Java standard API and virtual machine information will be recorded according to the setting. Default value is true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JFR_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

If false, only REST events in quarkus-jfr are not recorded even if JFR is enabled. In this case, other quarkus-jfr, Java standard API and virtual machine information will be recorded according to the setting. Default value is true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JFR_REST_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

JAXB

デフォルト

If enabled, it will validate the default JAXB context at build time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JAXB_VALIDATE_JAXB_CONTEXT

Show more

boolean

false

Exclude classes to automatically be bound to the default JAXB context. Values with suffix .*, i.e. org.acme.*, are considered packages and exclude all classes that are members of these packages

Environment variable: QUARKUS_JAXB_EXCLUDE_CLASSES

Show more

list of string

Kafka - Client

デフォルト

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

If you enable the health check, you must specify the kafka.bootstrap.servers property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to enable Snappy in native mode.

Note that Snappy requires GraalVM 21+ and embeds a native library in the native executable. This library is unpacked and loaded when the application starts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_SNAPPY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to load the Snappy native library from the shared classloader. This setting is only used in tests if the tests are using different profiles, which would lead to unsatisfied link errors when loading Snappy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_SNAPPY_LOAD_FROM_SHARED_CLASSLOADER

Show more

boolean

false

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for Kafka has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For Kafka, Dev Services starts a broker unless kafka.bootstrap.servers is set or if all the Reactive Messaging Kafka channel are configured with a bootstrap.servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Kafka dev service container type.

Redpanda, Strimzi and kafka-native container providers are supported. Default is redpanda.

Note that Strimzi and Kafka Native images are launched in Kraft mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_PROVIDER

Show more

redpanda, strimzi, kafka-native

redpanda

The Kafka container image to use.

Dependent on the provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

Indicates if the Kafka broker managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Kafka starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-kafka label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-kafka label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Kafka looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-kafka label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-kafka label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Kafka brokers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

kafka

The topic-partition pairs to create in the Dev Services Kafka broker. After the broker is started, given topics with partitions are created, skipping already existing topics. For example, quarkus.kafka.devservices.topic-partitions.test=2 will create a topic named test with 2 partitions.

The topic creation will not try to re-partition existing topics with different number of partitions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_TOPIC_PARTITIONS__TOPIC_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,Integer>

Timeout for admin client calls used in topic creation.

Defaults to 2 seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_TOPIC_PARTITIONS_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

2S

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Enables transaction support. Also enables the producer idempotence. Find more info about Redpanda transaction support on https://vectorized.io/blog/fast-transactions/. Notice that KIP-447 (producer scalability for exactly once semantic) and KIP-360 (Improve reliability of idempotent/transactional producer) are not supported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_REDPANDA_TRANSACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Port to access the Redpanda HTTP Proxy (pandaproxy).

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_DEVSERVICES_REDPANDA_PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

Kafka Streams

デフォルト

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present (defaults to true).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

A unique identifier for this Kafka Streams application. If not set, defaults to quarkus.application.name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_APPLICATION_ID

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.name}

A comma-separated list of host:port pairs identifying the Kafka bootstrap server(s). If not set, fallback to kafka.bootstrap.servers, and if not set either use localhost:9092.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS

Show more

list of host:port

localhost:9092

A unique identifier of this application instance, typically in the form host:port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_APPLICATION_SERVER

Show more

string

A comma-separated list of topic names. The pipeline will only be started once all these topics are present in the Kafka cluster and ignore.topics is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_TOPICS

Show more

list of string

Timeout to wait for topic names to be returned from admin client. If set to 0 (or negative), topics check is ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_TOPICS_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The schema registry key. Different schema registry libraries expect a registry URL in different configuration properties. For Apicurio Registry, use apicurio.registry.url. For Confluent schema registry, use schema.registry.url.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KEY

Show more

string

schema.registry.url

The schema registry URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SCHEMA_REGISTRY_URL

Show more

string

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SECURITY_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

SASL mechanism used for client connections

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_MECHANISM

Show more

string

JAAS login context parameters for SASL connections in the format used by JAAS configuration files

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_JAAS_CONFIG

Show more

string

The fully qualified name of a SASL client callback handler class

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_CLIENT_CALLBACK_HANDLER_CLASS

Show more

string

The fully qualified name of a SASL login callback handler class

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_CALLBACK_HANDLER_CLASS

Show more

string

The fully qualified name of a class that implements the Login interface

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_CLASS

Show more

string

The Kerberos principal name that Kafka runs as

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_KERBEROS_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

Kerberos kinit command path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_KERBEROS_KINIT_CMD

Show more

string

Login thread will sleep until the specified window factor of time from last refresh

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_KERBEROS_TICKET_RENEW_WINDOW_FACTOR

Show more

double

Percentage of random jitter added to the renewal time

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_KERBEROS_TICKET_RENEW_JITTER

Show more

double

Percentage of random jitter added to the renewal time

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_KERBEROS_MIN_TIME_BEFORE_RELOGIN

Show more

Login refresh thread will sleep until the specified window factor relative to the credential’s lifetime has been reached-

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_REFRESH_WINDOW_FACTOR

Show more

double

The maximum amount of random jitter relative to the credential’s lifetime

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_REFRESH_WINDOW_JITTER

Show more

double

The desired minimum duration for the login refresh thread to wait before refreshing a credential

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_REFRESH_MIN_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

The amount of buffer duration before credential expiration to maintain when refreshing a credential

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SASL_LOGIN_REFRESH_BUFFER

Show more

Duration 

The SSL protocol used to generate the SSLContext

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

The name of the security provider used for SSL connections

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_PROVIDER

Show more

string

A list of cipher suites

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

string

The list of protocols enabled for SSL connections

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_ENABLED_PROTOCOLS

Show more

string

Trust store type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Trust store location

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_LOCATION

Show more

string

Trust store password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Trust store certificates

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_CERTIFICATES

Show more

string

Key store type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYSTORE_TYPE

Show more

string

Key store location

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYSTORE_LOCATION

Show more

string

Key store password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Key store private key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYSTORE_KEY

Show more

string

Key store certificate chain

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYSTORE_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN

Show more

string

Password of the private key in the key store

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The algorithm used by key manager factory for SSL connections

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_KEYMANAGER_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The algorithm used by trust manager factory for SSL connections

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_TRUSTMANAGER_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The endpoint identification algorithm to validate server hostname using server certificate

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_ENDPOINT_IDENTIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

https

The SecureRandom PRNG implementation to use for SSL cryptography operations

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KAFKA_STREAMS_SSL_SECURE_RANDOM_IMPLEMENTATION

Show more

string

Keycloak Admin Client - Common

デフォルト

Set to true if Keycloak Admin Client injection is supported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Keycloak server URL, for example, https://host:port. If this property is not set then the Keycloak Admin Client injection will fail - use org.keycloak.admin.client.KeycloakBuilder to create it instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Realm.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_REALM

Show more

string

master

Client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

admin-cli

Client secret. Required with a client_credentials grant type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_CLIENT_SECRET

Show more

string

Username. Required with a password grant type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_USERNAME

Show more

string

admin

Password. Required with a password grant type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_PASSWORD

Show more

string

admin

OAuth 2.0 Access Token Scope.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_SCOPE

Show more

string

OAuth Grant Type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_GRANT_TYPE

Show more

password, client-credentials

password

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_ADMIN_CLIENT_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

Keycloak Authorization

デフォルト

Enables policy enforcement.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

false

Adapters will make separate HTTP invocations to the Keycloak server to turn an access code into an access token. This config option defines how many connections to the Keycloak server should be pooled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_CONNECTION_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

20

Specifies how policies are enforced.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

permissive, enforcing, disabled

enforcing

Defines the limit of entries that should be kept in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATH_CACHE_MAX_ENTRIES

Show more

int

1000

Defines the time in milliseconds when the entry should be expired

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATH_CACHE_LIFESPAN

Show more

30000

Specifies how the adapter should fetch the server for resources associated with paths in your application. If true, the policy enforcer is going to fetch resources on-demand accordingly with the path being requested

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_LAZY_LOAD_PATHS

Show more

boolean

true

Complex config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__COMPLEX_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,Map<String,String>>>

Simple config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__SIMPLE_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Specifies how scopes should be mapped to HTTP methods. If set to true, the policy enforcer will use the HTTP method from the current request to check whether access should be granted

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_HTTP_METHOD_AS_SCOPE

Show more

boolean

false

The name of a resource on the server that is to be associated with a given path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__NAME

Show more

string

HTTP request paths that should be protected by the policy enforcer

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__PATHS

Show more

list of string

The name of the HTTP method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__METHOD

Show more

string

required

An array of strings with the scopes associated with the method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__SCOPES

Show more

list of string

required

A string referencing the enforcement mode for the scopes associated with a method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__SCOPES_ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

all, any, disabled

all

Specifies how policies are enforced

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

permissive, enforcing, disabled

enforcing

Complex config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__COMPLEX_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,Map<String,String>>>

Simple config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK_POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__SIMPLE_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Additional named tenants

デフォルト

Adapters will make separate HTTP invocations to the Keycloak server to turn an access code into an access token. This config option defines how many connections to the Keycloak server should be pooled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__CONNECTION_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

20

Specifies how policies are enforced.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

permissive, enforcing, disabled

enforcing

The name of a resource on the server that is to be associated with a given path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__NAME

Show more

string

HTTP request paths that should be protected by the policy enforcer

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__PATHS

Show more

list of string

The name of the HTTP method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__METHOD

Show more

string

required

An array of strings with the scopes associated with the method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__SCOPES

Show more

list of string

required

A string referencing the enforcement mode for the scopes associated with a method

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__METHODS__METHODS__SCOPES_ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

all, any, disabled

all

Specifies how policies are enforced

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__ENFORCEMENT_MODE

Show more

permissive, enforcing, disabled

enforcing

Complex config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__COMPLEX_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,Map<String,String>>>

Simple config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATHS__PATHS__CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__SIMPLE_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Defines the limit of entries that should be kept in the cache

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATH_CACHE_MAX_ENTRIES

Show more

int

1000

Defines the time in milliseconds when the entry should be expired

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_PATH_CACHE_LIFESPAN

Show more

30000

Specifies how the adapter should fetch the server for resources associated with paths in your application. If true, the policy enforcer is going to fetch resources on-demand accordingly with the path being requested

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_LAZY_LOAD_PATHS

Show more

boolean

true

Complex config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__COMPLEX_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,Map<String,String>>>

Simple config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_CLAIM_INFORMATION_POINT__SIMPLE_CONFIG_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Specifies how scopes should be mapped to HTTP methods. If set to true, the policy enforcer will use the HTTP method from the current request to check whether access should be granted

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KEYCLOAK__TENANT__POLICY_ENFORCER_HTTP_METHOD_AS_SCOPE

Show more

boolean

false

Kubernetes - Vanilla

デフォルト

The name of the group this component belongs too

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PART_OF

Show more

string

The name of the application. This value will be used for naming Kubernetes resources like: - Deployment - Service and so on …​

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_NAME

Show more

string

The version of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_VERSION

Show more

string

The namespace the generated resources should belong to. If not value is set, then the 'namespace' field will not be added to the 'metadata' section of the generated manifests. This in turn means that when the manifests are applied to a cluster, the namespace will be resolved from the current Kubernetes context (see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/organize-cluster-access-kubeconfig/#context for more details).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Custom labels to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom annotations to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ANNOTATIONS__ANNOTATION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether to add the build timestamp to the Kubernetes annotations This is a very useful way to have manifests of successive builds of the same application differ - thus ensuring that Kubernetes will apply the updated resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ADD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

true

Working directory

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

The type of service that will be generated for the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SERVICE_TYPE

Show more

cluster-ip, node-port, load-balancer, external-name

cluster-ip

Image pull policy

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

Enable generation of image pull secret, when the container image username and password are provided.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GENERATE_IMAGE_PULL_SECRET

Show more

boolean

false

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_STARTUP_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_ANNOTATIONS

Show more

boolean

true

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_GENERATE_SERVICE_MONITOR

Show more

boolean

true

Define the annotation prefix used for scrape values, this value will be used as the base for other annotation name defaults. Altering the base for generated annotations can make it easier to define re-labeling rules and avoid unexpected knock-on effects. The default value is prometheus.io See Prometheus example: https://github.com/prometheus/prometheus/blob/main/documentation/examples/prometheus-kubernetes.yml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_PREFIX

Show more

string

prometheus.io

Define the annotation used to indicate services that should be scraped. By default, /scrape will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_SCRAPE

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the path to scrape. By default, /path will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_PATH

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the port to scrape. By default, /port will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_PORT

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the scheme to use for scraping By default, /scheme will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PROMETHEUS_SCHEME

Show more

string

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the secret to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the ConfigMap to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

EmptyDir volumes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_EMPTY_DIR_VOLUMES

Show more

list of string

Git repository URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REPOSITORY

Show more

string

required

The directory of the repository to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The commit hash to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REVISION

Show more

string

The name of the claim to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__CLAIM_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__VOLUME_ID

Show more

string

required

The partition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__PARTITION

Show more

int

Filesystem type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The share name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SHARE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The secret name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_NAME

Show more

string

required

The URI of the vhd blob object OR the resourceID of an Azure managed data disk if Kind is Managed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_URI

Show more

string

required

Kind of disk.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__KIND

Show more

managed, shared

managed

Disk caching mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__CACHING_MODE

Show more

read-write, read-only, none

read-write

File system type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

If set, it will change the name of the container according to the configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINER_NAME

Show more

string

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CONTAINERS__CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The ip address

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_HOST_ALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__IP

Show more

string

The hostnames to resolve to the ip

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_HOST_ALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__HOSTNAMES

Show more

list of string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The name of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels to add into the Role resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the cluster role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the ClusterRole resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If true, this service account will be used in the generated Deployment resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__USE_AS_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

Name of the RoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the Role resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it’s "view" role name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

If the Role sets in the role-name property is cluster wide or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_WIDE

Show more

boolean

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Name of the ClusterRoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the ClusterRole resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated ClusterRoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/version' label will be part of the selectors of Service and Deployment

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ADD_VERSION_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/name' label will be part of the selectors of Service and Deployment

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ADD_NAME_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

Switch used to control whether non-idempotent fields are included in generated kubernetes resources to improve git-ops compatibility

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_IDEMPOTENT

Show more

boolean

false

Whether the vcs-uri annotation should be added to the generated configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_VCS_URI_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Optional override of the vcs-uri annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_VCS_URI_OVERRIDE

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

Whether this service is cluster-local. Cluster local services are not exposed to the outside world. More information in this link.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_CLUSTER_LOCAL

Show more

boolean

false

This value controls the minimum number of replicas each revision should have. Knative will attempt to never have less than this number of replicas at any point in time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MIN_SCALE

Show more

int

This value controls the maximum number of replicas each revision should have. Knative will attempt to never have more than this number of replicas running, or in the process of being created, at any point in time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_MAX_SCALE

Show more

int

The scale-to-zero values control whether Knative allows revisions to scale down to zero, or stops at “1”.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SCALE_TO_ZERO_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The Autoscaler class. Knative Serving comes with its own autoscaler, the KPA (Knative Pod Autoscaler) but can also be configured to use Kubernetes’ HPA (Horizontal Pod Autoscaler) or even a custom third-party autoscaler. Possible values (kpa, hpa, default: kpa).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_AUTO_SCALING_AUTO_SCALER_CLASS

Show more

kpaKubernetes Pod Autoscaler, hpaHorizontal Pod Autoscaler

The autoscaling metric to use. Possible values (concurrency, rps, cpu).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_AUTO_SCALING_METRIC

Show more

concurrencyConcurrency, rpsRequests per second, cpuCPU

The autoscaling target.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_AUTO_SCALING_TARGET

Show more

int

The exact amount of requests allowed to the replica at a time. Its default value is “0”, which means an unlimited number of requests are allowed to flow into the replica.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_AUTO_SCALING_CONTAINER_CONCURRENCY

Show more

int

This value specifies a percentage of the target to actually be targeted by the autoscaler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_AUTO_SCALING_TARGET_UTILIZATION_PERCENTAGE

Show more

int

The Autoscaler class. Knative Serving comes with its own autoscaler, the KPA (Knative Pod Autoscaler) but can also be configured to use Kubernetes’ HPA (Horizontal Pod Autoscaler) or even a custom third-party autoscaler. Possible values (kpa, hpa, default: kpa).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GLOBAL_AUTO_SCALING_AUTO_SCALER_CLASS

Show more

kpaKubernetes Pod Autoscaler, hpaHorizontal Pod Autoscaler

The exact amount of requests allowed to the replica at a time. Its default value is “0”, which means an unlimited number of requests are allowed to flow Integer>o the replica.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GLOBAL_AUTO_SCALING_CONTAINER_CONCURRENCY

Show more

int

This value specifies a percentage of the target to actually be targeted by the autoscaler.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GLOBAL_AUTO_SCALING_TARGET_UTILIZATION_PERCENTAGE

Show more

int

The requests per second per replica.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_GLOBAL_AUTO_SCALING_REQUESTS_PER_SECOND

Show more

int

The name of the revision.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_REVISION_NAME

Show more

string

Tag is optionally used to expose a dedicated url for referencing this target exclusively.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_TRAFFIC__TRAFFIC__TAG

Show more

string

RevisionName of a specific revision to which to send this portion of traffic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_TRAFFIC__TRAFFIC__REVISION_NAME

Show more

string

LatestRevision may be optionally provided to indicate that the latest ready Revision of the Configuration should be used for this traffic target. When provided LatestRevision must be true if RevisionName is empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_TRAFFIC__TRAFFIC__LATEST_REVISION

Show more

boolean

false

Percent indicates that percentage based routing should be used and the value indicates the percent of traffic that is to be routed to this Revision or Configuration. 0 (zero) mean no traffic, 100 means all traffic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_TRAFFIC__TRAFFIC__PERCENT

Show more

100

If set, the secret will mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_APP_SECRET

Show more

string

If set, the config map will be mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_APP_CONFIG_MAP

Show more

string

The SELinux level label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_LEVEL

Show more

string

The SELinux role label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_ROLE

Show more

string

The SELinux type label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_TYPE

Show more

string

The SELinux user label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_USER

Show more

string

The name of the GMSA credential spec to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC_NAME

Show more

string

GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC

Show more

string

The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_RUN_AS_USER_NAME

Show more

string

HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_HOST_PROCESS

Show more

boolean

The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_USER

Show more

The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_GROUP

Show more

Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_NON_ROOT

Show more

boolean

A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition to the container’s primary GID. If unspecified, no groups will be added to any container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SUPPLEMENTAL_GROUPS

Show more

list of long

A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP

Show more

Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SYSCTLS__SYSCTL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

It holds policies that will be used for applying fsGroup to a volume when volume is mounted. Values: OnRootMismatch, Always

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP_CHANGE_POLICY

Show more

on-root-mismatchIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions will be changed only when permission and ownership of root directory does not match with expected permissions on the volume., alwaysIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions should always be changed whenever volume is mounted inside a Pod. This the default behavior.

If set to true, Quarkus will attempt to deploy the application to the target knative cluster

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_DEPLOY

Show more

boolean

false

If deploy is enabled, it will follow this strategy to update the resources to the target Knative cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KNATIVE_DEPLOY_STRATEGY

Show more

create-or-update, create, replace, server-side-apply

create-or-update

The name of the group this component belongs too

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PART_OF

Show more

string

The name of the application. This value will be used for naming Kubernetes resources like: - Deployment - Service and so on …​

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_NAME

Show more

string

The version of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_VERSION

Show more

string

The kind of the deployment resource to use. Supported values are 'StatefulSet', 'Job', 'CronJob' and 'Deployment' defaulting to the latter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_DEPLOYMENT_KIND

Show more

deployment, deployment-config, stateful-set, job, cron-job, knative-service

The namespace the generated resources should belong to. If not value is set, then the 'namespace' field will not be added to the 'metadata' section of the generated manifests. This in turn means that when the manifests are applied to a cluster, the namespace will be resolved from the current Kubernetes context (see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/organize-cluster-access-kubeconfig/#context for more details).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Custom labels to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom annotations to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ANNOTATIONS__ANNOTATION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether to add the build timestamp to the Kubernetes annotations This is a very useful way to have manifests of successive builds of the same application differ - thus ensuring that Kubernetes will apply the updated resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ADD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

true

Working directory

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

The number of desired pods

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_REPLICAS

Show more

int

1

Specifies the deployment strategy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STRATEGY

Show more

none, recreate, rolling-update

none

Specifies the maximum number of Pods that can be unavailable during the update process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ROLLING_UPDATE_MAX_UNAVAILABLE

Show more

string

25%

Specifies the maximum number of Pods that can be created over the desired number of Pods.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ROLLING_UPDATE_MAX_SURGE

Show more

string

25%

The type of service that will be generated for the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_TYPE

Show more

cluster-ip, node-port, load-balancer, external-name

cluster-ip

The nodePort to set when serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_NODE_PORT

Show more

int

Image pull policy

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

Enable generation of image pull secret, when the container image username and password are provided.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_GENERATE_IMAGE_PULL_SECRET

Show more

boolean

false

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_STARTUP_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_ANNOTATIONS

Show more

boolean

true

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_GENERATE_SERVICE_MONITOR

Show more

boolean

true

Define the annotation prefix used for scrape values, this value will be used as the base for other annotation name defaults. Altering the base for generated annotations can make it easier to define re-labeling rules and avoid unexpected knock-on effects. The default value is prometheus.io See Prometheus example: https://github.com/prometheus/prometheus/blob/main/documentation/examples/prometheus-kubernetes.yml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_PREFIX

Show more

string

prometheus.io

Define the annotation used to indicate services that should be scraped. By default, /scrape will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_SCRAPE

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the path to scrape. By default, /path will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_PATH

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the port to scrape. By default, /port will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_PORT

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the scheme to use for scraping By default, /scheme will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PROMETHEUS_SCHEME

Show more

string

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the secret to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the ConfigMap to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

EmptyDir volumes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_EMPTY_DIR_VOLUMES

Show more

list of string

Git repository URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REPOSITORY

Show more

string

required

The directory of the repository to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The commit hash to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REVISION

Show more

string

The name of the claim to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__CLAIM_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__VOLUME_ID

Show more

string

required

The partition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__PARTITION

Show more

int

Filesystem type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The share name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SHARE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The secret name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_NAME

Show more

string

required

The URI of the vhd blob object OR the resourceID of an Azure managed data disk if Kind is Managed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_URI

Show more

string

required

Kind of disk.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__KIND

Show more

managed, shared

managed

Disk caching mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__CACHING_MODE

Show more

read-write, read-only, none

read-write

File system type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The target deployment platform. Defaults to kubernetes. Can be kubernetes, openshift, knative, minikube etc., or any combination of the above as comma separated list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET

Show more

list of string

The ip address

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_HOSTALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__IP

Show more

string

The hostnames to resolve to the ip

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_HOSTALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__HOSTNAMES

Show more

list of string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The name of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels to add into the Role resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the cluster role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the ClusterRole resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If true, this service account will be used in the generated Deployment resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__USE_AS_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

Name of the RoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the Role resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it’s "view" role name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

If the Role sets in the role-name property is cluster wide or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_WIDE

Show more

boolean

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Name of the ClusterRoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the ClusterRole resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated ClusterRoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

If true, the service will be exposed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_EXPOSE

Show more

boolean

false

The host under which the application is going to be exposed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_HOST

Show more

string

The default target named port. If not provided, it will be deducted from the Service resource ports. Options are: "http" and "https".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_TARGET_PORT

Show more

string

http

The class of the Ingress. If the ingressClassName is omitted, a default Ingress class is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_INGRESS_CLASS_NAME

Show more

string

Custom annotations to add to exposition (route or ingress) resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_ANNOTATIONS__ANNOTATION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If true, it will use the TLS configuration in the generated Ingress resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_TLS__TLS__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The list of hosts to be included in the TLS certificate. By default, it will use the application host.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_TLS__TLS__HOSTS

Show more

list of string

The host under which the rule is going to be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__HOST

Show more

string

required

The path under which the rule is going to be used. Default is "/".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__PATH

Show more

string

/

The path type strategy to use by the Ingress rule. Default is "Prefix".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__PATH_TYPE

Show more

string

Prefix

The service name to be used by this Ingress rule. Default is the generated service name of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

The service port name to be used by this Ingress rule. Default is the port name of the generated service of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__SERVICE_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The service port number to be used by this Ingress rule. This is only used when the servicePortName is not set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INGRESS_RULES__RULES__SERVICE_PORT_NUMBER

Show more

int

Specifies the maximum desired number of pods the job should run at any given time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_PARALLELISM

Show more

int

Specifies the desired number of successfully finished pods the job should be run with.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_COMPLETIONS

Show more

int

CompletionMode specifies how Pod completions are tracked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_COMPLETION_MODE

Show more

non-indexed, indexed

non-indexed

Specifies the number of retries before marking this job failed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_BACKOFF_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the duration in seconds relative to the startTime that the job may be continuously active before the system tries to terminate it; value must be positive integer.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_ACTIVE_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

Limits the lifetime of a Job that has finished execution (either Complete or Failed). If this field is set, ttlSecondsAfterFinished after the Job finishes, it is eligible to be automatically deleted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_TTL_SECONDS_AFTER_FINISHED

Show more

int

Suspend specifies whether the Job controller should create Pods or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_SUSPEND

Show more

boolean

false

Restart policy when the job container fails.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_JOB_RESTART_POLICY

Show more

on-failure, never

on-failure

The schedule in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_SCHEDULE

Show more

string

ConcurrencyPolicy describes how the job will be handled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_CONCURRENCY_POLICY

Show more

allow, forbid, replace

allow

Deadline in seconds for starting the job if it misses scheduled time for any reason. Missed jobs executions will be counted as failed ones.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_STARTING_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

The number of failed finished jobs to retain. The default value is 1.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_FAILED_JOBS_HISTORY_LIMIT

Show more

int

The number of successful finished jobs to retain. The default value is 3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_SUCCESSFUL_JOBS_HISTORY_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the maximum desired number of pods the job should run at any given time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_PARALLELISM

Show more

int

Specifies the desired number of successfully finished pods the job should be run with.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_COMPLETIONS

Show more

int

CompletionMode specifies how Pod completions are tracked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_COMPLETION_MODE

Show more

non-indexed, indexed

non-indexed

Specifies the number of retries before marking this job failed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_BACKOFF_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the duration in seconds relative to the startTime that the job may be continuously active before the system tries to terminate it; value must be positive integer.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_ACTIVE_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

Limits the lifetime of a Job that has finished execution (either Complete or Failed). If this field is set, ttlSecondsAfterFinished after the Job finishes, it is eligible to be automatically deleted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_TTL_SECONDS_AFTER_FINISHED

Show more

int

Suspend specifies whether the Job controller should create Pods or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_SUSPEND

Show more

boolean

false

Restart policy when the job container fails.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CRON_JOB_RESTART_POLICY

Show more

on-failure, never

on-failure

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/version' label will be part of the selectors of Service and Deployment

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ADD_VERSION_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/name' label will be part of the selectors of Service and Deployment

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ADD_NAME_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true, Quarkus will attempt to deploy the application to the target Kubernetes cluster

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_DEPLOY

Show more

boolean

false

If deploy is enabled, it will follow this strategy to update the resources to the target Kubernetes cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_DEPLOY_STRATEGY

Show more

create-or-update, create, replace, server-side-apply

create-or-update

If set, the secret will mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_APP_SECRET

Show more

string

If set, the config map will be mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_APP_CONFIG_MAP

Show more

string

The SELinux level label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_LEVEL

Show more

string

The SELinux role label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_ROLE

Show more

string

The SELinux type label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_TYPE

Show more

string

The SELinux user label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_USER

Show more

string

The name of the GMSA credential spec to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC_NAME

Show more

string

GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC

Show more

string

The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_RUN_AS_USER_NAME

Show more

string

HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_HOST_PROCESS

Show more

boolean

The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_USER

Show more

The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_GROUP

Show more

Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_NON_ROOT

Show more

boolean

A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition to the container’s primary GID. If unspecified, no groups will be added to any container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SUPPLEMENTAL_GROUPS

Show more

list of long

A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP

Show more

Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SYSCTLS__SYSCTL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

It holds policies that will be used for applying fsGroup to a volume when volume is mounted. Values: OnRootMismatch, Always

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP_CHANGE_POLICY

Show more

on-root-mismatchIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions will be changed only when permission and ownership of root directory does not match with expected permissions on the volume., alwaysIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions should always be changed whenever volume is mounted inside a Pod. This the default behavior.

If set, it will change the name of the container according to the configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONTAINER_NAME

Show more

string

If true, the debug mode in pods will be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_REMOTE_DEBUG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The transport to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_REMOTE_DEBUG_TRANSPORT

Show more

string

dt_socket

If enabled, it means the JVM will wait for the debugger to attach before executing the main class. If false, the JVM will immediately execute the main class, while listening for the debugger connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_REMOTE_DEBUG_SUSPEND

Show more

string

n

It specifies the address at which the debug socket will listen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_REMOTE_DEBUG_ADDRESS_PORT

Show more

int

5005

If true, the init task will be generated. Otherwise, the init task resource generation will be skipped.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_TASKS__INIT_TASKS__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The init task image to use by the init-container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_TASKS__INIT_TASKS__WAIT_FOR_CONTAINER_IMAGE

Show more

string

groundnuty/k8s-wait-for:no-root-v1.7

If true, the init task will be generated. Otherwise, the init task resource generation will be skipped.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_TASK_DEFAULTS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The init task image to use by the init-container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_INIT_TASK_DEFAULTS_WAIT_FOR_CONTAINER_IMAGE

Show more

string

groundnuty/k8s-wait-for:no-root-v1.7

Switch used to control whether non-idempotent fields are included in generated kubernetes resources to improve git-ops compatibility

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_IDEMPOTENT

Show more

boolean

false

Whether the vcs-uri annotation should be added to the generated configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_VCS_URI_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Optional override of the vcs-uri annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_VCS_URI_OVERRIDE

Show more

string

Optionally set directory generated kubernetes resources will be written to. Default is target/kubernetes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The OpenShift flavor / version to use. Older versions of OpenShift have minor differences in the labels and fields they support. This option allows users to have their manifests automatically aligned to the OpenShift 'flavor' they use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_FLAVOR

Show more

v3, v4

v4

The kind of the deployment resource to use. Supported values are 'Deployment', 'StatefulSet', 'Job', 'CronJob' and 'DeploymentConfig'. Defaults to 'DeploymentConfig' if flavor == v3, or 'Deployment' otherwise. DeploymentConfig is deprecated as of OpenShift 4.14. See https://access.redhat.com/articles/7041372 for details.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_DEPLOYMENT_KIND

Show more

deployment, deployment-config, stateful-set, job, cron-job, knative-service

The name of the group this component belongs too

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PART_OF

Show more

string

The name of the application. This value will be used for naming Kubernetes resources like: 'Deployment', 'Service' and so on…​

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NAME

Show more

string

The version of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_VERSION

Show more

string

The namespace the generated resources should belong to. If not value is set, then the 'namespace' field will not be added to the 'metadata' section of the generated manifests. This in turn means that when the manifests are applied to a cluster, the namespace will be resolved from the current Kubernetes context (see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/organize-cluster-access-kubeconfig/#context for more details).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Custom labels to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom annotations to add to all resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ANNOTATIONS__ANNOTATION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Add the build timestamp to the Kubernetes annotations This is a very useful way to have manifests of successive builds of the same application differ - thus ensuring that Kubernetes will apply the updated resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ADD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

true

Working directory

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

The number of desired pods

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_REPLICAS

Show more

int

1

The type of service that will be generated for the application

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SERVICE_TYPE

Show more

cluster-ip, node-port, load-balancer, external-name

cluster-ip

The nodePort to set when serviceType is set to nodePort

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_NODE_PORT

Show more

int

Image pull policy

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

Enable generation of image pull secret, when the container image username and password are provided.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_GENERATE_IMAGE_PULL_SECRET

Show more

boolean

false

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_STARTUP_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_ANNOTATIONS

Show more

boolean

true

When true (the default), emit a set of annotations to identify services that should be scraped by prometheus for metrics. In configurations that use the Prometheus operator with ServiceMonitor, annotations may not be necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_GENERATE_SERVICE_MONITOR

Show more

boolean

true

Define the annotation prefix used for scrape values, this value will be used as the base for other annotation name defaults. Altering the base for generated annotations can make it easier to define re-labeling rules and avoid unexpected knock-on effects. The default value is prometheus.io See Prometheus example: https://github.com/prometheus/prometheus/blob/main/documentation/examples/prometheus-kubernetes.yml

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_PREFIX

Show more

string

prometheus.io

Define the annotation used to indicate services that should be scraped. By default, /scrape will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_SCRAPE

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the path to scrape. By default, /path will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_PATH

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the port to scrape. By default, /port will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_PORT

Show more

string

Define the annotation used to indicate the scheme to use for scraping By default, /scheme will be appended to the defined prefix.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PROMETHEUS_SCHEME

Show more

string

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the secret to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECRET_VOLUMES__SECRET_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the ConfigMap to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

The path where the file will be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__PATH

Show more

string

required

It must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__ITEMS__ITEMS__MODE

Show more

int

-1

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__CONFIG_MAP_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

EmptyDir volumes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_EMPTY_DIR_VOLUMES

Show more

list of string

Git repository URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REPOSITORY

Show more

string

required

The directory of the repository to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__DIRECTORY

Show more

string

The commit hash to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__GIT_REPO_VOLUMES__REVISION

Show more

string

The name of the claim to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__CLAIM_NAME

Show more

string

required

Default mode. When specifying an octal number, leading zero must be present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__DEFAULT_MODE

Show more

string

0600

Optional

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_PVC_VOLUMES__PVC_VOLUMES__OPTIONAL

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__VOLUME_ID

Show more

string

required

The partition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__PARTITION

Show more

int

Filesystem type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__AWS_ELASTIC_BLOCK_STORE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The share name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SHARE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The secret name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__SECRET_NAME

Show more

string

required

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__AZURE_FILE_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the disk to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_NAME

Show more

string

required

The URI of the vhd blob object OR the resourceID of an Azure managed data disk if Kind is Managed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__DISK_URI

Show more

string

required

Kind of disk.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__KIND

Show more

managed, shared

managed

Disk caching mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__CACHING_MODE

Show more

read-write, read-only, none

read-write

File system type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__FS_TYPE

Show more

string

ext4

Whether the volumeName is read only or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__AZURE_DISK_VOLUMES__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_CONTAINERS__INIT_CONTAINERS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The container image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE

Show more

string

Working directory.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__WORKING_DIR

Show more

string

The commands

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__COMMAND

Show more

list of string

The arguments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ARGUMENTS

Show more

list of string

The service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__SERVICE_ACCOUNT

Show more

string

The host under which the application is going to be exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__HOST

Show more

string

The port number. Refers to the container port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__CONTAINER_PORT

Show more

int

The host port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__HOST_PORT

Show more

int

The application path (refers to web application path).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__PATH

Show more

string

/

The protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__PROTOCOL

Show more

tcp, udp, sctp, http, proxy

tcp

The nodePort to which this port should be mapped to. This only takes affect when the serviceType is set to node-port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__NODE_PORT

Show more

int

If enabled, the port will be configured to use the schema HTTPS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__PORTS__PORTS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Image pull policy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE_PULL_POLICY

Show more

always, if-not-present, never

always

The image pull secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__IMAGE_PULL_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__LIVENESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The port number to use when configuring the http get action. If not configured, the port corresponding to the httpActionPortName will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT

Show more

int

The port name for selecting the port of the HTTP get action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PORT_NAME

Show more

string

The http path to use for the probe. For this to work, the container port also needs to be set. Assuming the container port has been set (as per above comment), if execAction or tcpSocketAction are not set, an HTTP probe will be used automatically even if no path is set (which will result in the root path being used). If Smallrye Health is used, the path will automatically be set according to the health check path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_PATH

Show more

string

The scheme of the HTTP get action. Can be either "HTTP" or "HTTPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_HTTP_ACTION_SCHEME

Show more

string

The command to use for the probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_EXEC_ACTION

Show more

string

The tcp socket to use for the probe (the format is host:port).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_TCP_SOCKET_ACTION

Show more

string

The gRPC port to use for the probe (the format is either port or port:service).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION

Show more

string

If enabled and grpc-action is not provided, it will use the generated service name and the gRPC port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_GRPC_ACTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The amount of time to wait before starting to probe.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The period in which the action should be called.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for each action.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The success threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_SUCCESS_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

1

The failure threshold to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__READINESS_PROBE_FAILURE_THRESHOLD

Show more

int

3

The name of the volumeName to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The path to mount.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__PATH

Show more

string

Path within the volumeName from which the container’s volumeName should be mounted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__SUB_PATH

Show more

string

ReadOnly

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__MOUNTS__MOUNTS__READ_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SIDECARS__SIDECARS__ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The ip address

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_HOST_ALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__IP

Show more

string

The hostnames to resolve to the ip

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_HOST_ALIASES__HOST_ALIASES__HOSTNAMES

Show more

list of string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RESOURCES_LIMITS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RESOURCES_LIMITS_MEMORY

Show more

string

CPU Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_CPU

Show more

string

Memory Requirements

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RESOURCES_REQUESTS_MEMORY

Show more

string

If set, it will change the name of the container according to the configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CONTAINER_NAME

Show more

string

If true, the service will be exposed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_EXPOSE

Show more

boolean

false

The host under which the application is going to be exposed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_HOST

Show more

string

The target named port. If not provided, it will be deducted from the Service resource ports. Options are: "http" and "https".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TARGET_PORT

Show more

string

http

Custom annotations to add to exposition (route or ingress) resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_ANNOTATIONS__ANNOTATION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom labels to add to exposition (route or ingress) resources

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The cert authority certificate contents.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_CA_CERTIFICATE

Show more

string

The certificate contents.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_CERTIFICATE

Show more

string

The contents of the ca certificate of the final destination.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_DESTINATION_CA_CERTIFICATE

Show more

string

The desired behavior for insecure connections to a route.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_INSECURE_EDGE_TERMINATION_POLICY

Show more

string

The key file contents.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_KEY

Show more

string

The termination type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ROUTE_TLS_TERMINATION

Show more

string

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/version' label will be part of the selectors of Service and DeploymentConfig

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ADD_VERSION_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

If true, the 'app.kubernetes.io/name' label will be part of the selectors of Service and Deployment

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ADD_NAME_TO_LABEL_SELECTORS

Show more

boolean

true

Specifies the maximum desired number of pods the job should run at any given time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_PARALLELISM

Show more

int

Specifies the desired number of successfully finished pods the job should be run with.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_COMPLETIONS

Show more

int

CompletionMode specifies how Pod completions are tracked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_COMPLETION_MODE

Show more

non-indexed, indexed

non-indexed

Specifies the number of retries before marking this job failed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_BACKOFF_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the duration in seconds relative to the startTime that the job may be continuously active before the system tries to terminate it; value must be positive integer.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_ACTIVE_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

Limits the lifetime of a Job that has finished execution (either Complete or Failed). If this field is set, ttlSecondsAfterFinished after the Job finishes, it is eligible to be automatically deleted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_TTL_SECONDS_AFTER_FINISHED

Show more

int

Suspend specifies whether the Job controller should create Pods or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_SUSPEND

Show more

boolean

false

Restart policy when the job container fails.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_JOB_RESTART_POLICY

Show more

on-failure, never

on-failure

The schedule in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_SCHEDULE

Show more

string

ConcurrencyPolicy describes how the job will be handled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_CONCURRENCY_POLICY

Show more

allow, forbid, replace

allow

Deadline in seconds for starting the job if it misses scheduled time for any reason. Missed jobs executions will be counted as failed ones.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_STARTING_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

The number of failed finished jobs to retain. The default value is 1.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_FAILED_JOBS_HISTORY_LIMIT

Show more

int

The number of successful finished jobs to retain. The default value is 3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_SUCCESSFUL_JOBS_HISTORY_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the maximum desired number of pods the job should run at any given time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_PARALLELISM

Show more

int

Specifies the desired number of successfully finished pods the job should be run with.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_COMPLETIONS

Show more

int

CompletionMode specifies how Pod completions are tracked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_COMPLETION_MODE

Show more

non-indexed, indexed

non-indexed

Specifies the number of retries before marking this job failed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_BACKOFF_LIMIT

Show more

int

Specifies the duration in seconds relative to the startTime that the job may be continuously active before the system tries to terminate it; value must be positive integer.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_ACTIVE_DEADLINE_SECONDS

Show more

Limits the lifetime of a Job that has finished execution (either Complete or Failed). If this field is set, ttlSecondsAfterFinished after the Job finishes, it is eligible to be automatically deleted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_TTL_SECONDS_AFTER_FINISHED

Show more

int

Suspend specifies whether the Job controller should create Pods or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_SUSPEND

Show more

boolean

false

Restart policy when the job container fails.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_CRON_JOB_RESTART_POLICY

Show more

on-failure, never

on-failure

The name of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels to add into the Role resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLES__ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the cluster role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the ClusterRole resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

API groups of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__API_GROUPS

Show more

list of string

Non resource URLs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__NON_RESOURCE_URLS

Show more

list of string

Resource names of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCE_NAMES

Show more

list of string

Resources of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__RESOURCES

Show more

list of string

Verbs of the policy rule.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLES__CLUSTER_ROLES__POLICY_RULES__POLICY_RULES__VERBS

Show more

list of string

The name of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Labels of the service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If true, this service account will be used in the generated Deployment resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__SERVICE_ACCOUNTS__USE_AS_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

Name of the RoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the Role resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it’s "view" role name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

If the Role sets in the role-name property is cluster wide or not.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_WIDE

Show more

boolean

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Name of the ClusterRoleBinding resource to be generated. If not provided, it will use the application name plus the role ref name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__NAME

Show more

string

Labels to add into the RoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__LABELS__LABEL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The name of the ClusterRole resource to use by the RoleRef element in the generated ClusterRoleBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__ROLE_NAME

Show more

string

required

The "name" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAME

Show more

string

The "kind" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it uses the "ServiceAccount" kind.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__KIND

Show more

string

ServiceAccount

The "apiGroup" resource that matches with the "kind" property. By default, it’s empty.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__API_GROUP

Show more

string

The "namespace" resource to use by the Subject element in the generated Role Binding resource. By default, it will use the same as provided in the generated resources.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_RBAC_CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__CLUSTER_ROLE_BINDINGS__SUBJECTS__SUBJECTS__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

The optional list of Secret names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

The optional list of ConfigMap names to load environment variables from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_CONFIGMAPS

Show more

list of string

The map associating environment variable names to their associated field references they take their value from.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_FIELDS__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The map associating environment name to its associated value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_VARS__VARS_

Show more

Map<String,Optional<String>>

The optional name of the Secret from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-configmap.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional name of the ConfigMap from which a value is to be extracted. Mutually exclusive with from-secret.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__FROM_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

The key identifying the field from which the value is extracted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_MAPPING__MAPPING__WITH_KEY

Show more

string

required

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_SECRET

Show more

string

The optional prefix to use when adding the environment variable to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_ENV_USING_PREFIX__PREFIXES__FOR_CONFIGMAP

Show more

string

If set, the secret will mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_APP_SECRET

Show more

string

If set, the config amp will be mounted to the application container and its contents will be used for application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_APP_CONFIG_MAP

Show more

string

The SELinux level label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_LEVEL

Show more

string

The SELinux role label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_ROLE

Show more

string

The SELinux type label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_TYPE

Show more

string

The SELinux user label that applies to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SE_LINUX_OPTIONS_USER

Show more

string

The name of the GMSA credential spec to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC_NAME

Show more

string

GMSACredentialSpec is where the GMSA admission webhook (https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/windows-gmsa) inlines the contents of the GMSA credential spec named by the GMSACredentialSpecName field.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_GMSA_CREDENTIAL_SPEC

Show more

string

The UserName in Windows to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_RUN_AS_USER_NAME

Show more

string

HostProcess determines if a container should be run as a 'Host Process' container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_WINDOWS_OPTIONS_HOST_PROCESS

Show more

boolean

The UID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_USER

Show more

The GID to run the entrypoint of the container process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_GROUP

Show more

Indicates that the container must run as a non-root user.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_RUN_AS_NON_ROOT

Show more

boolean

A list of groups applied to the first process run in each container, in addition to the container’s primary GID. If unspecified, no groups will be added to any container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SUPPLEMENTAL_GROUPS

Show more

list of long

A special supplemental group that applies to all containers in a pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP

Show more

Sysctls hold a list of namespaced sysctls used for the pod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_SYSCTLS__SYSCTL_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

It holds policies that will be used for applying fsGroup to a volume when volume is mounted. Values: OnRootMismatch, Always

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_SECURITY_CONTEXT_FS_GROUP_CHANGE_POLICY

Show more

on-root-mismatchIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions will be changed only when permission and ownership of root directory does not match with expected permissions on the volume., alwaysIt indicates that volume’s ownership and permissions should always be changed whenever volume is mounted inside a Pod. This the default behavior.

If true, the debug mode in pods will be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_REMOTE_DEBUG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The transport to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_REMOTE_DEBUG_TRANSPORT

Show more

string

dt_socket

If enabled, it means the JVM will wait for the debugger to attach before executing the main class. If false, the JVM will immediately execute the main class, while listening for the debugger connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_REMOTE_DEBUG_SUSPEND

Show more

string

n

It specifies the address at which the debug socket will listen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_REMOTE_DEBUG_ADDRESS_PORT

Show more

int

5005

If set to true, Quarkus will attempt to deploy the application to the target Openshift cluster

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_DEPLOY

Show more

boolean

false

If deploy is enabled, it will follow this strategy to update the resources to the target OpenShift cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_DEPLOY_STRATEGY

Show more

create-or-update, create, replace, server-side-apply

create-or-update

If true, the init task will be generated. Otherwise, the init task resource generation will be skipped.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_TASKS__INIT_TASKS__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The init task image to use by the init-container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_TASKS__INIT_TASKS__WAIT_FOR_CONTAINER_IMAGE

Show more

string

groundnuty/k8s-wait-for:no-root-v1.7

If true, the init task will be generated. Otherwise, the init task resource generation will be skipped.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_TASK_DEFAULTS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The init task image to use by the init-container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_INIT_TASK_DEFAULTS_WAIT_FOR_CONTAINER_IMAGE

Show more

string

groundnuty/k8s-wait-for:no-root-v1.7

Switch used to control whether non-idempotent fields are included in generated kubernetes resources to improve git-ops compatibility

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_IDEMPOTENT

Show more

boolean

false

Whether the vcs-uri annotation should be added to the generated configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_VCS_URI_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Optional override of the vcs-uri annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OPENSHIFT_VCS_URI_OVERRIDE

Show more

string

Kubernetes Client Internal

デフォルト

Whether the client should trust a self-signed certificate if so presented by the API server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_TRUST_CERTS

Show more

boolean

URL of the Kubernetes API server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_API_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Default namespace to use

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

CA certificate file

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CA_CERT_FILE

Show more

string

CA certificate data

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CA_CERT_DATA

Show more

string

Client certificate file

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_CERT_FILE

Show more

string

Client certificate data

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_CERT_DATA

Show more

string

Client key file

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_KEY_FILE

Show more

string

Client key data

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_KEY_DATA

Show more

string

Client key algorithm

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_KEY_ALGO

Show more

string

Client key passphrase

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CLIENT_KEY_PASSPHRASE

Show more

string

Kubernetes auth username

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_USERNAME

Show more

string

Kubernetes auth password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Kubernetes oauth token

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_TOKEN

Show more

string

Watch reconnect interval

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_WATCH_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Maximum reconnect attempts in case of watch failure By default there is no limit to the number of reconnect attempts

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_WATCH_RECONNECT_LIMIT

Show more

int

Maximum amount of time to wait for a connection with the API server to be established

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Maximum amount of time to wait for a request to the API server to be completed

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_REQUEST_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Maximum number of retry attempts for API requests that fail with an HTTP code of >= 500

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_REQUEST_RETRY_BACKOFF_LIMIT

Show more

int

Time interval between retry attempts for API requests that fail with an HTTP code of >= 500

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_REQUEST_RETRY_BACKOFF_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

HTTP proxy used to access the Kubernetes API server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_HTTP_PROXY

Show more

string

HTTPS proxy used to access the Kubernetes API server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_HTTPS_PROXY

Show more

string

Proxy username

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

Proxy password

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

IP addresses or hosts to exclude from proxying

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_NO_PROXY

Show more

list of string

Enable the generation of the RBAC manifests. If enabled and no other role binding are provided using the properties quarkus.kubernetes.rbac., it will generate a default role binding using the role "view" and the application service account.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_GENERATE_RBAC

Show more

boolean

true

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for Kubernetes should be used. (default to true) If this is true and kubernetes client is not configured then a kubernetes cluster will be started and will be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The kubernetes api server version to use. If not set, Dev Services for Kubernetes will use the latest supported version of the given flavor. see https://github.com/dajudge/kindcontainer/blob/master/k8s-versions.json

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_API_VERSION

Show more

string

The flavor to use (kind, k3s or api-only). Default to api-only.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_FLAVOR

Show more

kindkind (needs priviledge docker), k3sk3s (needs priviledge docker), api-onlyapi only

api-onlyapi only

By default, if a kubeconfig is found, Dev Services for Kubernetes will not start. Set this to true to override the kubeconfig config.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_OVERRIDE_KUBECONFIG

Show more

boolean

false

Indicates if the Kubernetes cluster managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Kubernetes starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-kubernetes label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-kubernetes label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Kubernetes looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-kubernetes label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-kubernetes label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Kubernetes clusters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

kubernetes

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CLIENT_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Kubernetes Config

デフォルト

Whether configuration can be read from secrets. If set to true, Kubernetes resources allowing access to secrets (role and role binding) will be generated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS_ROLE_CONFIG_NAME

Show more

string

view-secrets

The namespace of the role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS_ROLE_CONFIG_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Whether the role is cluster wide or not. By default, it’s not a cluster wide role.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS_ROLE_CONFIG_CLUSTER_WIDE

Show more

boolean

false

If the current role is meant to be generated or not. If not, it will only be used to generate the role binding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS_ROLE_CONFIG_GENERATE

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true, the application will attempt to look up the configuration from the API server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, the application will not start if any of the configured config sources cannot be located

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_FAIL_ON_MISSING_CONFIG

Show more

boolean

true

ConfigMaps to look for in the namespace that the Kubernetes Client has been configured for. ConfigMaps defined later in this list have a higher priority that ConfigMaps defined earlier in this list. Furthermore, any Secrets defined in secrets, will have higher priorities than all ConfigMaps.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_CONFIG_MAPS

Show more

list of string

Secrets to look for in the namespace that the Kubernetes Client has been configured for. If you use this, you probably want to enable quarkus.kubernetes-config.secrets.enabled. Secrets defined later in this list have a higher priority that ConfigMaps defined earlier in this list. Furthermore, these Secrets have a higher priorities than all ConfigMaps defined in configMaps.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_SECRETS

Show more

list of string

Namespace to look for config maps and secrets. If this is not specified, then the namespace configured in the kubectl config context is used. If the value is specified and the namespace doesn’t exist, the application will fail to start.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Kubernetes Service Binding

デフォルト

The mountPath to add in the ServiceBinding resource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_MOUNT_PATH

Show more

string

Determines if binding should be created as files or env vars. Set this value to false to bind as env vars.`

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_BIND_AS_FILES

Show more

boolean

true

Detects the binding data from resources owned by the backing service.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_DETECT_BINDING_RESOURCES

Show more

boolean

false

If enabled, Service Bindings will be looked in the file system

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The bindings file system root. Specified by the Kubernetes Service ServiceBinding Specification.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_ROOT

Show more

string

${SERVICE_BINDING_ROOT:}

The name of the service binding. If no value is specified the id of the service will be used instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_SERVICES__SERVICES__BINDING

Show more

string

The kind of the service.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_SERVICES__SERVICES__KIND

Show more

string

The apiVersion of the service

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_SERVICES__SERVICES__API_VERSION

Show more

string

The name of the service. When this is empty the key of the service is meant to be used as name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_SERVICES__SERVICES__NAME

Show more

string

The namespace of the service.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KUBERNETES_SERVICE_BINDING_SERVICES__SERVICES__NAMESPACE

Show more

string

Liquibase

デフォルト

The liquibase change log file. All included change log files in this file are scanned and add to the projects.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_CHANGE_LOG

Show more

string

db/changeLog.xml

The search path for DirectoryResourceAccessor

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_SEARCH_PATH

Show more

list of string

Flag to enable / disable Liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

true to execute Liquibase automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MIGRATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to validate the applied changes against the available ones, false otherwise. It is only used if migration-at-start is true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_VALIDATE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

true

true to execute Liquibase clean command automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_CLEAN_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of ChangeSet contexts to execute for liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_CONTEXTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of expressions defining labeled ChangeSet to execute for liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_LABELS

Show more

list of string

Map of parameters that can be used inside Liquibase changeLog files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_CHANGE_LOG_PARAMETERS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The liquibase change log lock table name. Name of table to use for tracking concurrent Liquibase usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_DATABASE_CHANGE_LOG_LOCK_TABLE_NAME

Show more

string

DATABASECHANGELOGLOCK

The liquibase change log table name. Name of table to use for tracking change history.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_DATABASE_CHANGE_LOG_TABLE_NAME

Show more

string

DATABASECHANGELOG

The name of Liquibase’s default catalog.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_DEFAULT_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The name of Liquibase’s default schema. Overwrites the default schema name (returned by the RDBMS) with a different database schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_DEFAULT_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The username that Liquibase uses to connect to the database. If no specific username is configured, falls back to the datasource username and password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password that Liquibase uses to connect to the database. If no specific password is configured, falls back to the datasource username and password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the catalog with the liquibase tables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_LIQUIBASE_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the schema with the liquibase tables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_LIQUIBASE_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the tablespace where the -LOG and -LOCK tables will be created (if they do not exist yet).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_LIQUIBASE_TABLESPACE_NAME

Show more

string

Allows duplicated changeset identifiers without failing Liquibase execution.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_ALLOW_DUPLICATED_CHANGESET_IDENTIFIERS

Show more

boolean

Named datasources

デフォルト

The liquibase change log file. All included change log files in this file are scanned and add to the projects.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__CHANGE_LOG

Show more

string

db/changeLog.xml

The search path for DirectoryResourceAccessor

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__SEARCH_PATH

Show more

list of string

true to execute Liquibase automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__MIGRATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

true to validate the applied changes against the available ones, false otherwise. It is only used if migration-at-start is true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__VALIDATE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

true

true to execute Liquibase clean command automatically when the application starts, false otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__CLEAN_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of ChangeSet contexts to execute for liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__CONTEXTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated case-sensitive list of expressions defining labeled ChangeSet to execute for liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__LABELS

Show more

list of string

Map of parameters that can be used inside Liquibase changeLog files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__CHANGE_LOG_PARAMETERS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The liquibase change log lock table name. Name of table to use for tracking concurrent Liquibase usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__DATABASE_CHANGE_LOG_LOCK_TABLE_NAME

Show more

string

DATABASECHANGELOGLOCK

The liquibase change log table name. Name of table to use for tracking change history.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__DATABASE_CHANGE_LOG_TABLE_NAME

Show more

string

DATABASECHANGELOG

The name of Liquibase’s default catalog.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__DEFAULT_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The name of Liquibase’s default schema. Overwrites the default schema name (returned by the RDBMS) with a different database schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__DEFAULT_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The username that Liquibase uses to connect to the database. If no specific username is configured, falls back to the datasource username and password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__USERNAME

Show more

string

The password that Liquibase uses to connect to the database. If no specific password is configured, falls back to the datasource username and password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the catalog with the liquibase tables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__LIQUIBASE_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the schema with the liquibase tables.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__LIQUIBASE_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the tablespace where the -LOG and -LOCK tables will be created (if they do not exist yet).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__LIQUIBASE_TABLESPACE_NAME

Show more

string

Allows duplicated changeset identifiers without failing Liquibase execution.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE__DATASOURCE_NAME__ALLOW_DUPLICATED_CHANGESET_IDENTIFIERS

Show more

boolean

Liquibase MongoDB

デフォルト

The change log file

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_CHANGE_LOG

Show more

string

db/changeLog.xml

The search path for DirectoryResourceAccessor

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_SEARCH_PATH

Show more

list of string

Flag to enable / disable Liquibase.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The migrate at start flag

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_MIGRATE_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

The validate on update flag

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_VALIDATE_ON_MIGRATE

Show more

boolean

true

The clean at start flag

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_CLEAN_AT_START

Show more

boolean

false

The parameters to be passed to the changelog. Defined as key value pairs.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_CHANGE_LOG_PARAMETERS__CHANGE_LOG_PARAMETERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The list of contexts

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_CONTEXTS

Show more

list of string

The list of labels

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_LABELS

Show more

list of string

The default catalog name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_DEFAULT_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The default schema name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_DEFAULT_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The liquibase tables catalog name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_LIQUIBASE_CATALOG_NAME

Show more

string

The liquibase tables schema name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_LIQUIBASE_SCHEMA_NAME

Show more

string

The liquibase tables tablespace name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LIQUIBASE_MONGODB_LIQUIBASE_TABLESPACE_NAME

Show more

string

Load Shedding

デフォルト

Whether load shedding should be enabled. Currently, this only applies to incoming HTTP requests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The maximum number of concurrent requests allowed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_MAX_LIMIT

Show more

int

1000

The alpha factor of the Vegas overload detection algorithm.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_ALPHA_FACTOR

Show more

int

3

The beta factor of the Vegas overload detection algorithm.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_BETA_FACTOR

Show more

int

6

The probe factor of the Vegas overload detection algorithm.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_PROBE_FACTOR

Show more

double

30.0

The initial limit of concurrent requests allowed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_INITIAL_LIMIT

Show more

int

100

Whether priority load shedding should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOAD_SHEDDING_PRIORITY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Logging GELF

デフォルト

Determine whether to enable the GELF logging handler

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Hostname/IP-Address of the Logstash/Graylog Host By default it uses UDP, prepend tcp: to the hostname to switch to TCP, example: "tcp:localhost"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_HOST

Show more

string

localhost

The port

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_PORT

Show more

int

12201

GELF version: 1.0 or 1.1

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_VERSION

Show more

string

1.1

Whether to post Stack-Trace to StackTrace field.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_EXTRACT_STACK_TRACE

Show more

boolean

true

Only used when extractStackTrace is true. A value of 0 will extract the whole stack trace. Any positive value will walk the cause chain: 1 corresponds with exception.getCause(), 2 with exception.getCause().getCause(), …​ Negative throwable reference walk the exception chain from the root cause side: -1 will extract the root cause, -2 the exception wrapping the root cause, …​

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_STACK_TRACE_THROWABLE_REFERENCE

Show more

int

0

Whether to perform Stack-Trace filtering

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_FILTER_STACK_TRACE

Show more

boolean

false

Java date pattern, see java.text.SimpleDateFormat

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_TIMESTAMP_PATTERN

Show more

string

yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,SSS

The logging-gelf log level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_LEVEL

Show more

Level

ALL

Name of the facility.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_FACILITY

Show more

string

jboss-logmanager

Post additional fields

デフォルト

Additional field value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__VALUE

Show more

string

required

Additional field type specification. Supported types: String, long, Long, double, Double and discover. Discover is the default if not specified, it discovers field type based on parseability.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__TYPE

Show more

string

discover

Whether to include all fields from the MDC.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_INCLUDE_FULL_MDC

Show more

boolean

false

Send additional fields whose values are obtained from MDC. Name of the Fields are comma-separated. Example: mdcFields=Application,Version,SomeOtherFieldName

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_MDC_FIELDS

Show more

string

Dynamic MDC Fields allows you to extract MDC values based on one or more regular expressions. Multiple regexes are comma-separated. The name of the MDC entry is used as GELF field name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_DYNAMIC_MDC_FIELDS

Show more

string

Pattern-based type specification for additional and MDC fields. Key-value pairs are comma-separated. Example: my_field.*=String,business\..*\.field=double

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_DYNAMIC_MDC_FIELD_TYPES

Show more

string

Maximum message size (in bytes). If the message size is exceeded, the appender will submit the message in multiple chunks.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_MAXIMUM_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

8192

Include message parameters from the log event

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_INCLUDE_LOG_MESSAGE_PARAMETERS

Show more

boolean

true

Include source code location

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_INCLUDE_LOCATION

Show more

boolean

true

Origin hostname

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_ORIGIN_HOST

Show more

string

Bypass hostname resolution. If you didn’t set the originHost property, and resolution is disabled, the value “unknown” will be used as hostname

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_HANDLER_GELF_SKIP_HOSTNAME_RESOLUTION

Show more

boolean

false

Logging JSON

デフォルト

Console logging

デフォルト

Determine whether to enable the JSON console formatting extension, which disables "normal" console formatting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON

Show more

boolean

true

Enable "pretty printing" of the JSON record. Note that some JSON parsers will fail to read the pretty printed output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_PRETTY_PRINT

Show more

boolean

false

The date format to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default format should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_DATE_FORMAT

Show more

string

default

The special end-of-record delimiter to be used. By default, newline is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_RECORD_DELIMITER

Show more

string

The zone ID to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default zone should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_ZONE_ID

Show more

string

default

The exception output type to specify.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_EXCEPTION_OUTPUT_TYPE

Show more

detailed, formatted, detailed-and-formatted

detailed

Enable printing of more details in the log.

Printing the details can be expensive as the values are retrieved from the caller. The details include the source class name, source file name, source method name, and source line number.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_PRINT_DETAILS

Show more

boolean

false

Override keys with custom values. Omitting this value indicates that no key overrides will be applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_KEY_OVERRIDES

Show more

string

Keys to be excluded from the JSON output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_EXCLUDED_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Additional field value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__VALUE

Show more

string

required

Additional field type specification. Supported types: string, int, and long. String is the default if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_CONSOLE_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__TYPE

Show more

string, int, long

string

File logging

デフォルト

Determine whether to enable the JSON console formatting extension, which disables "normal" console formatting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON

Show more

boolean

true

Enable "pretty printing" of the JSON record. Note that some JSON parsers will fail to read the pretty printed output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_PRETTY_PRINT

Show more

boolean

false

The date format to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default format should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_DATE_FORMAT

Show more

string

default

The special end-of-record delimiter to be used. By default, newline is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_RECORD_DELIMITER

Show more

string

The zone ID to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default zone should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_ZONE_ID

Show more

string

default

The exception output type to specify.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_EXCEPTION_OUTPUT_TYPE

Show more

detailed, formatted, detailed-and-formatted

detailed

Enable printing of more details in the log.

Printing the details can be expensive as the values are retrieved from the caller. The details include the source class name, source file name, source method name, and source line number.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_PRINT_DETAILS

Show more

boolean

false

Override keys with custom values. Omitting this value indicates that no key overrides will be applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_KEY_OVERRIDES

Show more

string

Keys to be excluded from the JSON output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_EXCLUDED_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Additional field value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__VALUE

Show more

string

required

Additional field type specification. Supported types: string, int, and long. String is the default if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_FILE_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__TYPE

Show more

string, int, long

string

Syslog logging

デフォルト

Determine whether to enable the JSON console formatting extension, which disables "normal" console formatting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON

Show more

boolean

true

Enable "pretty printing" of the JSON record. Note that some JSON parsers will fail to read the pretty printed output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_PRETTY_PRINT

Show more

boolean

false

The date format to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default format should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_DATE_FORMAT

Show more

string

default

The special end-of-record delimiter to be used. By default, newline is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_RECORD_DELIMITER

Show more

string

The zone ID to use. The special string "default" indicates that the default zone should be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_ZONE_ID

Show more

string

default

The exception output type to specify.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_EXCEPTION_OUTPUT_TYPE

Show more

detailed, formatted, detailed-and-formatted

detailed

Enable printing of more details in the log.

Printing the details can be expensive as the values are retrieved from the caller. The details include the source class name, source file name, source method name, and source line number.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_PRINT_DETAILS

Show more

boolean

false

Override keys with custom values. Omitting this value indicates that no key overrides will be applied.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_KEY_OVERRIDES

Show more

string

Keys to be excluded from the JSON output.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_EXCLUDED_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Additional field value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__VALUE

Show more

string

required

Additional field type specification. Supported types: string, int, and long. String is the default if not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LOG_SYSLOG_JSON_ADDITIONAL_FIELD__FIELD_NAME__TYPE

Show more

string, int, long

string

Mailer

デフォルト

Caches data from attachment’s Stream to a temporary file. It tries to delete it after sending email.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_CACHE_ATTACHMENTS

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the default from attribute when not specified in the io.quarkus.mailer.Mail instance. It’s the sender email address.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_FROM

Show more

string

Enables the mock mode. When enabled, mails are not sent, but stored in an in-memory mailbox. The content of the emails is also printed on the console.

Disabled by default on PROD, enabled by default on DEV and TEST modes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_MOCK

Show more

boolean

Sets the default bounce email address. A bounced email, or bounce, is an email message that gets rejected by a mail server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_BOUNCE_ADDRESS

Show more

string

Sets the SMTP host name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_HOST

Show more

string

localhost

The SMTP port. The default value depends on the configuration. The port 25 is used as default when ssl is disabled. This port continues to be used primarily for SMTP relaying. SMTP relaying is the transmission of email from email server to email server. The port 587 is the default port when ssl is enabled. It ensures that email is submitted securely.

Note that the port 465 may be used by SMTP servers, however, IANA has reassigned a new service to this port, and it should no longer be used for SMTP communications.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_PORT

Show more

int

Sets the username to connect to the SMTP server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_USERNAME

Show more

string

Sets the password to connect to the SMTP server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration name is set then, the specific TLS configuration (from quarkus.mailer.*) will be used.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

Whether the connection should be secured using TLS.

SMTP allows establishing connection with or without TLS. When establishing a connection with TLS, the connection is secured and encrypted. When establishing a connection without TLS, it can be secured and encrypted later using the STARTTLS command. In this case, the connection is initially unsecured and unencrypted. To configure this case, set this property to false and start-tls to REQUIRED Note that if a TLS configuration is set, TLS is enabled automatically. So, setting this property to false is required to not establish a connection with TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_TLS

Show more

boolean

Sets the max number of open connections to the mail server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Sets the hostname to be used for HELO/EHLO and the Message-ID.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_OWN_HOST_NAME

Show more

string

Sets if connection pool is enabled. If the connection pooling is disabled, the max number of sockets is enforced nevertheless.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_KEEP_ALIVE

Show more

boolean

true

Disable ESMTP.

The RFC-1869 states that clients should always attempt EHLO as first command to determine if ESMTP is supported, if this returns an error code, HELO is tried to use the regular SMTP command.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DISABLE_ESMTP

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the TLS security mode for the connection. Either DISABLED, OPTIONAL or REQUIRED.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_START_TLS

Show more

string

OPTIONAL

Enables DKIM signing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Configures the PKCS#8 format private key used to sign the email.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY

Show more

string

Configures the PKCS#8 format private key file path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY_PATH

Show more

string

Configures the Agent or User Identifier (AUID).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_AUID

Show more

string

Configures the selector used to query the public key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_SELECTOR

Show more

string

Configures the Signing Domain Identifier (SDID).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_SDID

Show more

string

Configures the canonicalization algorithm for signed headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_HEADER_CANON_ALGO

Show more

simple, relaxed

Configures the canonicalization algorithm for mail body.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_BODY_CANON_ALGO

Show more

simple, relaxed

Configures the body limit to sign. Must be greater than zero.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_BODY_LIMIT

Show more

int

Configures to enable or disable signature sign timestamp.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_SIGNATURE_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

Configures the expire time in seconds when the signature sign will be expired. Must be greater than zero.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_EXPIRE_TIME

Show more

Configures the signed headers in DKIM, separated by commas. The order in the list matters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_DKIM_SIGNED_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the login mode for the connection. Either NONE, @{code DISABLED}, OPTIONAL, REQUIRED or XOAUTH2.

  • DISABLED means no login will be attempted

  • NONE means a login will be attempted if the server supports in and login credentials are set

  • REQUIRED means that a login will be attempted if the server supports it and the send operation will fail otherwise

  • XOAUTH2 means that a login will be attempted using Google Gmail Oauth2 tokens

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_LOGIN

Show more

string

NONE

Sets the allowed authentication methods. These methods will be used only if the server supports them. If not set, all supported methods may be used.

The list is given as a space separated list, such as DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-SHA256 CRAM-SHA1 CRAM-MD5 PLAIN LOGIN.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_AUTH_METHODS

Show more

string

Whether the mail should always been sent as multipart even if they don’t have attachments. When sets to true, the mail message will be encoded as multipart even for simple mails without attachments.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_MULTI_PART_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

Sets if sending allows recipients errors. If set to true, the mail will be sent to the recipients that the server accepted, if any.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_ALLOW_RCPT_ERRORS

Show more

boolean

false

Enables or disables the pipelining capability if the SMTP server supports it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_PIPELINING

Show more

boolean

true

Sets the connection pool cleaner period. Zero disables expiration checks and connections will remain in the pool until they are closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_POOL_CLEANER_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

PT1S

Set the keep alive timeout for the SMTP connection. This value determines how long a connection remains unused in the pool before being evicted and closed. A timeout of 0 means there is no timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_KEEP_ALIVE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT300S

Sets the workstation used on NTLM authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_NTLM_WORKSTATION

Show more

string

Sets the domain used on NTLM authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_NTLM_DOMAIN

Show more

string

Allows sending emails to these recipients only.

Approved recipients are compiled to a Pattern and must be a valid regular expression. The created Pattern is case-insensitive as emails are case insensitive. Provided patterns are trimmed before being compiled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_APPROVED_RECIPIENTS

Show more

list of Pattern

Log rejected recipients as warnings.

If false, the rejected recipients will be logged at the DEBUG level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER_LOG_REJECTED_RECIPIENTS

Show more

boolean

false

Additional named mailers

デフォルト

Sets the default from attribute when not specified in the io.quarkus.mailer.Mail instance. It’s the sender email address.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__FROM

Show more

string

Enables the mock mode. When enabled, mails are not sent, but stored in an in-memory mailbox. The content of the emails is also printed on the console.

Disabled by default on PROD, enabled by default on DEV and TEST modes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__MOCK

Show more

boolean

Sets the default bounce email address. A bounced email, or bounce, is an email message that gets rejected by a mail server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__BOUNCE_ADDRESS

Show more

string

Sets the SMTP host name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__HOST

Show more

string

localhost

The SMTP port. The default value depends on the configuration. The port 25 is used as default when ssl is disabled. This port continues to be used primarily for SMTP relaying. SMTP relaying is the transmission of email from email server to email server. The port 587 is the default port when ssl is enabled. It ensures that email is submitted securely.

Note that the port 465 may be used by SMTP servers, however, IANA has reassigned a new service to this port, and it should no longer be used for SMTP communications.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__PORT

Show more

int

Sets the username to connect to the SMTP server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__USERNAME

Show more

string

Sets the password to connect to the SMTP server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration name is set then, the specific TLS configuration (from quarkus.mailer.*) will be used.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

Whether the connection should be secured using TLS.

SMTP allows establishing connection with or without TLS. When establishing a connection with TLS, the connection is secured and encrypted. When establishing a connection without TLS, it can be secured and encrypted later using the STARTTLS command. In this case, the connection is initially unsecured and unencrypted. To configure this case, set this property to false and start-tls to REQUIRED Note that if a TLS configuration is set, TLS is enabled automatically. So, setting this property to false is required to not establish a connection with TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__TLS

Show more

boolean

Sets the max number of open connections to the mail server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Sets the hostname to be used for HELO/EHLO and the Message-ID.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__OWN_HOST_NAME

Show more

string

Sets if connection pool is enabled. If the connection pooling is disabled, the max number of sockets is enforced nevertheless.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__KEEP_ALIVE

Show more

boolean

true

Disable ESMTP.

The RFC-1869 states that clients should always attempt EHLO as first command to determine if ESMTP is supported, if this returns an error code, HELO is tried to use the regular SMTP command.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DISABLE_ESMTP

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the TLS security mode for the connection. Either DISABLED, OPTIONAL or REQUIRED.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__START_TLS

Show more

string

OPTIONAL

Enables DKIM signing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Configures the PKCS#8 format private key used to sign the email.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY

Show more

string

Configures the PKCS#8 format private key file path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY_PATH

Show more

string

Configures the Agent or User Identifier (AUID).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_AUID

Show more

string

Configures the selector used to query the public key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_SELECTOR

Show more

string

Configures the Signing Domain Identifier (SDID).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_SDID

Show more

string

Configures the canonicalization algorithm for signed headers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_HEADER_CANON_ALGO

Show more

simple, relaxed

Configures the canonicalization algorithm for mail body.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_BODY_CANON_ALGO

Show more

simple, relaxed

Configures the body limit to sign. Must be greater than zero.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_BODY_LIMIT

Show more

int

Configures to enable or disable signature sign timestamp.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_SIGNATURE_TIMESTAMP

Show more

boolean

Configures the expire time in seconds when the signature sign will be expired. Must be greater than zero.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_EXPIRE_TIME

Show more

Configures the signed headers in DKIM, separated by commas. The order in the list matters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__DKIM_SIGNED_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the login mode for the connection. Either NONE, @{code DISABLED}, OPTIONAL, REQUIRED or XOAUTH2.

  • DISABLED means no login will be attempted

  • NONE means a login will be attempted if the server supports in and login credentials are set

  • REQUIRED means that a login will be attempted if the server supports it and the send operation will fail otherwise

  • XOAUTH2 means that a login will be attempted using Google Gmail Oauth2 tokens

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__LOGIN

Show more

string

NONE

Sets the allowed authentication methods. These methods will be used only if the server supports them. If not set, all supported methods may be used.

The list is given as a space separated list, such as DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-SHA256 CRAM-SHA1 CRAM-MD5 PLAIN LOGIN.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__AUTH_METHODS

Show more

string

Whether the mail should always been sent as multipart even if they don’t have attachments. When sets to true, the mail message will be encoded as multipart even for simple mails without attachments.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__MULTI_PART_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

Sets if sending allows recipients errors. If set to true, the mail will be sent to the recipients that the server accepted, if any.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__ALLOW_RCPT_ERRORS

Show more

boolean

false

Enables or disables the pipelining capability if the SMTP server supports it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__PIPELINING

Show more

boolean

true

Sets the connection pool cleaner period. Zero disables expiration checks and connections will remain in the pool until they are closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__POOL_CLEANER_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

PT1S

Set the keep alive timeout for the SMTP connection. This value determines how long a connection remains unused in the pool before being evicted and closed. A timeout of 0 means there is no timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__KEEP_ALIVE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT300S

Sets the workstation used on NTLM authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__NTLM_WORKSTATION

Show more

string

Sets the domain used on NTLM authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__NTLM_DOMAIN

Show more

string

Allows sending emails to these recipients only.

Approved recipients are compiled to a Pattern and must be a valid regular expression. The created Pattern is case-insensitive as emails are case insensitive. Provided patterns are trimmed before being compiled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__APPROVED_RECIPIENTS

Show more

list of Pattern

Log rejected recipients as warnings.

If false, the rejected recipients will be logged at the DEBUG level.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MAILER__MAILER_NAME__LOG_REJECTED_RECIPIENTS

Show more

boolean

false

Messaging

デフォルト

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether it should automatically configure the connector attribute of channels that don’t have an upstream source (for incoming channels), or a downstream consumer (for outgoing channels). When enabled, it verifies that there is only a single connector on the classpath. In that case, it automatically associates the orphans channel to the connector, removing the need to add the .connector attribute in the application configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_AUTO_CONNECTOR_ATTACHMENT

Show more

boolean

true

Whether Reactive Messaging metrics are published in case a metrics extension is present (default to false).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enables or disables the strict validation mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_STRICT

Show more

boolean

false

Execution mode for the Messaging signatures considered "blocking", defaults to "worker". For the previous behaviour set to "event-loop".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_BLOCKING_SIGNATURES_EXECUTION_MODE

Show more

event-loop, worker, virtual-thread

worker

Configuration for the health center filter

デフォルト

Whether all health check is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_HEALTH__CHANNEL__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the readiness health check is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_HEALTH__CHANNEL__READINESS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the liveness health check is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_HEALTH__CHANNEL__LIVENESS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the startup health check is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_HEALTH__CHANNEL__STARTUP_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Messaging - AMQP 1.0

デフォルト

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for AMQP has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For AMQP, Dev Services starts a broker unless amqp-host or amqp-port are set or if all the Reactive Messaging AMQP channel are configured with host or port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

The image to use. Note that only ActiveMQ Artemis images are supported. Specifically, the image repository must end with artemiscloud/activemq-artemis-broker.

Check the activemq-artemis-broker on Quay page to find the available versions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

quay.io/artemiscloud/activemq-artemis-broker:1.0.25

The value of the AMQ_EXTRA_ARGS environment variable to pass to the container. For ActiveMQ Artemis Broker ⇐ 1.0.21, set this property to --no-autotune --mapped --no-fsync --relax-jolokia --http-host 0.0.0.0

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_EXTRA_ARGS

Show more

string

--no-autotune --mapped --no-fsync --relax-jolokia

Indicates if the AMQP broker managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for AMQP starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-amqp label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-aqmp label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for AMQP looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-amqp label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-amqp label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared AMQP brokers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

amqp

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_AMQP_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Messaging - Kafka

デフォルト

Whether or not Kafka serializer/deserializer auto-detection is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_KAFKA_SERIALIZER_AUTODETECTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether Kafka serializer/deserializer generation is enabled. When no serializer/deserializer are found and not set, Quarkus generates a Jackson-based serde.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_KAFKA_SERIALIZER_GENERATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Enables the graceful shutdown in dev and test modes. The graceful shutdown waits until the inflight records have been processed and the offset committed to Kafka. While this setting is highly recommended in production, in dev and test modes, it’s disabled by default. This setting allows to re-enable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_KAFKA_ENABLE_GRACEFUL_SHUTDOWN_IN_DEV_AND_TEST_MODE

Show more

boolean

false

Messaging - MQTT

デフォルト

If Dev Services for MQTT has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For MQTT, Dev Services starts a broker unless *.host or *.port are set for one of the connectors or if all the Reactive Messaging MQTT channel are configured with host or port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

The image to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

eclipse-mosquitto:2.0.15

Indicates if the MQTT broker managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for MQTT starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-mqtt label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-mqtt label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for MQTT looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-mqtt label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-mqtt label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared MQTT brokers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

mqtt

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MQTT_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Messaging - Pulsar

デフォルト

Whether or not Pulsar Schema auto-detection is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_PULSAR_SCHEMA_AUTODETECTION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether Pulsar Schema generation is enabled. When no Schema are found and not set, Quarkus generates a JSON Schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MESSAGING_PULSAR_SCHEMA_GENERATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for Pulsar has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For Pulsar, Dev Services starts a broker unless pulsar.client.serviceUrl is set or if all the Reactive Messaging Pulsar channel are configured with serviceUrl.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

The image to use. Note that only Apache Pulsar images are supported. Specifically, the image repository must end with apachepulsar/pulsar. Check https://hub.docker.com/r/apachepulsar/pulsar to find the available versions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

apachepulsar/pulsar:3.2.4

Indicates if the Pulsar broker managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Pulsar starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-pulsar label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-pulsar label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Pulsar looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-pulsar label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-pulsar label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Pulsar brokers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

pulsar

Broker config to set on the Pulsar instance

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PULSAR_DEVSERVICES_BROKER_CONFIG__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Messaging - RabbitMQ 1.0

デフォルト

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for RabbitMQ has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For RabbitMQ, Dev Services starts a broker unless rabbitmq-host or rabbitmq-port are set or if all the Reactive Messaging RabbitMQ channel are configured with host or port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Optional fixed port for the RabbitMQ management plugin.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_HTTP_PORT

Show more

int

The image to use. Note that only official RabbitMQ images are supported. Specifically, the image repository must end with rabbitmq.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

rabbitmq:3.12-management

Indicates if the RabbitMQ broker managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for RabbitMQ starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-rabbitmq label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-rabbitmq label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for RabbitMQ looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-rabbitmq label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-rabbitmq label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared RabbitMQ brokers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

rabbitmq

Type of exchange: direct, topic, headers, fanout, etc.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_EXCHANGES__EXCHANGE_NAME__TYPE

Show more

string

direct

Should the exchange be deleted when all queues are finished using it?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_EXCHANGES__EXCHANGE_NAME__AUTO_DELETE

Show more

boolean

false

Should the exchange remain after restarts?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_EXCHANGES__EXCHANGE_NAME__DURABLE

Show more

boolean

false

What virtual host should the exchange be associated with?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_EXCHANGES__EXCHANGE_NAME__VHOST

Show more

string

/

Extra arguments for the exchange definition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_EXCHANGES__EXCHANGE_NAME__ARGUMENTS__ARGUMENT_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Should the queue be deleted when all consumers are finished using it?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_QUEUES__QUEUE_NAME__AUTO_DELETE

Show more

boolean

false

Should the queue remain after restarts?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_QUEUES__QUEUE_NAME__DURABLE

Show more

boolean

false

What virtual host should the queue be associated with?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_QUEUES__QUEUE_NAME__VHOST

Show more

string

/

Extra arguments for the queue definition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_QUEUES__QUEUE_NAME__ARGUMENTS__ARGUMENT_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Source exchange to bind to. Defaults to name of binding instance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__SOURCE

Show more

string

Routing key specification for the source exchange.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__ROUTING_KEY

Show more

string

#

Destination exchange or queue to bind to. Defaults to name of binding instance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__DESTINATION

Show more

string

Destination type for binding: queue, exchange, etc.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__DESTINATION_TYPE

Show more

string

queue

What virtual host should the binding be associated with?

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__VHOST

Show more

string

/

Extra arguments for the binding definition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_BINDINGS__BINDING_NAME__ARGUMENTS__ARGUMENT_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Virtual hosts that should be predefined after starting the RabbitMQ broker.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_VHOSTS

Show more

list of string

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The credentials provider name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RABBITMQ_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

Micrometer metrics

デフォルト

Micrometer metrics support.

Micrometer metrics support is enabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Micrometer MeterRegistry discovery.

Micrometer MeterRegistry implementations discovered on the classpath will be enabled automatically by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_REGISTRY_ENABLED_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

true

Micrometer MeterBinder discovery.

Micrometer MeterBinder implementations discovered on the classpath will be enabled automatically by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_ENABLED_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

true

Outbound HTTP request metrics support.

Support for HTTP client metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the REST client feature is enabled, and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Inbound HTTP metrics support.

Support for HTTP server metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, an extension serving HTTP traffic is enabled, and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_SERVER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Micrometer JVM metrics support.

Support for JVM metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_JVM

Show more

boolean

Kafka metrics support.

Support for Kafka metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the Kafka Consumer or Producer interface is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_KAFKA_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Redis client metrics support.

Support for Redis metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the Quarkus Redis client extension is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_REDIS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Stork metrics support.

Support for Stork metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the Quarkus Stork extension is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_STORK_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

gRPC Server metrics support.

Support for gRPC server metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the gRPC server interfaces are on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_GRPC_SERVER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

gRPC Client metrics support.

Support for gRPC client metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the gRPC client interfaces are on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_GRPC_CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Kafka metrics support.

Support for Reactive Messaging metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, MessageObservationCollector interface is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_MESSAGING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Eclipse MicroProfile Metrics support.

Support for MicroProfile Metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled and the MicroProfile Metrics dependency is present:

<dependency>
  <groupId>org.eclipse.microprofile.metrics</groupId>
  <artifactId>microprofile-metrics-api</artifactId>
</dependency>

The Micrometer extension currently provides a compatibility layer that supports the MP Metrics API, but metric names and recorded values will be different. Note that the MP Metrics compatibility layer will move to a different extension in the future.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_MP_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Micrometer System metrics support.

Support for System metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_SYSTEM

Show more

boolean

Vert.x metrics support.

Support for Vert.x metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, Vert.x MetricsOptions is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_VERTX_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Netty metrics support.

Support for Netty metrics will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the Netty allocator classes are on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.binder-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_NETTY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Support for export to JSON format. Off by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_JSON_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The path for the JSON metrics endpoint. The default value is metrics. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}. If the management interface is enabled, the value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_JSON_PATH

Show more

string

metrics

Statistics like max, percentiles, and histogram counts decay over time to give greater weight to recent samples. Samples are accumulated to such statistics in ring buffers which rotate after the expiry, with this buffer length.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_JSON_BUFFER_LENGTH

Show more

int

3

Statistics like max, percentiles, and histogram counts decay over time to give greater weight to recent samples. Samples are accumulated to such statistics in ring buffers which rotate after this expiry, with a particular buffer length.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_JSON_EXPIRY

Show more

Duration 

P3D

Support for export to Prometheus.

Support for Prometheus will be enabled if Micrometer support is enabled, the PrometheusMeterRegistry is on the classpath and either this value is true, or this value is unset and quarkus.micrometer.registry-enabled-default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_PROMETHEUS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

The path for the prometheus metrics endpoint (produces text/plain). The default value is metrics and is resolved relative to the non-application endpoint (q), e.g. ${quarkus.http.root-path}/${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}/metrics. If an absolute path is specified (/metrics), the prometheus endpoint will be served from the configured path.

If the management interface is enabled, the value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path} (q by default), e.g. http://${quarkus.management.host}:${quarkus.management.port}/${quarkus.management.root-path}/metrics. If an absolute path is specified (/metrics), the prometheus endpoint will be served from the configured path, e.g. http://${quarkus.management.host}:${quarkus.management.port}/metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_PROMETHEUS_PATH

Show more

string

metrics

By default, this extension will create a Prometheus MeterRegistry instance.

Use this attribute to veto the creation of the default Prometheus MeterRegistry.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_PROMETHEUS_DEFAULT_REGISTRY

Show more

boolean

true

Comma-separated list of regular expressions used to specify uri labels in http metrics.

Vertx instrumentation will attempt to transform parameterized resource paths, /item/123, into a generic form, /item/{id}, to reduce the cardinality of uri label values.

Patterns specified here will take precedence over those computed values.

For example, if /item/\\\\d+=/item/custom or /item/[0-9]+=/item/custom is specified in this list, a request to a matching path (/item/123) will use the specified replacement value (/item/custom) as the value for the uri label. Note that backslashes must be double escaped as \\\\.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_SERVER_MATCH_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of regular expressions defining uri paths that should be ignored (not measured).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_SERVER_IGNORE_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Suppress non-application uris from metrics collection. This will suppress all metrics for non-application endpoints using ${quarkus.http.root-path}/${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}.

Suppressing non-application uris is enabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_SERVER_SUPPRESS_NON_APPLICATION_URIS

Show more

boolean

true

Maximum number of unique URI tag values allowed. After the max number of tag values is reached, metrics with additional tag values are denied by filter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_SERVER_MAX_URI_TAGS

Show more

int

100

Prometheus registry configuration properties.

A property source for configuration of the Prometheus MeterRegistry, see https://micrometer.io/docs/registry/prometheus.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_EXPORT_PROMETHEUS__CONFIGURATION_PROPERTY_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Comma-separated list of regular expressions used to specify uri labels in http metrics.

Outbount HTTP client instrumentation will attempt to transform parameterized resource paths, /item/123, into a generic form, /item/{id}, to reduce the cardinality of uri label values.

Patterns specified here will take precedence over those computed values.

For example, if /item/\\\\d+=/item/custom or /item/[0-9]+=/item/custom is specified in this list, a request to a matching path (/item/123) will use the specified replacement value (/item/custom) as the value for the uri label. Note that backslashes must be double escaped as \\\\.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_CLIENT_MATCH_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of regular expressions defining uri paths that should be ignored (not measured).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_CLIENT_IGNORE_PATTERNS

Show more

list of string

Maximum number of unique URI tag values allowed. After the max number of tag values is reached, metrics with additional tag values are denied by filter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MICROMETER_BINDER_HTTP_CLIENT_MAX_URI_TAGS

Show more

int

100

MongoDB Client

デフォルト

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether metrics are published in case a metrics extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, the default clients will always be created even if there are no injection points that use them

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_FORCE_DEFAULT_CLIENTS

Show more

boolean

false

Whether or not tracing spans of driver commands are sent in case the quarkus-opentelemetry extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_TRACING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Configures the connection string. The format is: mongodb://[username:password@]host1[:port1][,host2[:port2],…​[,hostN[:portN]]][/[database.collection][?options]]

mongodb:// is a required prefix to identify that this is a string in the standard connection format.

username:password@ are optional. If given, the driver will attempt to log in to a database after connecting to a database server. For some authentication mechanisms, only the username is specified and the password is not, in which case the ":" after the username is left off as well.

host1 is the only required part of the connection string. It identifies a server address to connect to.

:portX is optional and defaults to :27017 if not provided.

/database is the name of the database to log in to and thus is only relevant if the username:password@ syntax is used. If not specified the admin database will be used by default.

?options are connection options. Note that if database is absent there is still a / required between the last host and the ? introducing the options. Options are name=value pairs and the pairs are separated by "&".

An alternative format, using the mongodb+srv protocol, is:

mongodb+srv://[username:password@]host[/[database][?options]]
  • mongodb+srv:// is a required prefix for this format.

  • username:password@ are optional. If given, the driver will attempt to login to a database after connecting to a database server. For some authentication mechanisms, only the username is specified and the password is not, in which case the ":" after the username is left off as well

  • host is the only required part of the URI. It identifies a single host name for which SRV records are looked up from a Domain Name Server after prefixing the host name with "_mongodb._tcp". The host/port for each SRV record becomes the seed list used to connect, as if each one were provided as host/port pair in a URI using the normal mongodb protocol.

  • /database is the name of the database to login to and thus is only relevant if the username:password@ syntax is used. If not specified the "admin" database will be used by default.

  • ?options are connection options. Note that if database is absent there is still a / required between the last host and the ? introducing the options. Options are name=value pairs and the pairs are separated by "&". Additionally with the mongodb+srv protocol, TXT records are looked up from a Domain Name Server for the given host, and the text value of each one is prepended to any options on the URI itself. Because the last specified value for any option wins, that means that options provided on the URI will override any that are provided via TXT records.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CONNECTION_STRING

Show more

string

Configures the MongoDB server addressed (one if single mode). The addresses are passed as host:port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

127.0.0.1:27017

Configure the database name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DATABASE

Show more

string

Configures the application name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_APPLICATION_NAME

Show more

string

Configures the maximum number of connections in the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

Configures the minimum number of connections in the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MIN_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

Maximum idle time of a pooled connection. A connection that exceeds this limit will be closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MAX_CONNECTION_IDLE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Maximum lifetime of a pooled connection. A connection that exceeds this limit will be closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MAX_CONNECTION_LIFE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Configures the time period between runs of the maintenance job.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MAINTENANCE_FREQUENCY

Show more

Duration 

Configures period of time to wait before running the first maintenance job on the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_MAINTENANCE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

How long a connection can take to be opened before timing out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

How long a socket read can take before timing out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

If connecting with TLS, this option enables insecure TLS connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_TLS_INSECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to connect using TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Implies that the hosts given are a seed list, and the driver will attempt to find all members of the set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_REPLICA_SET_NAME

Show more

string

How long the driver will wait for server selection to succeed before throwing an exception.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_SERVER_SELECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

When choosing among multiple MongoDB servers to send a request, the driver will only send that request to a server whose ping time is less than or equal to the server with the fastest ping time plus the local threshold.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_LOCAL_THRESHOLD

Show more

Duration 

The frequency that the driver will attempt to determine the current state of each server in the cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_HEARTBEAT_FREQUENCY

Show more

Duration 

Configures the read concern. Supported values are: local|majority|linearizable|snapshot|available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_READ_CONCERN

Show more

string

Configures the read preference. Supported values are: primary|primaryPreferred|secondary|secondaryPreferred|nearest

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_READ_PREFERENCE

Show more

string

The database used during the readiness health checks

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_HEALTH_DATABASE

Show more

string

admin

Configures the UUID representation to use when encoding instances of java.util.UUID and when decoding BSON binary values with subtype of 3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_UUID_REPRESENTATION

Show more

unspecified, standard, c-sharp-legacy, java-legacy, python-legacy

This property configures the DNS server. If the server is not set, it tries to read the first nameserver from /etc /resolv.conf (if the file exists), otherwise fallback to the default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DNS_SERVER_HOST

Show more

string

This property configures the DNS server port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DNS_SERVER_PORT

Show more

int

53

If native.dns.use-vertx-dns-resolver is set to true, this property configures the DNS lookup timeout duration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DNS_LOOKUP_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

5S

This property enables the logging ot the DNS lookup. It can be useful to understand why the lookup fails.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DNS_LOG_ACTIVITY

Show more

boolean

false

Configures the connection string. The format is: mongodb://[username:password@]host1[:port1][,host2[:port2],…​[,hostN[:portN]]][/[database.collection][?options]]

mongodb:// is a required prefix to identify that this is a string in the standard connection format.

username:password@ are optional. If given, the driver will attempt to log in to a database after connecting to a database server. For some authentication mechanisms, only the username is specified and the password is not, in which case the ":" after the username is left off as well.

host1 is the only required part of the connection string. It identifies a server address to connect to.

:portX is optional and defaults to :27017 if not provided.

/database is the name of the database to log in to and thus is only relevant if the username:password@ syntax is used. If not specified the admin database will be used by default.

?options are connection options. Note that if database is absent there is still a / required between the last host and the ? introducing the options. Options are name=value pairs and the pairs are separated by "&".

An alternative format, using the mongodb+srv protocol, is:

mongodb+srv://[username:password@]host[/[database][?options]]
  • mongodb+srv:// is a required prefix for this format.

  • username:password@ are optional. If given, the driver will attempt to login to a database after connecting to a database server. For some authentication mechanisms, only the username is specified and the password is not, in which case the ":" after the username is left off as well

  • host is the only required part of the URI. It identifies a single host name for which SRV records are looked up from a Domain Name Server after prefixing the host name with "_mongodb._tcp". The host/port for each SRV record becomes the seed list used to connect, as if each one were provided as host/port pair in a URI using the normal mongodb protocol.

  • /database is the name of the database to login to and thus is only relevant if the username:password@ syntax is used. If not specified the "admin" database will be used by default.

  • ?options are connection options. Note that if database is absent there is still a / required between the last host and the ? introducing the options. Options are name=value pairs and the pairs are separated by "&". Additionally with the mongodb+srv protocol, TXT records are looked up from a Domain Name Server for the given host, and the text value of each one is prepended to any options on the URI itself. Because the last specified value for any option wins, that means that options provided on the URI will override any that are provided via TXT records.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CONNECTION_STRING

Show more

string

Configures the MongoDB server addressed (one if single mode). The addresses are passed as host:port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__HOSTS

Show more

list of string

127.0.0.1:27017

Configure the database name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__DATABASE

Show more

string

Configures the application name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__APPLICATION_NAME

Show more

string

Configures the maximum number of connections in the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

Configures the minimum number of connections in the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MIN_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

Maximum idle time of a pooled connection. A connection that exceeds this limit will be closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MAX_CONNECTION_IDLE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Maximum lifetime of a pooled connection. A connection that exceeds this limit will be closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MAX_CONNECTION_LIFE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

Configures the time period between runs of the maintenance job.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MAINTENANCE_FREQUENCY

Show more

Duration 

Configures period of time to wait before running the first maintenance job on the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__MAINTENANCE_INITIAL_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

How long a connection can take to be opened before timing out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

How long a socket read can take before timing out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

If connecting with TLS, this option enables insecure TLS connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__TLS_INSECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to connect using TLS.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__TLS

Show more

boolean

false

Implies that the hosts given are a seed list, and the driver will attempt to find all members of the set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__REPLICA_SET_NAME

Show more

string

How long the driver will wait for server selection to succeed before throwing an exception.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__SERVER_SELECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

When choosing among multiple MongoDB servers to send a request, the driver will only send that request to a server whose ping time is less than or equal to the server with the fastest ping time plus the local threshold.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__LOCAL_THRESHOLD

Show more

Duration 

The frequency that the driver will attempt to determine the current state of each server in the cluster.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__HEARTBEAT_FREQUENCY

Show more

Duration 

Configures the read concern. Supported values are: local|majority|linearizable|snapshot|available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__READ_CONCERN

Show more

string

Configures the read preference. Supported values are: primary|primaryPreferred|secondary|secondaryPreferred|nearest

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__READ_PREFERENCE

Show more

string

The database used during the readiness health checks

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__HEALTH_DATABASE

Show more

string

admin

Configures the UUID representation to use when encoding instances of java.util.UUID and when decoding BSON binary values with subtype of 3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__UUID_REPRESENTATION

Show more

unspecified, standard, c-sharp-legacy, java-legacy, python-legacy

Dev Services

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a database when running in Dev or Test mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

The container image name to use, for container based DevServices providers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Generic properties that are added to the connection URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Indicates if the MongoDB server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for MongoDB starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-mongodb label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-mongodb label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for MongoDB looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-mongodb label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-mongodb label set to the specified value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

mongodb

Write concern

デフォルト

Configures the safety. If set to true: the driver ensures that all writes are acknowledged by the MongoDB server, or else throws an exception. (see also w and wtimeoutMS). If set fo - false: the driver does not ensure that all writes are acknowledged by the MongoDB server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_WRITE_CONCERN_SAFE

Show more

boolean

true

Configures the journal writing aspect. If set to true: the driver waits for the server to group commit to the journal file on disk. If set to false: the driver does not wait for the server to group commit to the journal file on disk.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_WRITE_CONCERN_JOURNAL

Show more

boolean

true

When set, the driver adds w: wValue to all write commands. It requires safe to be true. The value is typically a number, but can also be the majority string.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_WRITE_CONCERN_W

Show more

string

If set to true, the driver will retry supported write operations if they fail due to a network error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_WRITE_CONCERN_RETRY_WRITES

Show more

boolean

false

When set, the driver adds wtimeout : ms to all write commands. It requires safe to be true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_WRITE_CONCERN_W_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Credentials and authentication mechanism

デフォルト

Configures the username.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Configures the password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Configures the authentication mechanism to use if a credential was supplied. The default is unspecified, in which case the client will pick the most secure mechanism available based on the sever version. For the GSSAPI and MONGODB-X509 mechanisms, no password is accepted, only the username. Supported values: null or GSSAPI|PLAIN|MONGODB-X509|SCRAM_SHA_1|SCRAM_SHA_256|MONGODB_AWS

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_AUTH_MECHANISM

Show more

string

Configures the source of the authentication credentials. This is typically the database where the credentials have been created. The value defaults to the database specified in the path portion of the connection string or in the 'database' configuration property. If the database is specified in neither place, the default value is admin. This option is only respected when using the MONGO-CR mechanism (the default).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_AUTH_SOURCE

Show more

string

Allows passing authentication mechanism properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_AUTH_MECHANISM_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The credentials provider name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB_CREDENTIALS_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

Write concern

デフォルト

Configures the safety. If set to true: the driver ensures that all writes are acknowledged by the MongoDB server, or else throws an exception. (see also w and wtimeoutMS). If set fo - false: the driver does not ensure that all writes are acknowledged by the MongoDB server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__WRITE_CONCERN_SAFE

Show more

boolean

true

Configures the journal writing aspect. If set to true: the driver waits for the server to group commit to the journal file on disk. If set to false: the driver does not wait for the server to group commit to the journal file on disk.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__WRITE_CONCERN_JOURNAL

Show more

boolean

true

When set, the driver adds w: wValue to all write commands. It requires safe to be true. The value is typically a number, but can also be the majority string.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__WRITE_CONCERN_W

Show more

string

If set to true, the driver will retry supported write operations if they fail due to a network error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__WRITE_CONCERN_RETRY_WRITES

Show more

boolean

false

When set, the driver adds wtimeout : ms to all write commands. It requires safe to be true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__WRITE_CONCERN_W_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Credentials and authentication mechanism

デフォルト

Configures the username.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Configures the password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Configures the authentication mechanism to use if a credential was supplied. The default is unspecified, in which case the client will pick the most secure mechanism available based on the sever version. For the GSSAPI and MONGODB-X509 mechanisms, no password is accepted, only the username. Supported values: null or GSSAPI|PLAIN|MONGODB-X509|SCRAM_SHA_1|SCRAM_SHA_256|MONGODB_AWS

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_AUTH_MECHANISM

Show more

string

Configures the source of the authentication credentials. This is typically the database where the credentials have been created. The value defaults to the database specified in the path portion of the connection string or in the 'database' configuration property. If the database is specified in neither place, the default value is admin. This option is only respected when using the MONGO-CR mechanism (the default).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_AUTH_SOURCE

Show more

string

Allows passing authentication mechanism properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_AUTH_MECHANISM_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The credentials provider name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The credentials provider bean name.

This is a bean name (as in @Named) of a bean that implements CredentialsProvider. It is used to select the credentials provider bean when multiple exist. This is unnecessary when there is only one credentials provider available.

For Vault, the credentials provider bean name is vault-credentials-provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_MONGODB__MONGO_CLIENT_CONFIGS__CREDENTIALS_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

Narayana JTA - Transaction manager

デフォルト

The node name used by the transaction manager. Must not exceed a length of 28 bytes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_NODE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus

Whether the node name should be shortened if necessary. The node name must not exceed a length of 28 bytes. If this property is set to true, and the node name exceeds 28 bytes, the node name is shortened by calculating the SHA-224 hash, which has a length of 28 bytes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_SHORTEN_NODE_NAME_IF_NECESSARY

Show more

boolean

false

The default transaction timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_DEFAULT_TRANSACTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60S

Start the recovery service on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_ENABLE_RECOVERY

Show more

boolean

false

The list of recovery modules.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_RECOVERY_MODULES

Show more

list of string

com.arjuna.ats.internal.arjuna.recovery.AtomicActionRecoveryModule,com.arjuna.ats.internal.jta.recovery.arjunacore.XARecoveryModule

The list of expiry scanners.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_EXPIRY_SCANNERS

Show more

list of string

com.arjuna.ats.internal.arjuna.recovery.ExpiredTransactionStatusManagerScanner

The list of orphan filters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_XA_RESOURCE_ORPHAN_FILTERS

Show more

list of string

com.arjuna.ats.internal.jta.recovery.arjunacore.JTATransactionLogXAResourceOrphanFilter,com.arjuna.ats.internal.jta.recovery.arjunacore.JTANodeNameXAResourceOrphanFilter,com.arjuna.ats.internal.jta.recovery.arjunacore.JTAActionStatusServiceXAResourceOrphanFilter

The name of the directory where the transaction logs will be stored when using the file-system object store. If the value is not absolute then the directory is relative to the user.dir system property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

ObjectStore

The type of object store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_TYPE

Show more

file-system, jdbc

file-system

The name of the datasource where the transaction logs will be stored when using the jdbc object store.

If undefined, it will use the default datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_DATASOURCE

Show more

string

Whether to create the table if it does not exist.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_CREATE_TABLE

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to drop the table on startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_DROP_TABLE

Show more

boolean

false

The prefix to apply to the table.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER_OBJECT_STORE_TABLE_PREFIX

Show more

string

quarkus_

Narayana MicroProfile LRA Participant

デフォルト

Whether to include LRA proxy endpoints in the generated OpenAPI document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LRA_OPENAPI_INCLUDED

Show more

boolean

false

The REST endpoint on which a coordinator is running. In order for an LRA to begin and end successfully and in order to join with an existing LRA, this coordinator must be available whenever a service method annotated with @LRA is invoked. In this version of the extension, a failed coordinator with LRAs that have not yet finished must be restarted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_LRA_COORDINATOR_URL

Show more

string

http://localhost:50000/lra-coordinator

Netty

デフォルト

The value configuring the io.netty.allocator.maxOrder system property of Netty. The default value is 3. Configuring this property overrides the minimum maxOrder requested by the extensions. This property affects the memory consumption of the application. It must be used carefully. More details on https://programmer.group/pool-area-of-netty-memory-pool.html.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_NETTY_ALLOCATOR_MAX_ORDER

Show more

int

Observability

デフォルト

Grafana LGTM configuration

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a containers when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Indicates if the container managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-label label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared containers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus

The username.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_USERNAME

Show more

string

admin

The password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_PASSWORD

Show more

string

admin

The port of the Grafana container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_GRAFANA_PORT

Show more

int

3000

The timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT1M

The name of the Grafana LGTM Docker image.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

docker.io/grafana/otel-lgtm:0.7.5

The Docker network aliases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_NETWORK_ALIASES

Show more

list of string

lgtm,lgtm.testcontainer.docker

The label of the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_LABEL

Show more

string

quarkus-dev-service-lgtm

The LGTM’s OTLP protocol.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_LGTM_OTLP_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

http/protobuf

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a containers when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Enable simplified usage of dev resources, instead of full observability processing. Make sure @code{enabled} is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_DEV_RESOURCES

Show more

boolean

false

Do we start the dev services in parallel.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OBSERVABILITY_PARALLEL

Show more

boolean

false

OpenID Connect Adapter

デフォルト

If the OIDC extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Grant type which will be used to acquire a token to test the OIDC 'service' applications

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DEVUI_GRANT_TYPE

Show more

client'client_credentials' grant, password'password' grant, code'authorization_code' grant, implicit'implicit' grant

Grant options

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DEVUI_GRANT_OPTIONS__OPTION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

The WebClient timeout. Use this property to configure how long an HTTP client used by Dev UI handlers will wait for a response when requesting tokens from OpenId Connect Provider and sending them to the service endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DEVUI_WEB_CLIENT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

4S

Enable the registration of the Default TokenIntrospection and UserInfo Cache implementation bean. Note: This only enables the default implementation. It requires configuration to be activated. See OidcConfig#tokenCache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DEFAULT_TOKEN_CACHE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

The OIDC token endpoint that issues access and refresh tokens; specified as a relative path or absolute URL. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC token revocation endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_REVOKE_PATH

Show more

string

The client id of the application. Each application has a client id that is used to identify the application. Setting the client id is not required if application-type is service and no token introspection is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

The client name of the application. It is meant to represent a human readable description of the application which you may provide when an application (client) is registered in an OpenId Connect provider’s dashboard. For example, you can set this property to have more informative log messages which record an activity of the given client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The client secret used by the client_secret_basic authentication method. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required. You can use client-secret.value instead, but both properties are mutually exclusive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

The client secret value. This value is ignored if credentials.secret is set. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_VALUE

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

The authentication method. If the clientSecret.value secret is set, this method is basic by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_METHOD

Show more

basicclient_secret_basic (default)\: The client id and secret are submitted with the HTTP Authorization Basic scheme., postclient_secret_post\: The client id and secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., post-jwtclient_secret_jwt\: The client id and generated JWT secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., queryclient id and secret are submitted as HTTP query parameters. This option is only supported by the OIDC extension.

JWT token source: OIDC provider client or an existing JWT bearer token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SOURCE

Show more

client, bearer

client

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a secret key. It is mutually exclusive with key, key-file and key-store properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

String representation of a private key. If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key-file and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_FILE

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key from a keystore. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-file properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The private key id or alias.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The private key password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The JWT audience (aud) claim value. By default, the audience is set to the address of the OpenId Connect Provider’s token endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_AUDIENCE

Show more

string

The key identifier of the signing key added as a JWT kid header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_TOKEN_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The issuer of the signing key added as a JWT iss claim. The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_ISSUER

Show more

string

Subject of the signing key added as a JWT sub claim The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SUBJECT

Show more

string

Additional claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The signature algorithm used for the key-file property. Supported values: RS256 (default), RS384, RS512, PS256, PS384, PS512, ES256, ES384, ES512, HS256, HS384, HS512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The JWT lifespan in seconds. This value is added to the time at which the JWT was issued to calculate the expiration time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_LIFESPAN

Show more

int

10

If true then the client authentication token is a JWT bearer grant assertion. Instead of producing 'client_assertion' and 'client_assertion_type' form properties, only 'assertion' is produced. This option is only supported by the OIDC client extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CREDENTIALS_JWT_ASSERTION

Show more

boolean

false

A unique tenant identifier. It can be set by TenantConfigResolver providers, which resolve the tenant configuration dynamically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TENANT_ID

Show more

string

If this tenant configuration is enabled. The default tenant is disabled if it is not configured but a TenantConfigResolver that resolves tenant configurations is registered, or named tenants are configured. In this case, you do not need to disable the default tenant.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TENANT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The application type, which can be one of the following ApplicationType values.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_APPLICATION_TYPE

Show more

web-appA WEB_APP is a client that serves pages, usually a front-end application. For this type of client the Authorization Code Flow is defined as the preferred method for authenticating users., serviceA SERVICE is a client that has a set of protected HTTP resources, usually a backend application following the RESTful Architectural Design. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is defined as the preferred method for authenticating and authorizing users., hybridA combined SERVICE and WEB_APP client. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is used if the Authorization header is set and Authorization Code Flow - if not.

serviceA {@code SERVICE} is a client that has a set of protected HTTP resources, usually a backend application following the RESTful Architectural Design. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is defined as the preferred method for authenticating and authorizing users.

The relative path or absolute URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) authorization endpoint, which authenticates users. You must set this property for web-app applications if OIDC discovery is disabled. This property is ignored if OIDC discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHORIZATION_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC UserInfo endpoint. You must set this property for web-app applications if OIDC discovery is disabled and the authentication.user-info-required property is enabled. This property is ignored if OIDC discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_USER_INFO_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC RFC7662 introspection endpoint which can introspect both opaque and JSON Web Token (JWT) tokens. This property must be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and 1) the opaque bearer access tokens must be verified or 2) JWT tokens must be verified while the cached JWK verification set with no matching JWK is being refreshed. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_INTROSPECTION_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint which returns a JSON Web Key Verification Set. This property should be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and the local JWT verification is required. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC end_session_endpoint. This property must be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and RP Initiated Logout support for the web-app applications is required. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_END_SESSION_PATH

Show more

string

The paths which must be secured by this tenant. Tenant with the most specific path wins. Please see the Configure tenant paths section of the OIDC multitenancy guide for explanation of allowed path patterns.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TENANT_PATHS

Show more

list of string

The public key for the local JWT token verification. OIDC server connection is not created when this property is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PUBLIC_KEY

Show more

string

Name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_NAME

Show more

string

Secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

Include OpenId Connect Client ID configured with quarkus.oidc.client-id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_INCLUDE_CLIENT_ID

Show more

boolean

true

A list of paths to claims containing an array of groups. Each path starts from the top level JWT JSON object and can contain multiple segments. Each segment represents a JSON object name only; for example: "realm/groups". Use double quotes with the namespace-qualified claim names. This property can be used if a token has no groups claim but has the groups set in one or more different claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ROLES_ROLE_CLAIM_PATH

Show more

list of string

The separator for splitting strings that contain multiple group values. It is only used if the "role-claim-path" property points to one or more custom claims whose values are strings. A single space is used by default because the standard scope claim can contain a space-separated sequence.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ROLES_ROLE_CLAIM_SEPARATOR

Show more

string

Source of the principal roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ROLES_SOURCE

Show more

idtokenID Token - the default value for the web-app applications., accesstokenAccess Token - the default value for the service applications; can also be used as the source of roles for the web-app applications., userinfoUser Info

The expected issuer iss claim value. This property overrides the issuer property, which might be set in OpenId Connect provider’s well-known configuration. If the iss claim value varies depending on the host, IP address, or tenant id of the provider, you can skip the issuer verification by setting this property to any, but it should be done only when other options (such as configuring the provider to use the fixed iss claim value) are not possible.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_ISSUER

Show more

string

The expected audience aud claim value, which can be a string or an array of strings. Note the audience claim is verified for ID tokens by default. ID token audience must be equal to the value of quarkus.oidc.client-id property. Use this property to override the expected value if your OpenID Connect provider sets a different audience claim value in ID tokens. Set it to any if your provider does not set ID token audience` claim. Audience verification for access tokens is only done if this property is configured.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_AUDIENCE

Show more

list of string

Require that the token includes a sub (subject) claim which is a unique and never reassigned identifier for the current user. Note that if you enable this property and if UserInfo is also required, both the token and UserInfo sub claims must be present and match each other.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_SUBJECT_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

A map of required claims and their expected values. For example, quarkus.oidc.token.required-claims.org_id = org_xyz would require tokens to have the org_id claim to be present and set to org_xyz. Strings are the only supported types. Use SecurityIdentityAugmentor to verify claims of other types or complex claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_REQUIRED_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Expected token type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_TOKEN_TYPE

Show more

string

Life span grace period in seconds. When checking token expiry, current time is allowed to be later than token expiration time by at most the configured number of seconds. When checking token issuance, current time is allowed to be sooner than token issue time by at most the configured number of seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_LIFESPAN_GRACE

Show more

int

Token age. It allows for the number of seconds to be specified that must not elapse since the iat (issued at) time. A small leeway to account for clock skew which can be configured with quarkus.oidc.token.lifespan-grace to verify the token expiry time can also be used to verify the token age property. Note that setting this property does not relax the requirement that Bearer and Code Flow JWT tokens must have a valid (exp) expiry claim value. The only exception where setting this property relaxes the requirement is when a logout token is sent with a back-channel logout request since the current OpenId Connect Back-Channel specification does not explicitly require the logout tokens to contain an exp claim. However, even if the current logout token is allowed to have no exp claim, the exp claim is still verified if the logout token contains it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_AGE

Show more

Duration 

Require that the token includes a iat (issued at) claim Set this property to false if your JWT token does not contain an iat (issued at) claim. Note that ID token is always required to have an iat claim and therefore this property has no impact on the ID token verification process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_ISSUED_AT_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

Name of the claim which contains a principal name. By default, the upn, preferred_username and sub claims are checked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_PRINCIPAL_CLAIM

Show more

string

Refresh expired authorization code flow ID or access tokens. If this property is enabled, a refresh token request is performed if the authorization code ID or access token has expired and, if successful, the local session is updated with the new set of tokens. Otherwise, the local session is invalidated and the user redirected to the OpenID Provider to re-authenticate. In this case, the user might not be challenged again if the OIDC provider session is still active. For this option be effective the authentication.session-age-extension property should also be set to a nonzero value since the refresh token is currently kept in the user session. This option is valid only when the application is of type ApplicationType#WEB_APP}. This property is enabled if quarkus.oidc.token.refresh-token-time-skew is configured, you do not need to enable this property manually in this case.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_REFRESH_EXPIRED

Show more

boolean

false

The refresh token time skew, in seconds. If this property is enabled, the configured number of seconds is added to the current time when checking if the authorization code ID or access token should be refreshed. If the sum is greater than the authorization code ID or access token’s expiration time, a refresh is going to happen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_REFRESH_TOKEN_TIME_SKEW

Show more

Duration 

The forced JWK set refresh interval in minutes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_FORCED_JWK_REFRESH_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

10M

Custom HTTP header that contains a bearer token. This option is valid only when the application is of type ApplicationType#SERVICE}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_HEADER

Show more

string

HTTP Authorization header scheme.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_AUTHORIZATION_SCHEME

Show more

string

Bearer

Required signature algorithm. OIDC providers support many signature algorithms but if necessary you can restrict Quarkus application to accept tokens signed only using an algorithm configured with this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

rs256, rs384, rs512, ps256, ps384, ps512, es256, es384, es512, eddsa

Decryption key location. JWT tokens can be inner-signed and encrypted by OpenId Connect providers. However, it is not always possible to remotely introspect such tokens because the providers might not control the private decryption keys. In such cases set this property to point to the file containing the decryption private key in PEM or JSON Web Key (JWK) format. If this property is not set and the private_key_jwt client authentication method is used, the private key used to sign the client authentication JWT tokens are also used to decrypt the encrypted ID tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_DECRYPTION_KEY_LOCATION

Show more

string

Allow the remote introspection of JWT tokens when no matching JWK key is available. This property is set to true by default for backward-compatibility reasons. It is planned that this default value will be changed to false in an upcoming release. Also note this property is ignored if JWK endpoint URI is not available and introspecting the tokens is the only verification option.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_ALLOW_JWT_INTROSPECTION

Show more

boolean

true

Require that JWT tokens are only introspected remotely.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_REQUIRE_JWT_INTROSPECTION_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

Allow the remote introspection of the opaque tokens. Set this property to false if only JWT tokens are expected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_ALLOW_OPAQUE_TOKEN_INTROSPECTION

Show more

boolean

true

Token customizer name. Allows to select a tenant specific token customizer as a named bean. Prefer using TenantFeature qualifier when registering custom TokenCustomizer. Use this property only to refer to TokenCustomizer implementations provided by this extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_CUSTOMIZER_NAME

Show more

string

Indirectly verify that the opaque (binary) access token is valid by using it to request UserInfo. Opaque access token is considered valid if the provider accepted this token and returned a valid UserInfo. You should only enable this option if the opaque access tokens must be accepted but OpenId Connect provider does not have a token introspection endpoint. This property has no effect when JWT tokens must be verified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_VERIFY_ACCESS_TOKEN_WITH_USER_INFO

Show more

boolean

false

The relative path of the logout endpoint at the application. If provided, the application is able to initiate the logout through this endpoint in conformance with the OpenID Connect RP-Initiated Logout specification.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path of the application endpoint where the user should be redirected to after logging out from the OpenID Connect Provider. This endpoint URI must be properly registered at the OpenID Connect Provider as a valid redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_POST_LOGOUT_PATH

Show more

string

Name of the post logout URI parameter which is added as a query parameter to the logout redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_POST_LOGOUT_URI_PARAM

Show more

string

post_logout_redirect_uri

Additional properties which is added as the query parameters to the logout redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_EXTRA_PARAMS__QUERY_PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The relative path of the Back-Channel Logout endpoint at the application. It must start with the forward slash '/', for example, '/back-channel-logout'. This value is always resolved relative to 'quarkus.http.root-path'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_PATH

Show more

string

Maximum number of logout tokens that can be cached before they are matched against ID tokens stored in session cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_TOKEN_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Number of minutes a logout token can be cached for.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_TOKEN_CACHE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

Duration 

10M

Token cache timer interval. If this property is set, a timer checks and removes the stale entries periodically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_CLEAN_UP_TIMER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Logout token claim whose value is used as a key for caching the tokens. Only sub (subject) and sid (session id) claims can be used as keys. Set it to sid only if ID tokens issued by the OIDC provider have no sub but have sid claim.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_LOGOUT_TOKEN_KEY

Show more

string

sub

The relative path of the Front-Channel Logout endpoint at the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_LOGOUT_FRONTCHANNEL_PATH

Show more

string

Common name of the leaf certificate. It must be set if the trust-store-file does not have this certificate imported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_LEAF_CERTIFICATE_NAME

Show more

string

Truststore file which keeps thumbprints of the trusted certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

A parameter to specify the password of the truststore file if it is configured with trust-store-file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the alias of the truststore certificate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_CERT_ALIAS

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify type of the truststore file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

Authorization code flow response mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_RESPONSE_MODE

Show more

queryAuthorization response parameters are encoded in the query string added to the redirect_uri, form-postAuthorization response parameters are encoded as HTML form values that are auto-submitted in the browser and transmitted by the HTTP POST method using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded content type

queryAuthorization response parameters are encoded in the query string added to the redirect_uri

The relative path for calculating a redirect_uri query parameter. It has to start from a forward slash and is appended to the request URI’s host and port. For example, if the current request URI is https://localhost:8080/service, a redirect_uri parameter is set to https://localhost:8080/ if this property is set to / and be the same as the request URI if this property has not been configured. Note the original request URI is restored after the user has authenticated if restorePathAfterRedirect is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_REDIRECT_PATH

Show more

string

If this property is set to true, the original request URI which was used before the authentication is restored after the user has been redirected back to the application. Note if redirectPath property is not set, the original request URI is restored even if this property is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_RESTORE_PATH_AFTER_REDIRECT

Show more

boolean

false

Remove the query parameters such as code and state set by the OIDC server on the redirect URI after the user has authenticated by redirecting a user to the same URI but without the query parameters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_REMOVE_REDIRECT_PARAMETERS

Show more

boolean

true

Relative path to the public endpoint which processes the error response from the OIDC authorization endpoint. If the user authentication has failed, the OIDC provider returns an error and an optional error_description parameters, instead of the expected authorization code. If this property is set, the user is redirected to the endpoint which can return a user-friendly error description page. It has to start from a forward slash and is appended to the request URI’s host and port. For example, if it is set as /error and the current request URI is https://localhost:8080/callback?error=invalid_scope, a redirect is made to https://localhost:8080/error?error=invalid_scope. If this property is not set, HTTP 401 status is returned in case of the user authentication failure.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_ERROR_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path to the public endpoint which an authenticated user is redirected to when the session has expired.

When the OIDC session has expired and the session can not be refreshed, a user is redirected to the OIDC provider to re-authenticate. The user experience may not be ideal in this case as it may not be obvious to the authenticated user why an authentication challenge is returned.

Set this property if you would like the user whose session has expired be redirected to a public application specific page instead, which can inform that the session has expired and advise the user to re-authenticated by following a link to the secured initial entry page.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_SESSION_EXPIRED_PATH

Show more

string

Both ID and access tokens are fetched from the OIDC provider as part of the authorization code flow.

ID token is always verified on every user request as the primary token which is used to represent the principal and extract the roles.

Authorization code flow access token is meant to be propagated to downstream services and is not verified by default unless quarkus.oidc.roles.source property is set to accesstoken which means the authorization decision is based on the roles extracted from the access token.

Authorization code flow access token verification is also enabled if this token is injected as JsonWebToken. Set this property to false if it is not required.

Bearer access token is always verified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_VERIFY_ACCESS_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

true when access token is injected as the JsonWebToken bean, false otherwise

Force https as the redirect_uri parameter scheme when running behind an SSL/TLS terminating reverse proxy. This property, if enabled, also affects the logout post_logout_redirect_uri and the local redirect requests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_FORCE_REDIRECT_HTTPS_SCHEME

Show more

boolean

false

List of scopes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_SCOPES

Show more

list of string

The separator which is used when more than one scope is configured. A single space is used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_SCOPE_SEPARATOR

Show more

string

Require that ID token includes a nonce claim which must match nonce authentication request query parameter. Enabling this property can help mitigate replay attacks. Do not enable this property if your OpenId Connect provider does not support setting nonce in ID token or if you work with OAuth2 provider such as GitHub which does not issue ID tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_NONCE_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

Add the openid scope automatically to the list of scopes. This is required for OpenId Connect providers, but does not work for OAuth2 providers such as Twitter OAuth2, which do not accept this scope and throw errors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_ADD_OPENID_SCOPE

Show more

boolean

true

Additional properties added as query parameters to the authentication redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_EXTRA_PARAMS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Request URL query parameters which, if present, are added to the authentication redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_FORWARD_PARAMS

Show more

list of string

If enabled the state, session, and post logout cookies have their secure parameter set to true when HTTP is used. It might be necessary when running behind an SSL/TLS terminating reverse proxy. The cookies are always secure if HTTPS is used, even if this property is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_FORCE_SECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Cookie name suffix. For example, a session cookie name for the default OIDC tenant is q_session but can be changed to q_session_test if this property is set to test.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

Cookie path parameter value which, if set, is used to set a path parameter for the session, state and post logout cookies. The cookie-path-header property, if set, is checked first.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_PATH

Show more

string

/

Cookie path header parameter value which, if set, identifies the incoming HTTP header whose value is used to set a path parameter for the session, state and post logout cookies. If the header is missing, the cookie-path property is checked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_PATH_HEADER

Show more

string

Cookie domain parameter value which, if set, is used for the session, state and post logout cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_DOMAIN

Show more

string

SameSite attribute for the session cookie.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_SAME_SITE

Show more

strict, lax, none

lax

If a state cookie is present, a state query parameter must also be present and both the state cookie name suffix and state cookie value must match the value of the state query parameter when the redirect path matches the current path. However, if multiple authentications are attempted from the same browser, for example, from the different browser tabs, then the currently available state cookie might represent the authentication flow initiated from another tab and not related to the current request. Disable this property to permit only a single authorization code flow in the same browser.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CODE_FLOWS

Show more

boolean

true

Fail with the HTTP 401 error if the state cookie is present but no state query parameter is present.

When either multiple authentications are disabled or the redirect URL matches the original request URL, the stale state cookie might remain in the browser cache from the earlier failed redirect to an OpenId Connect provider and be visible during the current request. For example, if Single-page application (SPA) uses XHR to handle redirects to the provider which does not support CORS for its authorization endpoint, the browser blocks it and the state cookie created by Quarkus remains in the browser cache. Quarkus reports an authentication failure when it detects such an old state cookie but find no matching state query parameter.

Reporting HTTP 401 error is usually the right thing to do in such cases, it minimizes a risk of the browser redirect loop but also can identify problems in the way SPA or Quarkus application manage redirects. For example, enabling java-script-auto-redirect or having the provider redirect to URL configured with redirect-path might be needed to avoid such errors.

However, setting this property to false might help if the above options are not suitable. It causes a new authentication redirect to OpenId Connect provider. Doing so might increase the risk of browser redirect loops.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_FAIL_ON_MISSING_STATE_PARAM

Show more

boolean

false

If this property is set to true, an OIDC UserInfo endpoint is called.

This property is enabled automatically if quarkus.oidc.roles.source is set to userinfo or quarkus.oidc.token.verify-access-token-with-user-info is set to true or quarkus.oidc.authentication.id-token-required is set to false, the current OIDC tenant must support a UserInfo endpoint in these cases.

It is also enabled automatically if io.quarkus.oidc.UserInfo injection point is detected but only if the current OIDC tenant supports a UserInfo endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_USER_INFO_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true when UserInfo bean is injected, false otherwise

Session age extension in minutes. The user session age property is set to the value of the ID token life-span by default and the user is redirected to the OIDC provider to re-authenticate once the session has expired. If this property is set to a nonzero value, then the expired ID token can be refreshed before the session has expired. This property is ignored if the token.refresh-expired property has not been enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_SESSION_AGE_EXTENSION

Show more

Duration 

5M

State cookie age in minutes. State cookie is created every time a new authorization code flow redirect starts and removed when this flow is completed. State cookie name is unique by default, see allow-multiple-code-flows. Keep its age to the reasonable minimum value such as 5 minutes or less.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_STATE_COOKIE_AGE

Show more

Duration 

5M

If this property is set to true, a normal 302 redirect response is returned if the request was initiated by a JavaScript API such as XMLHttpRequest or Fetch and the current user needs to be (re)authenticated, which might not be desirable for Single-page applications (SPA) since it automatically following the redirect might not work given that OIDC authorization endpoints typically do not support CORS.

If this property is set to false, a status code of 499 is returned to allow SPA to handle the redirect manually if a request header identifying current request as a JavaScript request is found. X-Requested-With request header with its value set to either JavaScript or XMLHttpRequest is expected by default if this property is enabled. You can register a custom JavaScriptRequestChecker to do a custom JavaScript request check instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_JAVA_SCRIPT_AUTO_REDIRECT

Show more

boolean

true

Requires that ID token is available when the authorization code flow completes. Disable this property only when you need to use the authorization code flow with OAuth2 providers which do not return ID token - an internal IdToken is generated in such cases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_ID_TOKEN_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

Internal ID token lifespan. This property is only checked when an internal IdToken is generated when Oauth2 providers do not return IdToken.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_INTERNAL_ID_TOKEN_LIFESPAN

Show more

Duration 

5M

Requires that a Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_PKCE_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

Secret used to encrypt Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) code verifier and/or nonce in the code flow state. This secret should be at least 32 characters long.

If this secret is not set, the client secret configured with either quarkus.oidc.credentials.secret or quarkus.oidc.credentials.client-secret.value is checked. Finally, quarkus.oidc.credentials.jwt.secret which can be used for client_jwt_secret authentication is checked. A client secret is not be used as a state encryption secret if it is less than 32 characters long.

The secret is auto-generated if it remains uninitialized after checking all of these properties.

Error is reported if the secret length is less than 16 characters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_AUTHENTICATION_STATE_SECRET

Show more

string

Additional parameters, in addition to the required code and redirect-uri parameters, which must be included to complete the authorization code grant request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CODE_GRANT_EXTRA_PARAMS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom HTTP headers which must be sent to complete the authorization code grant request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CODE_GRANT_HEADERS__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Default TokenStateManager strategy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_STRATEGY

Show more

keep-all-tokensKeep ID, access and refresh tokens., id-tokenKeep ID token only, id-refresh-tokensKeep ID and refresh tokens only

keep-all-tokensKeep ID, access and refresh tokens.

Default TokenStateManager keeps all tokens (ID, access and refresh) returned in the authorization code grant response in a single session cookie by default. Enable this property to minimize a session cookie size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_SPLIT_TOKENS

Show more

boolean

false

Mandates that the Default TokenStateManager encrypt the session cookie that stores the tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

The secret used by the Default TokenStateManager to encrypt the session cookie storing the tokens when encryption-required property is enabled.

If this secret is not set, the client secret configured with either quarkus.oidc.credentials.secret or quarkus.oidc.credentials.client-secret.value is checked. Finally, quarkus.oidc.credentials.jwt.secret which can be used for client_jwt_secret authentication is checked. The secret is auto-generated every time an application starts if it remains uninitialized after checking all of these properties. Generated secret can not decrypt the session cookie encrypted before the restart, therefore a user re-authentication will be required.

The length of the secret used to encrypt the tokens should be at least 32 characters long. A warning is logged if the secret length is less than 16 characters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_SECRET

Show more

string

Session cookie key encryption algorithm

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM

Show more

a256-gcmkwContent encryption key will be generated and encrypted using the A256GCMKW algorithm and the configured encryption secret. The generated content encryption key will be used to encrypt the session cookie content., dirThe configured key encryption secret will be used as the content encryption key to encrypt the session cookie content. Using the direct encryption avoids a content encryption key generation step and will make the encrypted session cookie sequence slightly shorter. Avoid using the direct encryption if the encryption secret is less than 32 characters long.

a256-gcmkwContent encryption key will be generated and encrypted using the A256GCMKW algorithm and the configured encryption secret. The generated content encryption key will be used to encrypt the session cookie content.

Allow caching the token introspection data. Note enabling this property does not enable the cache itself but only permits to cache the token introspection for a given tenant. If the default token cache can be used, see OidcConfig.TokenCache to enable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ALLOW_TOKEN_INTROSPECTION_CACHE

Show more

boolean

true

Allow caching the user info data. Note enabling this property does not enable the cache itself but only permits to cache the user info data for a given tenant. If the default token cache can be used, see OidcConfig.TokenCache to enable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_ALLOW_USER_INFO_CACHE

Show more

boolean

true

Allow inlining UserInfo in IdToken instead of caching it in the token cache. This property is only checked when an internal IdToken is generated when OAuth2 providers do not return IdToken. Inlining UserInfo in the generated IdToken allows to store it in the session cookie and avoids introducing a cached state.

Inlining UserInfo in the generated IdToken is enabled if the session cookie is encrypted and the UserInfo cache is not enabled or caching UserInfo is disabled for the current tenant with the allow-user-info-cache property set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CACHE_USER_INFO_IN_IDTOKEN

Show more

boolean

If JWK verification keys should be fetched at the moment a connection to the OIDC provider is initialized.

Disabling this property delays the key acquisition until the moment the current token has to be verified. Typically it can only be necessary if the token or other telated request properties provide an additional context which is required to resolve the keys correctly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_RESOLVE_EARLY

Show more

boolean

true

Maximum number of JWK keys that can be cached. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Number of minutes a JWK key can be cached for. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_CACHE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

Duration 

10M

Cache timer interval. If this property is set, a timer checks and removes the stale entries periodically. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_CLEAN_UP_TIMER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

In case there is no key identifier ('kid') or certificate thumbprints ('x5t', 'x5t#S256') specified in the JOSE header and no key could be determined, check all available keys matching the token algorithm ('alg') header value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_JWKS_TRY_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

Well known OpenId Connect provider identifier

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_PROVIDER

Show more

apple, discord, facebook, github, google, linkedin, mastodon, microsoft, spotify, strava, twitch, twitter, x

Maximum number of cache entries. Set it to a positive value if the cache has to be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_CACHE_MAX_SIZE

Show more

int

0

Maximum amount of time a given cache entry is valid for.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_CACHE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

Duration 

3M

Clean up timer interval. If this property is set then a timer will check and remove the stale entries periodically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_TOKEN_CACHE_CLEAN_UP_TIMER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

If OIDC tenants should be resolved using the bearer access token’s issuer (iss) claim value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_RESOLVE_TENANTS_WITH_ISSUER

Show more

boolean

false

Additional named tenants

デフォルト

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

The OIDC token endpoint that issues access and refresh tokens; specified as a relative path or absolute URL. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC token revocation endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__REVOKE_PATH

Show more

string

The client id of the application. Each application has a client id that is used to identify the application. Setting the client id is not required if application-type is service and no token introspection is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

The client name of the application. It is meant to represent a human readable description of the application which you may provide when an application (client) is registered in an OpenId Connect provider’s dashboard. For example, you can set this property to have more informative log messages which record an activity of the given client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The client secret used by the client_secret_basic authentication method. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required. You can use client-secret.value instead, but both properties are mutually exclusive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

The client secret value. This value is ignored if credentials.secret is set. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_VALUE

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

The authentication method. If the clientSecret.value secret is set, this method is basic by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_METHOD

Show more

basicclient_secret_basic (default)\: The client id and secret are submitted with the HTTP Authorization Basic scheme., postclient_secret_post\: The client id and secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., post-jwtclient_secret_jwt\: The client id and generated JWT secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., queryclient id and secret are submitted as HTTP query parameters. This option is only supported by the OIDC extension.

JWT token source: OIDC provider client or an existing JWT bearer token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SOURCE

Show more

client, bearer

client

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a secret key. It is mutually exclusive with key, key-file and key-store properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

String representation of a private key. If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key-file and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_FILE

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key from a keystore. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-file properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The private key id or alias.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The private key password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The JWT audience (aud) claim value. By default, the audience is set to the address of the OpenId Connect Provider’s token endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_AUDIENCE

Show more

string

The key identifier of the signing key added as a JWT kid header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_TOKEN_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The issuer of the signing key added as a JWT iss claim. The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_ISSUER

Show more

string

Subject of the signing key added as a JWT sub claim The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SUBJECT

Show more

string

Additional claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The signature algorithm used for the key-file property. Supported values: RS256 (default), RS384, RS512, PS256, PS384, PS512, ES256, ES384, ES512, HS256, HS384, HS512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The JWT lifespan in seconds. This value is added to the time at which the JWT was issued to calculate the expiration time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_LIFESPAN

Show more

int

10

If true then the client authentication token is a JWT bearer grant assertion. Instead of producing 'client_assertion' and 'client_assertion_type' form properties, only 'assertion' is produced. This option is only supported by the OIDC client extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CREDENTIALS_JWT_ASSERTION

Show more

boolean

false

A unique tenant identifier. It can be set by TenantConfigResolver providers, which resolve the tenant configuration dynamically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TENANT_ID

Show more

string

If this tenant configuration is enabled. The default tenant is disabled if it is not configured but a TenantConfigResolver that resolves tenant configurations is registered, or named tenants are configured. In this case, you do not need to disable the default tenant.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TENANT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The application type, which can be one of the following ApplicationType values.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__APPLICATION_TYPE

Show more

web-appA WEB_APP is a client that serves pages, usually a front-end application. For this type of client the Authorization Code Flow is defined as the preferred method for authenticating users., serviceA SERVICE is a client that has a set of protected HTTP resources, usually a backend application following the RESTful Architectural Design. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is defined as the preferred method for authenticating and authorizing users., hybridA combined SERVICE and WEB_APP client. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is used if the Authorization header is set and Authorization Code Flow - if not.

serviceA {@code SERVICE} is a client that has a set of protected HTTP resources, usually a backend application following the RESTful Architectural Design. For this type of client, the Bearer Authorization method is defined as the preferred method for authenticating and authorizing users.

The relative path or absolute URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) authorization endpoint, which authenticates users. You must set this property for web-app applications if OIDC discovery is disabled. This property is ignored if OIDC discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHORIZATION_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC UserInfo endpoint. You must set this property for web-app applications if OIDC discovery is disabled and the authentication.user-info-required property is enabled. This property is ignored if OIDC discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__USER_INFO_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC RFC7662 introspection endpoint which can introspect both opaque and JSON Web Token (JWT) tokens. This property must be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and 1) the opaque bearer access tokens must be verified or 2) JWT tokens must be verified while the cached JWK verification set with no matching JWK is being refreshed. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__INTROSPECTION_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint which returns a JSON Web Key Verification Set. This property should be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and the local JWT verification is required. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC end_session_endpoint. This property must be set if OIDC discovery is disabled and RP Initiated Logout support for the web-app applications is required. This property is ignored if the discovery is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__END_SESSION_PATH

Show more

string

The paths which must be secured by this tenant. Tenant with the most specific path wins. Please see the Configure tenant paths section of the OIDC multitenancy guide for explanation of allowed path patterns.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TENANT_PATHS

Show more

list of string

The public key for the local JWT token verification. OIDC server connection is not created when this property is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PUBLIC_KEY

Show more

string

Name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_NAME

Show more

string

Secret

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

Include OpenId Connect Client ID configured with quarkus.oidc.client-id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__INTROSPECTION_CREDENTIALS_INCLUDE_CLIENT_ID

Show more

boolean

true

A list of paths to claims containing an array of groups. Each path starts from the top level JWT JSON object and can contain multiple segments. Each segment represents a JSON object name only; for example: "realm/groups". Use double quotes with the namespace-qualified claim names. This property can be used if a token has no groups claim but has the groups set in one or more different claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__ROLES_ROLE_CLAIM_PATH

Show more

list of string

The separator for splitting strings that contain multiple group values. It is only used if the "role-claim-path" property points to one or more custom claims whose values are strings. A single space is used by default because the standard scope claim can contain a space-separated sequence.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__ROLES_ROLE_CLAIM_SEPARATOR

Show more

string

Source of the principal roles.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__ROLES_SOURCE

Show more

idtokenID Token - the default value for the web-app applications., accesstokenAccess Token - the default value for the service applications; can also be used as the source of roles for the web-app applications., userinfoUser Info

The expected issuer iss claim value. This property overrides the issuer property, which might be set in OpenId Connect provider’s well-known configuration. If the iss claim value varies depending on the host, IP address, or tenant id of the provider, you can skip the issuer verification by setting this property to any, but it should be done only when other options (such as configuring the provider to use the fixed iss claim value) are not possible.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_ISSUER

Show more

string

The expected audience aud claim value, which can be a string or an array of strings. Note the audience claim is verified for ID tokens by default. ID token audience must be equal to the value of quarkus.oidc.client-id property. Use this property to override the expected value if your OpenID Connect provider sets a different audience claim value in ID tokens. Set it to any if your provider does not set ID token audience` claim. Audience verification for access tokens is only done if this property is configured.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_AUDIENCE

Show more

list of string

Require that the token includes a sub (subject) claim which is a unique and never reassigned identifier for the current user. Note that if you enable this property and if UserInfo is also required, both the token and UserInfo sub claims must be present and match each other.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_SUBJECT_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

A map of required claims and their expected values. For example, quarkus.oidc.token.required-claims.org_id = org_xyz would require tokens to have the org_id claim to be present and set to org_xyz. Strings are the only supported types. Use SecurityIdentityAugmentor to verify claims of other types or complex claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_REQUIRED_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Expected token type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_TOKEN_TYPE

Show more

string

Life span grace period in seconds. When checking token expiry, current time is allowed to be later than token expiration time by at most the configured number of seconds. When checking token issuance, current time is allowed to be sooner than token issue time by at most the configured number of seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_LIFESPAN_GRACE

Show more

int

Token age. It allows for the number of seconds to be specified that must not elapse since the iat (issued at) time. A small leeway to account for clock skew which can be configured with quarkus.oidc.token.lifespan-grace to verify the token expiry time can also be used to verify the token age property. Note that setting this property does not relax the requirement that Bearer and Code Flow JWT tokens must have a valid (exp) expiry claim value. The only exception where setting this property relaxes the requirement is when a logout token is sent with a back-channel logout request since the current OpenId Connect Back-Channel specification does not explicitly require the logout tokens to contain an exp claim. However, even if the current logout token is allowed to have no exp claim, the exp claim is still verified if the logout token contains it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_AGE

Show more

Duration 

Require that the token includes a iat (issued at) claim Set this property to false if your JWT token does not contain an iat (issued at) claim. Note that ID token is always required to have an iat claim and therefore this property has no impact on the ID token verification process.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_ISSUED_AT_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

Name of the claim which contains a principal name. By default, the upn, preferred_username and sub claims are checked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_PRINCIPAL_CLAIM

Show more

string

Refresh expired authorization code flow ID or access tokens. If this property is enabled, a refresh token request is performed if the authorization code ID or access token has expired and, if successful, the local session is updated with the new set of tokens. Otherwise, the local session is invalidated and the user redirected to the OpenID Provider to re-authenticate. In this case, the user might not be challenged again if the OIDC provider session is still active. For this option be effective the authentication.session-age-extension property should also be set to a nonzero value since the refresh token is currently kept in the user session. This option is valid only when the application is of type ApplicationType#WEB_APP}. This property is enabled if quarkus.oidc.token.refresh-token-time-skew is configured, you do not need to enable this property manually in this case.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_REFRESH_EXPIRED

Show more

boolean

false

The refresh token time skew, in seconds. If this property is enabled, the configured number of seconds is added to the current time when checking if the authorization code ID or access token should be refreshed. If the sum is greater than the authorization code ID or access token’s expiration time, a refresh is going to happen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_REFRESH_TOKEN_TIME_SKEW

Show more

Duration 

The forced JWK set refresh interval in minutes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_FORCED_JWK_REFRESH_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

10M

Custom HTTP header that contains a bearer token. This option is valid only when the application is of type ApplicationType#SERVICE}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_HEADER

Show more

string

HTTP Authorization header scheme.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_AUTHORIZATION_SCHEME

Show more

string

Bearer

Required signature algorithm. OIDC providers support many signature algorithms but if necessary you can restrict Quarkus application to accept tokens signed only using an algorithm configured with this property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

rs256, rs384, rs512, ps256, ps384, ps512, es256, es384, es512, eddsa

Decryption key location. JWT tokens can be inner-signed and encrypted by OpenId Connect providers. However, it is not always possible to remotely introspect such tokens because the providers might not control the private decryption keys. In such cases set this property to point to the file containing the decryption private key in PEM or JSON Web Key (JWK) format. If this property is not set and the private_key_jwt client authentication method is used, the private key used to sign the client authentication JWT tokens are also used to decrypt the encrypted ID tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_DECRYPTION_KEY_LOCATION

Show more

string

Allow the remote introspection of JWT tokens when no matching JWK key is available. This property is set to true by default for backward-compatibility reasons. It is planned that this default value will be changed to false in an upcoming release. Also note this property is ignored if JWK endpoint URI is not available and introspecting the tokens is the only verification option.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_ALLOW_JWT_INTROSPECTION

Show more

boolean

true

Require that JWT tokens are only introspected remotely.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_REQUIRE_JWT_INTROSPECTION_ONLY

Show more

boolean

false

Allow the remote introspection of the opaque tokens. Set this property to false if only JWT tokens are expected.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_ALLOW_OPAQUE_TOKEN_INTROSPECTION

Show more

boolean

true

Token customizer name. Allows to select a tenant specific token customizer as a named bean. Prefer using TenantFeature qualifier when registering custom TokenCustomizer. Use this property only to refer to TokenCustomizer implementations provided by this extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_CUSTOMIZER_NAME

Show more

string

Indirectly verify that the opaque (binary) access token is valid by using it to request UserInfo. Opaque access token is considered valid if the provider accepted this token and returned a valid UserInfo. You should only enable this option if the opaque access tokens must be accepted but OpenId Connect provider does not have a token introspection endpoint. This property has no effect when JWT tokens must be verified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_VERIFY_ACCESS_TOKEN_WITH_USER_INFO

Show more

boolean

false

The relative path of the logout endpoint at the application. If provided, the application is able to initiate the logout through this endpoint in conformance with the OpenID Connect RP-Initiated Logout specification.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path of the application endpoint where the user should be redirected to after logging out from the OpenID Connect Provider. This endpoint URI must be properly registered at the OpenID Connect Provider as a valid redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_POST_LOGOUT_PATH

Show more

string

Name of the post logout URI parameter which is added as a query parameter to the logout redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_POST_LOGOUT_URI_PARAM

Show more

string

post_logout_redirect_uri

Additional properties which is added as the query parameters to the logout redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_EXTRA_PARAMS__QUERY_PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The relative path of the Back-Channel Logout endpoint at the application. It must start with the forward slash '/', for example, '/back-channel-logout'. This value is always resolved relative to 'quarkus.http.root-path'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_PATH

Show more

string

Maximum number of logout tokens that can be cached before they are matched against ID tokens stored in session cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_TOKEN_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Number of minutes a logout token can be cached for.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_TOKEN_CACHE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

Duration 

10M

Token cache timer interval. If this property is set, a timer checks and removes the stale entries periodically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_CLEAN_UP_TIMER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Logout token claim whose value is used as a key for caching the tokens. Only sub (subject) and sid (session id) claims can be used as keys. Set it to sid only if ID tokens issued by the OIDC provider have no sub but have sid claim.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_BACKCHANNEL_LOGOUT_TOKEN_KEY

Show more

string

sub

The relative path of the Front-Channel Logout endpoint at the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__LOGOUT_FRONTCHANNEL_PATH

Show more

string

Common name of the leaf certificate. It must be set if the trust-store-file does not have this certificate imported.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_LEAF_CERTIFICATE_NAME

Show more

string

Truststore file which keeps thumbprints of the trusted certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_FILE

Show more

path

A parameter to specify the password of the truststore file if it is configured with trust-store-file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the alias of the truststore certificate.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_CERT_ALIAS

Show more

string

An optional parameter to specify type of the truststore file. If not given, the type is automatically detected based on the file name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_TRUST_STORE_FILE_TYPE

Show more

string

Authorization code flow response mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_RESPONSE_MODE

Show more

queryAuthorization response parameters are encoded in the query string added to the redirect_uri, form-postAuthorization response parameters are encoded as HTML form values that are auto-submitted in the browser and transmitted by the HTTP POST method using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded content type

queryAuthorization response parameters are encoded in the query string added to the redirect_uri

The relative path for calculating a redirect_uri query parameter. It has to start from a forward slash and is appended to the request URI’s host and port. For example, if the current request URI is https://localhost:8080/service, a redirect_uri parameter is set to https://localhost:8080/ if this property is set to / and be the same as the request URI if this property has not been configured. Note the original request URI is restored after the user has authenticated if restorePathAfterRedirect is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_REDIRECT_PATH

Show more

string

If this property is set to true, the original request URI which was used before the authentication is restored after the user has been redirected back to the application. Note if redirectPath property is not set, the original request URI is restored even if this property is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_RESTORE_PATH_AFTER_REDIRECT

Show more

boolean

false

Remove the query parameters such as code and state set by the OIDC server on the redirect URI after the user has authenticated by redirecting a user to the same URI but without the query parameters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_REMOVE_REDIRECT_PARAMETERS

Show more

boolean

true

Relative path to the public endpoint which processes the error response from the OIDC authorization endpoint. If the user authentication has failed, the OIDC provider returns an error and an optional error_description parameters, instead of the expected authorization code. If this property is set, the user is redirected to the endpoint which can return a user-friendly error description page. It has to start from a forward slash and is appended to the request URI’s host and port. For example, if it is set as /error and the current request URI is https://localhost:8080/callback?error=invalid_scope, a redirect is made to https://localhost:8080/error?error=invalid_scope. If this property is not set, HTTP 401 status is returned in case of the user authentication failure.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_ERROR_PATH

Show more

string

Relative path to the public endpoint which an authenticated user is redirected to when the session has expired.

When the OIDC session has expired and the session can not be refreshed, a user is redirected to the OIDC provider to re-authenticate. The user experience may not be ideal in this case as it may not be obvious to the authenticated user why an authentication challenge is returned.

Set this property if you would like the user whose session has expired be redirected to a public application specific page instead, which can inform that the session has expired and advise the user to re-authenticated by following a link to the secured initial entry page.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_SESSION_EXPIRED_PATH

Show more

string

Both ID and access tokens are fetched from the OIDC provider as part of the authorization code flow.

ID token is always verified on every user request as the primary token which is used to represent the principal and extract the roles.

Authorization code flow access token is meant to be propagated to downstream services and is not verified by default unless quarkus.oidc.roles.source property is set to accesstoken which means the authorization decision is based on the roles extracted from the access token.

Authorization code flow access token verification is also enabled if this token is injected as JsonWebToken. Set this property to false if it is not required.

Bearer access token is always verified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_VERIFY_ACCESS_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

true when access token is injected as the JsonWebToken bean, false otherwise

Force https as the redirect_uri parameter scheme when running behind an SSL/TLS terminating reverse proxy. This property, if enabled, also affects the logout post_logout_redirect_uri and the local redirect requests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_FORCE_REDIRECT_HTTPS_SCHEME

Show more

boolean

false

List of scopes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_SCOPES

Show more

list of string

The separator which is used when more than one scope is configured. A single space is used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_SCOPE_SEPARATOR

Show more

string

Require that ID token includes a nonce claim which must match nonce authentication request query parameter. Enabling this property can help mitigate replay attacks. Do not enable this property if your OpenId Connect provider does not support setting nonce in ID token or if you work with OAuth2 provider such as GitHub which does not issue ID tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_NONCE_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

Add the openid scope automatically to the list of scopes. This is required for OpenId Connect providers, but does not work for OAuth2 providers such as Twitter OAuth2, which do not accept this scope and throw errors.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_ADD_OPENID_SCOPE

Show more

boolean

true

Additional properties added as query parameters to the authentication redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_EXTRA_PARAMS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Request URL query parameters which, if present, are added to the authentication redirect URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_FORWARD_PARAMS

Show more

list of string

If enabled the state, session, and post logout cookies have their secure parameter set to true when HTTP is used. It might be necessary when running behind an SSL/TLS terminating reverse proxy. The cookies are always secure if HTTPS is used, even if this property is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_FORCE_SECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Cookie name suffix. For example, a session cookie name for the default OIDC tenant is q_session but can be changed to q_session_test if this property is set to test.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_SUFFIX

Show more

string

Cookie path parameter value which, if set, is used to set a path parameter for the session, state and post logout cookies. The cookie-path-header property, if set, is checked first.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_PATH

Show more

string

/

Cookie path header parameter value which, if set, identifies the incoming HTTP header whose value is used to set a path parameter for the session, state and post logout cookies. If the header is missing, the cookie-path property is checked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_PATH_HEADER

Show more

string

Cookie domain parameter value which, if set, is used for the session, state and post logout cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_DOMAIN

Show more

string

SameSite attribute for the session cookie.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_COOKIE_SAME_SITE

Show more

strict, lax, none

lax

If a state cookie is present, a state query parameter must also be present and both the state cookie name suffix and state cookie value must match the value of the state query parameter when the redirect path matches the current path. However, if multiple authentications are attempted from the same browser, for example, from the different browser tabs, then the currently available state cookie might represent the authentication flow initiated from another tab and not related to the current request. Disable this property to permit only a single authorization code flow in the same browser.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CODE_FLOWS

Show more

boolean

true

Fail with the HTTP 401 error if the state cookie is present but no state query parameter is present.

When either multiple authentications are disabled or the redirect URL matches the original request URL, the stale state cookie might remain in the browser cache from the earlier failed redirect to an OpenId Connect provider and be visible during the current request. For example, if Single-page application (SPA) uses XHR to handle redirects to the provider which does not support CORS for its authorization endpoint, the browser blocks it and the state cookie created by Quarkus remains in the browser cache. Quarkus reports an authentication failure when it detects such an old state cookie but find no matching state query parameter.

Reporting HTTP 401 error is usually the right thing to do in such cases, it minimizes a risk of the browser redirect loop but also can identify problems in the way SPA or Quarkus application manage redirects. For example, enabling java-script-auto-redirect or having the provider redirect to URL configured with redirect-path might be needed to avoid such errors.

However, setting this property to false might help if the above options are not suitable. It causes a new authentication redirect to OpenId Connect provider. Doing so might increase the risk of browser redirect loops.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_FAIL_ON_MISSING_STATE_PARAM

Show more

boolean

false

If this property is set to true, an OIDC UserInfo endpoint is called.

This property is enabled automatically if quarkus.oidc.roles.source is set to userinfo or quarkus.oidc.token.verify-access-token-with-user-info is set to true or quarkus.oidc.authentication.id-token-required is set to false, the current OIDC tenant must support a UserInfo endpoint in these cases.

It is also enabled automatically if io.quarkus.oidc.UserInfo injection point is detected but only if the current OIDC tenant supports a UserInfo endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_USER_INFO_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true when UserInfo bean is injected, false otherwise

Session age extension in minutes. The user session age property is set to the value of the ID token life-span by default and the user is redirected to the OIDC provider to re-authenticate once the session has expired. If this property is set to a nonzero value, then the expired ID token can be refreshed before the session has expired. This property is ignored if the token.refresh-expired property has not been enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_SESSION_AGE_EXTENSION

Show more

Duration 

5M

State cookie age in minutes. State cookie is created every time a new authorization code flow redirect starts and removed when this flow is completed. State cookie name is unique by default, see allow-multiple-code-flows. Keep its age to the reasonable minimum value such as 5 minutes or less.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_STATE_COOKIE_AGE

Show more

Duration 

5M

If this property is set to true, a normal 302 redirect response is returned if the request was initiated by a JavaScript API such as XMLHttpRequest or Fetch and the current user needs to be (re)authenticated, which might not be desirable for Single-page applications (SPA) since it automatically following the redirect might not work given that OIDC authorization endpoints typically do not support CORS.

If this property is set to false, a status code of 499 is returned to allow SPA to handle the redirect manually if a request header identifying current request as a JavaScript request is found. X-Requested-With request header with its value set to either JavaScript or XMLHttpRequest is expected by default if this property is enabled. You can register a custom JavaScriptRequestChecker to do a custom JavaScript request check instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_JAVA_SCRIPT_AUTO_REDIRECT

Show more

boolean

true

Requires that ID token is available when the authorization code flow completes. Disable this property only when you need to use the authorization code flow with OAuth2 providers which do not return ID token - an internal IdToken is generated in such cases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_ID_TOKEN_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

Internal ID token lifespan. This property is only checked when an internal IdToken is generated when Oauth2 providers do not return IdToken.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_INTERNAL_ID_TOKEN_LIFESPAN

Show more

Duration 

5M

Requires that a Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_PKCE_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

false

Secret used to encrypt Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) code verifier and/or nonce in the code flow state. This secret should be at least 32 characters long.

If this secret is not set, the client secret configured with either quarkus.oidc.credentials.secret or quarkus.oidc.credentials.client-secret.value is checked. Finally, quarkus.oidc.credentials.jwt.secret which can be used for client_jwt_secret authentication is checked. A client secret is not be used as a state encryption secret if it is less than 32 characters long.

The secret is auto-generated if it remains uninitialized after checking all of these properties.

Error is reported if the secret length is less than 16 characters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__AUTHENTICATION_STATE_SECRET

Show more

string

Additional parameters, in addition to the required code and redirect-uri parameters, which must be included to complete the authorization code grant request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CODE_GRANT_EXTRA_PARAMS__PARAMETER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Custom HTTP headers which must be sent to complete the authorization code grant request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CODE_GRANT_HEADERS__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Default TokenStateManager strategy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_STRATEGY

Show more

keep-all-tokensKeep ID, access and refresh tokens., id-tokenKeep ID token only, id-refresh-tokensKeep ID and refresh tokens only

keep-all-tokensKeep ID, access and refresh tokens.

Default TokenStateManager keeps all tokens (ID, access and refresh) returned in the authorization code grant response in a single session cookie by default. Enable this property to minimize a session cookie size

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_SPLIT_TOKENS

Show more

boolean

false

Mandates that the Default TokenStateManager encrypt the session cookie that stores the tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_REQUIRED

Show more

boolean

true

The secret used by the Default TokenStateManager to encrypt the session cookie storing the tokens when encryption-required property is enabled.

If this secret is not set, the client secret configured with either quarkus.oidc.credentials.secret or quarkus.oidc.credentials.client-secret.value is checked. Finally, quarkus.oidc.credentials.jwt.secret which can be used for client_jwt_secret authentication is checked. The secret is auto-generated every time an application starts if it remains uninitialized after checking all of these properties. Generated secret can not decrypt the session cookie encrypted before the restart, therefore a user re-authentication will be required.

The length of the secret used to encrypt the tokens should be at least 32 characters long. A warning is logged if the secret length is less than 16 characters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_SECRET

Show more

string

Session cookie key encryption algorithm

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM

Show more

a256-gcmkwContent encryption key will be generated and encrypted using the A256GCMKW algorithm and the configured encryption secret. The generated content encryption key will be used to encrypt the session cookie content., dirThe configured key encryption secret will be used as the content encryption key to encrypt the session cookie content. Using the direct encryption avoids a content encryption key generation step and will make the encrypted session cookie sequence slightly shorter. Avoid using the direct encryption if the encryption secret is less than 32 characters long.

a256-gcmkwContent encryption key will be generated and encrypted using the A256GCMKW algorithm and the configured encryption secret. The generated content encryption key will be used to encrypt the session cookie content.

Allow caching the token introspection data. Note enabling this property does not enable the cache itself but only permits to cache the token introspection for a given tenant. If the default token cache can be used, see OidcConfig.TokenCache to enable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__ALLOW_TOKEN_INTROSPECTION_CACHE

Show more

boolean

true

Allow caching the user info data. Note enabling this property does not enable the cache itself but only permits to cache the user info data for a given tenant. If the default token cache can be used, see OidcConfig.TokenCache to enable it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__ALLOW_USER_INFO_CACHE

Show more

boolean

true

Allow inlining UserInfo in IdToken instead of caching it in the token cache. This property is only checked when an internal IdToken is generated when OAuth2 providers do not return IdToken. Inlining UserInfo in the generated IdToken allows to store it in the session cookie and avoids introducing a cached state.

Inlining UserInfo in the generated IdToken is enabled if the session cookie is encrypted and the UserInfo cache is not enabled or caching UserInfo is disabled for the current tenant with the allow-user-info-cache property set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__CACHE_USER_INFO_IN_IDTOKEN

Show more

boolean

If JWK verification keys should be fetched at the moment a connection to the OIDC provider is initialized.

Disabling this property delays the key acquisition until the moment the current token has to be verified. Typically it can only be necessary if the token or other telated request properties provide an additional context which is required to resolve the keys correctly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_RESOLVE_EARLY

Show more

boolean

true

Maximum number of JWK keys that can be cached. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_CACHE_SIZE

Show more

int

10

Number of minutes a JWK key can be cached for. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_CACHE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

Duration 

10M

Cache timer interval. If this property is set, a timer checks and removes the stale entries periodically. This property is ignored if the resolve-early property is set to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_CLEAN_UP_TIMER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

In case there is no key identifier ('kid') or certificate thumbprints ('x5t', 'x5t#S256') specified in the JOSE header and no key could be determined, check all available keys matching the token algorithm ('alg') header value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__JWKS_TRY_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

Well known OpenId Connect provider identifier

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC__TENANT__PROVIDER

Show more

apple, discord, facebook, github, google, linkedin, mastodon, microsoft, spotify, strava, twitch, twitter, x

OpenID Connect Client

デフォルト

If the OIDC client extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

The OIDC token endpoint that issues access and refresh tokens; specified as a relative path or absolute URL. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_TOKEN_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC token revocation endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REVOKE_PATH

Show more

string

The client id of the application. Each application has a client id that is used to identify the application. Setting the client id is not required if application-type is service and no token introspection is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

The client name of the application. It is meant to represent a human readable description of the application which you may provide when an application (client) is registered in an OpenId Connect provider’s dashboard. For example, you can set this property to have more informative log messages which record an activity of the given client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The client secret used by the client_secret_basic authentication method. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required. You can use client-secret.value instead, but both properties are mutually exclusive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

The client secret value. This value is ignored if credentials.secret is set. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_VALUE

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

The authentication method. If the clientSecret.value secret is set, this method is basic by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_METHOD

Show more

basicclient_secret_basic (default)\: The client id and secret are submitted with the HTTP Authorization Basic scheme., postclient_secret_post\: The client id and secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., post-jwtclient_secret_jwt\: The client id and generated JWT secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., queryclient id and secret are submitted as HTTP query parameters. This option is only supported by the OIDC extension.

JWT token source: OIDC provider client or an existing JWT bearer token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SOURCE

Show more

client, bearer

client

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a secret key. It is mutually exclusive with key, key-file and key-store properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

String representation of a private key. If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key-file and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_FILE

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key from a keystore. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-file properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The private key id or alias.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The private key password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The JWT audience (aud) claim value. By default, the audience is set to the address of the OpenId Connect Provider’s token endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_AUDIENCE

Show more

string

The key identifier of the signing key added as a JWT kid header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_TOKEN_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The issuer of the signing key added as a JWT iss claim. The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_ISSUER

Show more

string

Subject of the signing key added as a JWT sub claim The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SUBJECT

Show more

string

Additional claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The signature algorithm used for the key-file property. Supported values: RS256 (default), RS384, RS512, PS256, PS384, PS512, ES256, ES384, ES512, HS256, HS384, HS512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The JWT lifespan in seconds. This value is added to the time at which the JWT was issued to calculate the expiration time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_LIFESPAN

Show more

int

10

If true then the client authentication token is a JWT bearer grant assertion. Instead of producing 'client_assertion' and 'client_assertion_type' form properties, only 'assertion' is produced. This option is only supported by the OIDC client extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS_JWT_ASSERTION

Show more

boolean

false

A unique OIDC client identifier. It must be set when OIDC clients are created dynamically and is optional in all other cases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

If this client configuration is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

List of access token scopes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_SCOPES

Show more

list of string

Refresh token time skew. If this property is enabled then the configured duration is converted to seconds and is added to the current time when checking whether the access token should be refreshed. If the sum is greater than this access token’s expiration time then a refresh is going to happen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REFRESH_TOKEN_TIME_SKEW

Show more

Duration 

Access token expiration period relative to the current time. This property is only checked when an access token grant response does not include an access token expiration property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_ACCESS_TOKEN_EXPIRES_IN

Show more

Duration 

If the access token 'expires_in' property should be checked as an absolute time value as opposed to a duration relative to the current time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_ABSOLUTE_EXPIRES_IN

Show more

boolean

false

Grant type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_TYPE

Show more

client'client_credentials' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication only, password'password' grant requiring both OIDC client and user ('username' and 'password') authentications, code'authorization_code' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least 'code' and 'redirect_uri' parameters which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., exchange'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:token-exchange' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least 'subject_token' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., jwt'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:jwt-bearer' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least an 'assertion' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., refresh'refresh_token' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication and a refresh token. Note, OidcClient supports this grant by default if an access token acquisition response contained a refresh token. However, in some cases, the refresh token is provided out of band, for example, it can be shared between several of the confidential client’s services, etc. If 'quarkus.oidc-client.grant-type' is set to 'refresh' then OidcClient will only support refreshing the tokens., ciba'urn\:openid\:params\:grant-type\:ciba' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as 'auth_req_id' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., device'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:device_code' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as 'device_code' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time.

client'client_credentials' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication only

Access token property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_ACCESS_TOKEN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

access_token

Refresh token property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_REFRESH_TOKEN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

refresh_token

Access token expiry property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_EXPIRES_IN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

expires_in

Refresh token expiry property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_REFRESH_EXPIRES_IN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

refresh_expires_in

Grant options

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRANT_OPTIONS__GRANT_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Requires that all filters which use 'OidcClient' acquire the tokens at the post-construct initialization time, possibly long before these tokens are used. This property should be disabled if the access token may expire before it is used for the first time and no refresh token is available.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_EARLY_TOKENS_ACQUISITION

Show more

boolean

true

Custom HTTP headers which have to be sent to the token endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_HEADERS__HEADERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Additional named clients

デフォルト

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

The OIDC token endpoint that issues access and refresh tokens; specified as a relative path or absolute URL. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__TOKEN_PATH

Show more

string

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC token revocation endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__REVOKE_PATH

Show more

string

The client id of the application. Each application has a client id that is used to identify the application. Setting the client id is not required if application-type is service and no token introspection is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

The client name of the application. It is meant to represent a human readable description of the application which you may provide when an application (client) is registered in an OpenId Connect provider’s dashboard. For example, you can set this property to have more informative log messages which record an activity of the given client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The client secret used by the client_secret_basic authentication method. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required. You can use client-secret.value instead, but both properties are mutually exclusive.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_SECRET

Show more

string

The client secret value. This value is ignored if credentials.secret is set. Must be set unless a secret is set in client-secret or jwt client authentication is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_VALUE

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

The authentication method. If the clientSecret.value secret is set, this method is basic by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_CLIENT_SECRET_METHOD

Show more

basicclient_secret_basic (default)\: The client id and secret are submitted with the HTTP Authorization Basic scheme., postclient_secret_post\: The client id and secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., post-jwtclient_secret_jwt\: The client id and generated JWT secret are submitted as the client_id and client_secret form parameters., queryclient id and secret are submitted as HTTP query parameters. This option is only supported by the OIDC extension.

JWT token source: OIDC provider client or an existing JWT bearer token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SOURCE

Show more

client, bearer

client

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a secret key. It is mutually exclusive with key, key-file and key-store properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider bean name, which should only be set if more than one CredentialsProvider is registered

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider keyring name. The keyring name is only required when the CredentialsProvider being used requires the keyring name to look up the secret, which is often the case when a CredentialsProvider is shared by multiple extensions to retrieve credentials from a more dynamic source like a vault instance or secret manager

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEYRING_NAME

Show more

string

The CredentialsProvider client secret key

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SECRET_PROVIDER_KEY

Show more

string

String representation of a private key. If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key-file and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key in PEM or JWK format. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-store properties. You can use the signature-algorithm property to override the default key algorithm, RS256.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_FILE

Show more

string

If provided, indicates that JWT is signed using a private key from a keystore. It is mutually exclusive with secret, key and key-file properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_FILE

Show more

string

A parameter to specify the password of the keystore file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The private key id or alias.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The private key password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The JWT audience (aud) claim value. By default, the audience is set to the address of the OpenId Connect Provider’s token endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_AUDIENCE

Show more

string

The key identifier of the signing key added as a JWT kid header.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_TOKEN_KEY_ID

Show more

string

The issuer of the signing key added as a JWT iss claim. The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_ISSUER

Show more

string

Subject of the signing key added as a JWT sub claim The default value is the client id.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SUBJECT

Show more

string

Additional claims.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_CLAIMS__CLAIM_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The signature algorithm used for the key-file property. Supported values: RS256 (default), RS384, RS512, PS256, PS384, PS512, ES256, ES384, ES512, HS256, HS384, HS512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

The JWT lifespan in seconds. This value is added to the time at which the JWT was issued to calculate the expiration time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_LIFESPAN

Show more

int

10

If true then the client authentication token is a JWT bearer grant assertion. Instead of producing 'client_assertion' and 'client_assertion_type' form properties, only 'assertion' is produced. This option is only supported by the OIDC client extension.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CREDENTIALS_JWT_ASSERTION

Show more

boolean

false

A unique OIDC client identifier. It must be set when OIDC clients are created dynamically and is optional in all other cases.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__ID

Show more

string

If this client configuration is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__CLIENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

List of access token scopes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__SCOPES

Show more

list of string

Refresh token time skew. If this property is enabled then the configured duration is converted to seconds and is added to the current time when checking whether the access token should be refreshed. If the sum is greater than this access token’s expiration time then a refresh is going to happen.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__REFRESH_TOKEN_TIME_SKEW

Show more

Duration 

Access token expiration period relative to the current time. This property is only checked when an access token grant response does not include an access token expiration property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__ACCESS_TOKEN_EXPIRES_IN

Show more

Duration 

If the access token 'expires_in' property should be checked as an absolute time value as opposed to a duration relative to the current time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__ABSOLUTE_EXPIRES_IN

Show more

boolean

false

Grant type

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_TYPE

Show more

client'client_credentials' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication only, password'password' grant requiring both OIDC client and user ('username' and 'password') authentications, code'authorization_code' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least 'code' and 'redirect_uri' parameters which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., exchange'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:token-exchange' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least 'subject_token' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., jwt'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:jwt-bearer' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as at least an 'assertion' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., refresh'refresh_token' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication and a refresh token. Note, OidcClient supports this grant by default if an access token acquisition response contained a refresh token. However, in some cases, the refresh token is provided out of band, for example, it can be shared between several of the confidential client’s services, etc. If 'quarkus.oidc-client.grant-type' is set to 'refresh' then OidcClient will only support refreshing the tokens., ciba'urn\:openid\:params\:grant-type\:ciba' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as 'auth_req_id' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time., device'urn\:ietf\:params\:oauth\:grant-type\:device_code' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication as well as 'device_code' parameter which must be passed to OidcClient at the token request time.

client'client_credentials' grant requiring an OIDC client authentication only

Access token property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_ACCESS_TOKEN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

access_token

Refresh token property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_REFRESH_TOKEN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

refresh_token

Access token expiry property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_EXPIRES_IN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

expires_in

Refresh token expiry property name in a token grant response

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_REFRESH_EXPIRES_IN_PROPERTY

Show more

string

refresh_expires_in

Grant options

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__GRANT_OPTIONS__GRANT_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,Map<String,String>>

Requires that all filters which use 'OidcClient' acquire the tokens at the post-construct initialization time, possibly long before these tokens are used. This property should be disabled if the access token may expire before it is used for the first time and no refresh token is available.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__EARLY_TOKENS_ACQUISITION

Show more

boolean

true

Custom HTTP headers which have to be sent to the token endpoint

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT__ID__HEADERS__HEADERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

OpenID Connect Client integration for GraphQL client

デフォルト

Name of the configured OidcClient used by GraphQL clients. You can override this configuration for typesafe clients with the io.quarkus.oidc.client.filter.OidcClientFilter annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_GRAPHQL_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

OpenID Connect Database Token State Manager

デフォルト

Whether token state should be stored in the database.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DB_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

How often should Quarkus check for expired tokens.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DB_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_DELETE_EXPIRED_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

8H

Whether Quarkus should attempt to create database table where the token state is going to be stored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_DB_TOKEN_STATE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATABASE_TABLE_IF_NOT_EXISTS

Show more

boolean

true

OpenID Connect Dynamic Client Registration

デフォルト

If the OIDC client registration extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

OIDC Client Registration id

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_ID

Show more

string

If this client registration configuration is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_REGISTRATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

If the client configured with metadata must be registered at startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_REGISTER_EARLY

Show more

boolean

true

Initial access token

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_INITIAL_TOKEN

Show more

string

Client name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_METADATA_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

Redirect URI

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_METADATA_REDIRECT_URI

Show more

string

Post Logout URI

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_METADATA_POST_LOGOUT_URI

Show more

string

Additional metadata properties

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION_METADATA_EXTRA_PROPS__EXTRA_PROPS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Additional named client registrations

デフォルト

The base URL of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) server, for example, https://host:port/auth. Do not set this property if you use 'quarkus-oidc' and the public key verification (public-key) or certificate chain verification only (certificate-chain) is required. The OIDC discovery endpoint is called by default by appending a .well-known/openid-configuration path to this URL. For Keycloak, use https://host:port/realms/{realm}, replacing {realm} with the Keycloak realm name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__AUTH_SERVER_URL

Show more

string

Discovery of the OIDC endpoints. If not enabled, you must configure the OIDC endpoint URLs individually.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__DISCOVERY_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The relative path or absolute URL of the OIDC dynamic client registration endpoint. Set if discovery-enabled is false or a discovered token endpoint path must be customized.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__REGISTRATION_PATH

Show more

string

The duration to attempt the initial connection to an OIDC server. For example, setting the duration to 20S allows 10 retries, each 2 seconds apart. This property is only effective when the initial OIDC connection is created. For dropped connections, use the connection-retry-count property instead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__CONNECTION_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

The number of times to retry re-establishing an existing OIDC connection if it is temporarily lost. Different from connection-delay, which applies only to initial connection attempts. For instance, if a request to the OIDC token endpoint fails due to a connection issue, it will be retried as per this setting.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__CONNECTION_RETRY_COUNT

Show more

int

3

The number of seconds after which the current OIDC connection request times out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Whether DNS lookup should be performed on the worker thread. Use this option when you can see logged warnings about blocked Vert.x event loop by HTTP requests to OIDC server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__USE_BLOCKING_DNS_LOOKUP

Show more

boolean

false

The maximum size of the connection pool used by the WebClient.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The host name or IP address of the Proxy.
Note: If the OIDC adapter requires a Proxy to talk with the OIDC server (Provider), set this value to enable the usage of a Proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

The port number of the Proxy. The default value is 80.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

80

The username, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password, if the Proxy needs authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__TLS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

OIDC Client Registration id

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__ID

Show more

string

If this client registration configuration is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__REGISTRATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

If the client configured with metadata must be registered at startup.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__REGISTER_EARLY

Show more

boolean

true

Initial access token

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__INITIAL_TOKEN

Show more

string

Client name

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__METADATA_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

Redirect URI

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__METADATA_REDIRECT_URI

Show more

string

Post Logout URI

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__METADATA_POST_LOGOUT_URI

Show more

string

Additional metadata properties

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OIDC_CLIENT_REGISTRATION__ID__METADATA_EXTRA_PROPS__EXTRA_PROPS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

OpenTelemetry

デフォルト

If false, disable the OpenTelemetry usage at build time. All other Otel properties will be ignored at runtime.

Will pick up value from legacy property quarkus.opentelemetry.enabled

Defaults to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

List of exporters supported by Quarkus.

List of exporters to be used for tracing, separated by commas. Has one of the values on ExporterType otlp, cdi, none or the full qualified name of a class implementing io.opentelemetry.sdk.trace.export.SpanExporter

Default on Quarkus is ExporterType.Constants#CDI_VALUE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_EXPORTER

Show more

list of string

cdi

The sampler to use for tracing.

Has one of the values on SamplerType always_on, always_off, traceidratio, parentbased_always_on, parentbased_always_off, parentbased_traceidratio or the Sampler SPI name. This will use the OTel SPI hooks for the io.opentelemetry.sdk.trace.samplers.Sampler implementation set in the provider: io.opentelemetry.sdk.autoconfigure.spi.traces.ConfigurableSamplerProvider.

Fallbacks to the legacy property quarkus.opentelemetry.tracer.sampler.sampler.name or defaults to SamplerType.Constants#PARENT_BASED_ALWAYS_ON.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_SAMPLER

Show more

string

parentbased_always_on

If OpenTelemetry End User attributes should be added as Span attributes on a best-efforts basis.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_EUSP_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enable metrics with OpenTelemetry.

This property is not available in the Open Telemetry SDK. It’s Quarkus specific.

Support for metrics will be enabled if OpenTelemetry support is enabled and either this value is true, or this value is unset.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The Metrics exporter to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_METRICS_EXPORTER

Show more

list of string

cdi

Enable logs with OpenTelemetry.

This property is not available in the Open Telemetry SDK. It’s Quarkus specific.

Support for logs will be enabled if OpenTelemetry support is enabled and either this value is true, or this value is unset.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_LOGS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The Logs exporter to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_LOGS_EXPORTER

Show more

list of string

cdi

The propagators to be used. Use a comma-separated list for multiple propagators.

Has values from PropagatorType or the full qualified name of a class implementing io.opentelemetry.context.propagation.TextMapPropagator.

Default is PropagatorType.Constants#TRACE_CONTEXT,PropagatorType.Constants#BAGGAGE (W3C).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_PROPAGATORS

Show more

list of string

tracecontext,baggage

Enables instrumentation for gRPC.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_GRPC

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for Messaging.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_MESSAGING

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for REST Client backed by RESTEasy Classic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_RESTEASY_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for Quarkus REST.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_REST

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for RESTEasy Classic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_RESTEASY

Show more

boolean

true

Whether exporting of the security events is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SECURITY_EVENTS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Selects security event types.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SECURITY_EVENTS_EVENT_TYPES

Show more

list of all, authentication-success, authentication-failure, authorization-success, authorization-failure, other

all

If true, disable the OpenTelemetry SDK. Runtime configuration.

Defaults to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SDK_DISABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Suppress non-application uris from trace collection. This will suppress tracing of /q endpoints.

Providing a custom io.opentelemetry.sdk.trace.samplers.Sampler CDI Bean will ignore this setting.

This is a Quarkus specific property. Suppressing non-application uris is enabled by default.

Fallbacks to the legacy property quarkus.opentelemetry.tracer.suppress-non-application-uris or defaults to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_SUPPRESS_NON_APPLICATION_URIS

Show more

boolean

true

Include static resources from trace collection.

This is a Quarkus specific property. Include static resources is disabled by default. Providing a custom io.opentelemetry.sdk.trace.samplers.Sampler CDI Bean will ignore this setting.

Fallbacks to the legacy property quarkus.opentelemetry.tracer.include-static-resources or defaults to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_INCLUDE_STATIC_RESOURCES

Show more

boolean

false

Sampler argument. Depends on the quarkus.otel.traces.sampler property. Fallbacks to the legacy property quarkus.opentelemetry.tracer.sampler.ratio.

When setting the stock sampler to traceidratio or parentbased_traceidratio you need to set a double compatible value between 0.0d and 1.0d, like 0.01d or 0.5d. It is kept as a String to allow the flexible customisation of alternative samplers.

Defaults to 1.0d.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_TRACES_SAMPLER_ARG

Show more

string

1.0d

The interval, between the start of two metric export attempts.

Default is 1min.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_METRIC_EXPORT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

60S

Determine whether to enable the OpenTelemetry logging handler.

This is a Quarkus specific property. The OpenTelemetry logging handler is enabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_LOGS_HANDLER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The maximum length of attribute values. Applies to spans and logs.

By default, there is no limit.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LENGTH_LIMIT

Show more

string

The maximum number of attributes. Applies to spans, span events, span links, and logs.

Default is 128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_ATTRIBUTE_COUNT_LIMIT

Show more

int

128

The maximum length of span attribute values. Takes precedence over otel.attribute.value.length.limit.

By default, there is no limit.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SPAN_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_LENGTH_LIMIT

Show more

int

The maximum number of attributes per span. Takes precedence over otel.attribute.count.limit.

Default is 128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SPAN_ATTRIBUTE_COUNT_LIMIT

Show more

int

128

The maximum number of events per span.

Default is 128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SPAN_EVENT_COUNT_LIMIT

Show more

int

128

The maximum number of links per span.

Default is 128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SPAN_LINK_COUNT_LIMIT

Show more

int

128

The interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive exports.

Default is 5000.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BSP_SCHEDULE_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

5S

The maximum queue size.

Default is 2048.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BSP_MAX_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

2048

The maximum batch size.

Default is 512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BSP_MAX_EXPORT_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

512

The maximum allowed time, in milliseconds, to export data.

Default is 30s.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BSP_EXPORT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

The interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive exports.

Default is 1000.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BLRP_SCHEDULE_DELAY

Show more

Duration 

1S

The maximum queue size.

Default is 2048.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BLRP_MAX_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

2048

The maximum batch size.

Default is 512.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BLRP_MAX_EXPORT_BATCH_SIZE

Show more

int

512

The maximum allowed time, in milliseconds, to export data.

Default is 30s.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_BLRP_EXPORT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

30S

Specify resource attributes in the following format: key1=val1,key2=val2,key3=val3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES

Show more

list of string

Specify logical service name. Takes precedence over service.name defined with otel.resource.attributes and from quarkus.application.name.

Defaults to quarkus.application.name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.name:unset}

Specify resource attribute keys that are filtered.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPERIMENTAL_RESOURCE_DISABLED_KEYS

Show more

list of string

The maximum amount of time Quarkus will wait for the OpenTelemetry SDK to flush unsent spans and shutdown.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPERIMENTAL_SHUTDOWN_WAIT_TIME

Show more

Duration 

2S

Enables instrumentation for Vert.x HTTP.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_VERTX_HTTP

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for Vert.x Event Bus.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_VERTX_EVENT_BUS

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for Vert.x SQL Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_VERTX_SQL_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Enables instrumentation for Vert.x Redis Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_INSTRUMENT_VERTX_REDIS_CLIENT

Show more

boolean

true

Prioritize OpenTelemetry configuration otel. on top of Quarkus OpenTelemetry configuration quarkus.otel.

By default, Quarkus configuration has priority over OpenTelemetry configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_MP_COMPATIBILITY

Show more

boolean

false

Sets the OTLP endpoint to send telemetry data. If unset, defaults to OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_GRPC_BASE_URI.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..endpoint where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

If protocol is http/protobuf the version and signal will be appended to the path (e.g. v1/traces or v1/metrics) and the default port will be OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_HTTP_BASE_URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_ENDPOINT

Show more

string

http://localhost:4317/

Key-value pairs to be used as headers associated with exporter requests. The format is similar to the OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS environment variable, a list of key-value pairs separated by the "=" character. i.e.: key1=value1,key2=value2

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..headers where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the method used to compress payloads. If unset, compression is disabled. Currently supported compression methods include gzip and none.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..compression where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_COMPRESSION

Show more

gzip, none

Sets the maximum time to wait for the collector to process an exported batch of telemetry data. If unset, defaults to `OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_SECS`s.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..timeout where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10s

OTLP defines the encoding of telemetry data and the protocol used to exchange data between the client and the server. Depending on the exporter, the available protocols will be different.

Currently, only grpc and http/protobuf are allowed.

Please mind that changing the protocol requires changing the port in the endpoint as well.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..protocol where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

grpc

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_KEY_CERT_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_KEY_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRUST_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..tls-configuration-name where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If proxy connection must be used.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.enabled where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROXY_OPTIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set proxy username.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.username where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.password where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.port where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

Set proxy host.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.host where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

Sets the OTLP endpoint to send telemetry data. If unset, defaults to OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_GRPC_BASE_URI.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..endpoint where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

If protocol is http/protobuf the version and signal will be appended to the path (e.g. v1/traces or v1/metrics) and the default port will be OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_HTTP_BASE_URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_ENDPOINT

Show more

string

http://localhost:4317/

Key-value pairs to be used as headers associated with exporter requests. The format is similar to the OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS environment variable, a list of key-value pairs separated by the "=" character. i.e.: key1=value1,key2=value2

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..headers where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the method used to compress payloads. If unset, compression is disabled. Currently supported compression methods include gzip and none.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..compression where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_COMPRESSION

Show more

gzip, none

Sets the maximum time to wait for the collector to process an exported batch of telemetry data. If unset, defaults to `OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_SECS`s.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..timeout where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10s

OTLP defines the encoding of telemetry data and the protocol used to exchange data between the client and the server. Depending on the exporter, the available protocols will be different.

Currently, only grpc and http/protobuf are allowed.

Please mind that changing the protocol requires changing the port in the endpoint as well.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..protocol where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

grpc

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_KEY_CERT_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_KEY_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_TRUST_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..tls-configuration-name where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If proxy connection must be used.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.enabled where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROXY_OPTIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set proxy username.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.username where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.password where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.port where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

Set proxy host.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.host where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_TRACES_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

Sets the OTLP endpoint to send telemetry data. If unset, defaults to OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_GRPC_BASE_URI.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..endpoint where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

If protocol is http/protobuf the version and signal will be appended to the path (e.g. v1/traces or v1/metrics) and the default port will be OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_HTTP_BASE_URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_ENDPOINT

Show more

string

http://localhost:4317/

Key-value pairs to be used as headers associated with exporter requests. The format is similar to the OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS environment variable, a list of key-value pairs separated by the "=" character. i.e.: key1=value1,key2=value2

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..headers where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the method used to compress payloads. If unset, compression is disabled. Currently supported compression methods include gzip and none.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..compression where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_COMPRESSION

Show more

gzip, none

Sets the maximum time to wait for the collector to process an exported batch of telemetry data. If unset, defaults to `OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_SECS`s.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..timeout where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10s

OTLP defines the encoding of telemetry data and the protocol used to exchange data between the client and the server. Depending on the exporter, the available protocols will be different.

Currently, only grpc and http/protobuf are allowed.

Please mind that changing the protocol requires changing the port in the endpoint as well.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..protocol where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

grpc

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_KEY_CERT_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_KEY_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TRUST_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..tls-configuration-name where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If proxy connection must be used.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.enabled where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROXY_OPTIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set proxy username.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.username where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.password where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.port where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

Set proxy host.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.host where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

The preferred output aggregation temporality. Options include DELTA, LOWMEMORY, and CUMULATIVE.

If CUMULATIVE, all instruments will have cumulative temporality. If DELTA, counter (sync and async) and histograms will be delta, up down counters (sync and async) will be cumulative. If LOWMEMORY, sync counter and histograms will be delta, async counter and up down counters (sync and async) will be cumulative.

Default is CUMULATIVE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_TEMPORALITY_PREFERENCE

Show more

string

cumulative

The preferred default histogram aggregation.

Options include BASE2_EXPONENTIAL_BUCKET_HISTOGRAM and EXPLICIT_BUCKET_HISTOGRAM.

Default is EXPLICIT_BUCKET_HISTOGRAM.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_METRICS_DEFAULT_HISTOGRAM_AGGREGATION

Show more

string

explicit_bucket_histogram

Sets the OTLP endpoint to send telemetry data. If unset, defaults to OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_GRPC_BASE_URI.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..endpoint where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

If protocol is http/protobuf the version and signal will be appended to the path (e.g. v1/traces or v1/metrics) and the default port will be OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_HTTP_BASE_URI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_ENDPOINT

Show more

string

http://localhost:4317/

Key-value pairs to be used as headers associated with exporter requests. The format is similar to the OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_HEADERS environment variable, a list of key-value pairs separated by the "=" character. i.e.: key1=value1,key2=value2

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..headers where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_HEADERS

Show more

list of string

Sets the method used to compress payloads. If unset, compression is disabled. Currently supported compression methods include gzip and none.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..compression where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_COMPRESSION

Show more

gzip, none

Sets the maximum time to wait for the collector to process an exported batch of telemetry data. If unset, defaults to `OtlpExporterRuntimeConfig#DEFAULT_TIMEOUT_SECS`s.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..timeout where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10s

OTLP defines the encoding of telemetry data and the protocol used to exchange data between the client and the server. Depending on the exporter, the available protocols will be different.

Currently, only grpc and http/protobuf are allowed.

Please mind that changing the protocol requires changing the port in the endpoint as well.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..protocol where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROTOCOL

Show more

string

grpc

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_KEY_CERT_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_KEY_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_TRUST_CERT_CERTS

Show more

list of string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..tls-configuration-name where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If proxy connection must be used.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.enabled where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROXY_OPTIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set proxy username.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.username where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.password where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.port where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

Set proxy host.

There is a generic property, that will apply to all signals and a signal specific one, following the pattern: quarkus.otel.exporter.otlp..proxy-options.host where is one of the supported signal types, like traces or metrics.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_OTEL_EXPORTER_OTLP_LOGS_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

Picocli

デフォルト

Set this to false to use the picocli-codegen annotation processor instead of build steps.

this will have serious build-time performance impact since this is run on every restart in dev mode, use with care!

This property is intended to be used only in cases where an incompatible change in the picocli library causes problems in the build steps used to support GraalVM Native images.

In such cases this property allows users to make the trade-off between fast build cycles with the older version of picocli, and temporarily accept slower build cycles with the latest version of picocli until the updated extension is available.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PICOCLI_NATIVE_IMAGE_PROCESSING_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

Name of bean annotated with io.quarkus.picocli.runtime.annotations.TopCommand or FQCN of class which will be used as entry point for Picocli CommandLine instance. This class needs to be annotated with picocli.CommandLine.Command.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_PICOCLI_TOP_COMMAND

Show more

string

Quarkus - Vert.x GraphQL

デフォルト

If GraphQL UI should be included every time. By default, this is only included when the application is running in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_GRAPHQL_UI_ALWAYS_INCLUDE

Show more

boolean

false

The path where GraphQL UI is available.

The value / is not allowed as it blocks the application from serving anything else.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_GRAPHQL_UI_PATH

Show more

string

graphql-ui

Quarkus Extension for Spring Cloud Config Client

デフォルト

If enabled, will try to read the configuration from a Spring Cloud Config Server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If set to true, the application will not stand up if it cannot obtain configuration from the Config Server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_FAIL_FAST

Show more

boolean

false

The Base URI where the Spring Cloud Config Server is available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_URL

Show more

string

http://localhost:8888

Name of the application on Spring Cloud Config server. Could be a list of names to load multiple files (value separated by a comma)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_NAME

Show more

string

${quarkus.application.name:}

The label to be used to pull remote configuration properties. The default is set on the Spring Cloud Config Server (generally "master" when the server uses a Git backend).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_LABEL

Show more

string

The amount of time to wait when initially establishing a connection before giving up and timing out.

Specify 0 to wait indefinitely.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The amount of time to wait for a read on a socket before an exception is thrown.

Specify 0 to wait indefinitely.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60S

The username to be used if the Config Server has BASIC Auth enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_USERNAME

Show more

string

The password to be used if the Config Server has BASIC Auth enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_PASSWORD

Show more

string

TrustStore to be used containing the SSL certificate used by the Config server Can be either a classpath resource or a file system path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_TRUST_STORE

Show more

path

Password of TrustStore to be used containing the SSL certificate used by the Config server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

KeyStore to be used containing the SSL certificate for authentication with the Config server Can be either a classpath resource or a file system path

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_KEY_STORE

Show more

path

Password of KeyStore to be used containing the SSL certificate for authentication with the Config server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Password to recover key from KeyStore for SSL client authentication with the Config server If no value is provided, the key-store-password will be used

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_KEY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

When using HTTPS and no keyStore has been specified, whether to trust all certificates

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_TRUST_CERTS

Show more

boolean

${quarkus.tls.trust-all:false}

Custom headers to pass the Spring Cloud Config Server when performing the HTTP request

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_HEADERS__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The profiles to use for lookup

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_PROFILES

Show more

list of string

Quartz

デフォルト

Enable cluster mode or not.

If enabled make sure to set the appropriate cluster properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_CLUSTERED

Show more

boolean

false

The frequency (in milliseconds) at which the scheduler instance checks-in with other instances of the cluster.

Ignored if using a ram store i.e StoreType#RAM.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_CLUSTER_CHECKIN_INTERVAL

Show more

15000

The type of store to use.

When using StoreType#JDBC_CMT or StoreType#JDBC_TX configuration values make sure that you have the datasource configured. See Configuring your datasource for more information.

To create Quartz tables, you can perform a schema migration via the Flyway extension using a SQL script matching your database picked from Quartz repository.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_STORE_TYPE

Show more

ram, jdbc-tx, jdbc-cmt

ram

The name of the datasource to use.

Ignored if using a ram store i.e StoreType#RAM.

Optionally needed when using the jdbc-tx or jdbc-cmt store types. If not specified, defaults to using the default datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_DATASOURCE

Show more

string

The prefix for quartz job store tables.

Ignored if using a ram store i.e StoreType#RAM

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_TABLE_PREFIX

Show more

string

QRTZ_

The SQL string that selects a row in the "LOCKS" table and places a lock on the row.

Ignored if using a ram store i.e StoreType#RAM.

If not set, the default value of Quartz applies, for which the "{0}" is replaced during run-time with the table-prefix, the "{1}" with the instance-name.

An example SQL string SELECT * FROM {0}LOCKS WHERE SCHED_NAME = {1} AND LOCK_NAME = ? FOR UPDATE

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_SELECT_WITH_LOCK_SQL

Show more

string

Instructs JDBCJobStore to serialize JobDataMaps in the BLOB column.

Ignored if using a ram store i.e StoreType#RAM.

If this is set to true, the JDBCJobStore will store the JobDataMaps in their serialize form in the BLOB Column. This is useful when you want to store complex JobData objects other than String. This is equivalent of setting org.quartz.jobStore.useProperties to false. NOTE: When this option is set to true, all the non-String classes used in JobDataMaps have to be registered for serialization when building a native image

If this is set to false (the default), the values can be stored as name-value pairs rather than storing more complex objects in their serialized form in the BLOB column. This can be handy, as you avoid the class versioning issues that can arise from serializing your non-String classes into a BLOB. This is equivalent of setting org.quartz.jobStore.useProperties to true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_SERIALIZE_JOB_DATA

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the Quartz instance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_INSTANCE_NAME

Show more

string

QuarkusQuartzScheduler

The identifier of Quartz instance that must be unique for all schedulers working as if they are the same logical Scheduler within a cluster. Use the default value AUTO or some of the configured instance ID generators if you wish the identifier to be generated for you.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_INSTANCE_ID

Show more

string

AUTO

The amount of time in milliseconds that a trigger is allowed to be acquired and fired ahead of its scheduled fire time.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_BATCH_TRIGGER_ACQUISITION_FIRE_AHEAD_TIME_WINDOW

Show more

0

The maximum number of triggers that a scheduler node is allowed to acquire (for firing) at once.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_BATCH_TRIGGER_ACQUISITION_MAX_COUNT

Show more

int

1

The size of scheduler thread pool. This will initialize the number of worker threads in the pool.

It’s important to bear in mind that Quartz threads are not used to execute scheduled methods, instead the regular Quarkus thread pool is used by default. See also quarkus.quartz.run-blocking-scheduled-method-on-quartz-thread.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_THREAD_COUNT

Show more

int

10

Thread priority of worker threads in the pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_THREAD_PRIORITY

Show more

int

5

Defines how late the schedulers should be to be considered misfired.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_MISFIRE_THRESHOLD

Show more

Duration 

60S

The maximum amount of time Quarkus will wait for currently running jobs to finish. If the value is 0, then Quarkus will not wait at all for these jobs to finish - it will call org.quartz.Scheduler.shutdown(false) in this case.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_SHUTDOWN_WAIT_TIME

Show more

Duration 

10S

The quartz misfire policy for this job.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_SIMPLE_TRIGGER_MISFIRE_POLICY

Show more

smart-policy, ignore-misfire-policy, fire-now, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-existing-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-remaining-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-remaining-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-existing-count, cron-trigger-do-nothing

smart-policy

The quartz misfire policy for this job.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_CRON_TRIGGER_MISFIRE_POLICY

Show more

smart-policy, ignore-misfire-policy, fire-now, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-existing-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-remaining-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-remaining-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-existing-count, cron-trigger-do-nothing

smart-policy

When set to true, blocking scheduled methods are invoked on a thread managed by Quartz instead of a thread from the regular Quarkus thread pool (default).

When this option is enabled, blocking scheduled methods do not run on a duplicated context.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_RUN_BLOCKING_SCHEDULED_METHOD_ON_QUARTZ_THREAD

Show more

boolean

false

Misfire policy per job configuration

デフォルト

The quartz misfire policy for this job.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_MISFIRE_POLICY__IDENTITY_

Show more

smart-policy, ignore-misfire-policy, fire-now, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-existing-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-now-with-remaining-repeat-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-remaining-count, simple-trigger-reschedule-next-with-existing-count, cron-trigger-do-nothing

smart-policy

Instance ID generators

デフォルト

Class name for the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_INSTANCE_ID_GENERATORS__GENERATOR_NAME__CLASS

Show more

string

required

The properties passed to the class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_INSTANCE_ID_GENERATORS__GENERATOR_NAME__PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Trigger listeners

デフォルト

Class name for the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_TRIGGER_LISTENERS__LISTENER_NAME__CLASS

Show more

string

required

The properties passed to the class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_TRIGGER_LISTENERS__LISTENER_NAME__PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Job listeners

デフォルト

Class name for the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_JOB_LISTENERS__LISTENER_NAME__CLASS

Show more

string

required

The properties passed to the class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_JOB_LISTENERS__LISTENER_NAME__PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Plugins

デフォルト

Class name for the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_PLUGINS__PLUGIN_NAME__CLASS

Show more

string

required

The properties passed to the class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUARTZ_PLUGINS__PLUGIN_NAME__PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Qute

デフォルト

The list of suffixes used when attempting to locate a template file.

By default, engine.getTemplate("foo") would result in several lookups: foo, foo.html, foo.txt, etc.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_SUFFIXES

Show more

list of string

qute.html,qute.txt,html,txt

The additional map of suffixes to content types. This map is used when working with template variants. By default, the java.net.URLConnection#getFileNameMap() is used to determine the content type of a template file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_CONTENT_TYPES__FILE_SUFFIX_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The list of exclude rules used to intentionally ignore some parts of an expression when performing type-safe validation.

An element value must have at least two parts separated by dot. The last part is used to match the property/method name. The prepended parts are used to match the class name. The value * can be used to match any name.

Examples:

  • org.acme.Foo.name - exclude the property/method name on the org.acme.Foo class

  • org.acme.Foo.* - exclude any property/method on the org.acme.Foo class

  • *.age - exclude the property/method age on any class

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_TYPE_CHECK_EXCLUDES

Show more

list of string

This regular expression is used to exclude template files from the templates directory. Excluded templates are neither parsed nor validated during build and are not available at runtime.

The matched input is the file path relative from the templates directory and the / is used as a path separator.

By default, the hidden files are excluded. The name of a hidden file starts with a dot.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_TEMPLATE_PATH_EXCLUDE

Show more

Pattern

^\..|.\/\..*$

The prefix is used to access the iteration metadata inside a loop section.

A valid prefix consists of alphanumeric characters and underscores. Three special constants can be used:

  • <alias_> - the alias of an iterated element suffixed with an underscore is used, e.g. item_hasNext and it_count

  • <alias?> - the alias of an iterated element suffixed with a question mark is used, e.g. item?hasNext and it?count

  • <none> - no prefix is used, e.g. hasNext and count By default, the <alias_> constant is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_ITERATION_METADATA_PREFIX

Show more

string

<alias_>

The list of content types for which the ', ", <, > and & characters are escaped if a template variant is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_ESCAPE_CONTENT_TYPES

Show more

list of string

text/html,text/xml,application/xml,application/xhtml+xml

The default charset of the templates files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_DEFAULT_CHARSET

Show more

Charset

UTF-8

By default, a template modification results in an application restart that triggers build-time validations.

This regular expression can be used to specify the templates for which the application is not restarted. I.e. the templates are reloaded and only runtime validations are performed.

The matched input is the template path that starts with a template root, and the / is used as a path separator. For example, templates/foo.html.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_DEV_MODE_NO_RESTART_TEMPLATES

Show more

Pattern

By default, the rendering results of injected and type-safe templates are recorded in the managed RenderedResults which is registered as a CDI bean.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_TEST_MODE_RECORD_RENDERED_RESULTS

Show more

boolean

true

The strategy used when a standalone expression evaluates to a "not found" value at runtime and the quarkus.qute.strict-rendering config property is set to false

This strategy is never used when evaluating section parameters, e.g. {#if foo.name}. In such case, it’s the responsibility of the section to handle this situation appropriately.

By default, the NOT_FOUND constant is written to the output. However, in the development mode the PropertyNotFoundStrategy#THROW_EXCEPTION is used by default, i.e. when the strategy is not specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_PROPERTY_NOT_FOUND_STRATEGY

Show more

defaultOutput the NOT_FOUND constant., noopNo operation - no output., throw-exceptionThrow a TemplateException., output-originalOutput the original expression string, e.g. {foo.name}.

Specify whether the parser should remove standalone lines from the output. A standalone line is a line that contains at least one section tag, parameter declaration, or comment but no expression and no non-whitespace character.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_REMOVE_STANDALONE_LINES

Show more

boolean

true

If set to true then any expression that is evaluated to a Results.NotFound value will always result in a TemplateException and the rendering is aborted.

Note that the quarkus.qute.property-not-found-strategy config property is completely ignored if strict rendering is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_STRICT_RENDERING

Show more

boolean

true

The global rendering timeout in milliseconds. It is used if no timeout template instance attribute is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_TIMEOUT

Show more

10000

If set to true then the timeout should also be used for asynchronous rendering methods, such as TemplateInstance#createUni() and TemplateInstance#renderAsync().

Environment variable: QUARKUS_QUTE_USE_ASYNC_TIMEOUT

Show more

boolean

true

Reactive datasource configuration

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive

If we create a Reactive datasource for this datasource.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE

Show more

boolean

true

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.cache-prepared-statements

Whether prepared statements should be cached on the client side.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_CACHE_PREPARED_STATEMENTS

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.url

The datasource URLs.

If multiple values are set, this datasource will create a pool with a list of servers instead of a single server. The pool uses round-robin load balancing for server selection during connection establishment. Note that certain drivers might not accommodate multiple values in this context.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_URL

Show more

list of string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.max-size

The datasource pool maximum size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MAX_SIZE

Show more

int

20

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.event-loop-size

When a new connection object is created, the pool assigns it an event loop.

When #event-loop-size is set to a strictly positive value, the pool assigns as many event loops as specified, in a round-robin fashion. By default, the number of event loops configured or calculated by Quarkus is used. If #event-loop-size is set to zero or a negative value, the pool assigns the current event loop to the new connection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_EVENT_LOOP_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-all

Whether all server certificates should be trusted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-pem

PEM Trust config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-pem.certs

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-jks

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-jks.path

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-jks.password

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-pfx

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-pfx.path

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.trust-certificate-pfx.password

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pem

PEM Key/cert config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pem.keys

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_KEYS

Show more

list of string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pem.certs

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-jks

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-jks.path

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-jks.password

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pfx

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pfx.path

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.key-certificate-pfx.password

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.reconnect-attempts

The number of reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

0

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.reconnect-interval

The interval between reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

PT1S

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.hostname-verification-algorithm

The hostname verification algorithm to use in case the server’s identity should be checked. Should be HTTPS, LDAPS or NONE. NONE is the default value and disables the verification.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_HOSTNAME_VERIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

NONE

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.idle-timeout

The maximum time a connection remains unused in the pool before it is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

no timeout

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.max-lifetime

The maximum time a connection remains in the pool, after which it will be closed upon return and replaced as necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MAX_LIFETIME

Show more

Duration 

no timeout

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.shared

Set to true to share the pool among datasources. There can be multiple shared pools distinguished by name, when no specific name is set, the __vertx.DEFAULT name is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_SHARED

Show more

boolean

false

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.name

Set the pool name, used when the pool is shared among datasources, otherwise ignored.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.additional-properties."property-key"

Other unspecified properties to be passed through the Reactive SQL Client directly to the database when new connections are initiated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_ADDITIONAL_PROPERTIES__PROPERTY_KEY_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Reactive DB2 client

デフォルト

Datasources

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.db2.ssl

Whether SSL/TLS is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_DB2_SSL

Show more

boolean

false

Reactive MS SQL client

デフォルト

Datasources

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mssql.packet-size

The desired size (in bytes) for TDS packets.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MSSQL_PACKET_SIZE

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mssql.ssl

Whether SSL/TLS is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MSSQL_SSL

Show more

boolean

false

Reactive MySQL client

デフォルト

Additional named datasources

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.charset

Charset for connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_CHARSET

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.collation

Collation for connections.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_COLLATION

Show more

string

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.ssl-mode

Desired security state of the connection to the server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_SSL_MODE

Show more

disabled, preferred, required, verify-ca, verify-identity

disabled

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.connection-timeout

Connection timeout in seconds

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.authentication-plugin

The authentication plugin the client should use. By default, it uses the plugin name specified by the server in the initial handshake packet.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN

Show more

default, mysql-clear-password, mysql-native-password, sha256-password, caching-sha2-password

default

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.pipelining-limit

The maximum number of inflight database commands that can be pipelined. By default, pipelining is disabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_PIPELINING_LIMIT

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.mysql.use-affected-rows

Whether to return the number of rows matched by the WHERE clause in UPDATE statements, instead of the number of rows actually changed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_MYSQL_USE_AFFECTED_ROWS

Show more

boolean

false

Reactive Oracle client

デフォルト

Reactive PostgreSQL client

デフォルト

Datasources

デフォルト

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.postgresql.pipelining-limit

The maximum number of inflight database commands that can be pipelined.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_POSTGRESQL_PIPELINING_LIMIT

Show more

int

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.postgresql.ssl-mode

SSL operating mode of the client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_POSTGRESQL_SSL_MODE

Show more

disable, allow, prefer, require, verify-ca, verify-full

disable

quarkus.datasource."datasource-name".reactive.postgresql.use-layer7-proxy

Level 7 proxies can load balance queries on several connections to the actual database. When it happens, the client can be confused by the lack of session affinity and unwanted errors can happen like ERROR: unnamed prepared statement does not exist (26000). See Using a level 7 proxy

Environment variable: QUARKUS_DATASOURCE_REACTIVE_POSTGRESQL_USE_LAYER7_PROXY

Show more

boolean

false

Redis Cache

デフォルト

The name of the named Redis client to be used for communicating with Redis. If not set, use the default Redis client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

The default type of the value stored in the cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_VALUE_TYPE

Show more

string

The key type, String by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_KEY_TYPE

Show more

string

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, or the most recent replacement of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_EXPIRE_AFTER_WRITE

Show more

Duration 

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the last access of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_EXPIRE_AFTER_ACCESS

Show more

Duration 

the key prefix allowing to identify the keys belonging to the cache. If not set, use "cache:$cache-name"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_PREFIX

Show more

string

Whether the access to the cache should be using optimistic locking. See Redis Optimistic Locking for details. Default is false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS_USE_OPTIMISTIC_LOCKING

Show more

boolean

Additional configuration applied to a specific Redis cache (highest precedence)

デフォルト

The default type of the value stored in the cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__VALUE_TYPE

Show more

string

The key type, String by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__KEY_TYPE

Show more

string

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the entry’s creation, or the most recent replacement of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__EXPIRE_AFTER_WRITE

Show more

Duration 

Specifies that each entry should be automatically removed from the cache once a fixed duration has elapsed after the last access of its value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__EXPIRE_AFTER_ACCESS

Show more

Duration 

the key prefix allowing to identify the keys belonging to the cache. If not set, use "cache:$cache-name"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__PREFIX

Show more

string

Whether the access to the cache should be using optimistic locking. See Redis Optimistic Locking for details. Default is false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_CACHE_REDIS__CACHE_NAME__USE_OPTIMISTIC_LOCKING

Show more

boolean

Redis Client

デフォルト

A list of files allowing to pre-load data into the Redis server. The file is formatted as follows:

  • One instruction per line

  • Each instruction is a Redis command and its parameter such as HSET foo field value

  • Parameters can be wrapped into double-quotes if they include spaces

  • Parameters can be wrapped into single-quote if they include spaces

  • Parameters including double-quotes must be wrapped into single-quotes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_LOAD_SCRIPT

Show more

list of string

import.redis in DEV, TEST ; no-file otherwise

When using redisLoadScript, indicates if the Redis database must be flushed (erased) before importing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_FLUSH_BEFORE_LOAD

Show more

boolean

true

When using redisLoadScript, indicates if the import should only happen if the database is empty (no keys).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_LOAD_ONLY_IF_EMPTY

Show more

boolean

true

Whether a health check is published in case the smallrye-health extension is present.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The Redis hosts to use while connecting to the Redis server. Only the cluster and sentinel modes will consider more than 1 element.

The URI provided uses the following schema redis://[username:password@][host][:port][/database] Use quarkus.redis.hosts-provider-name to provide the hosts programmatically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_HOSTS

Show more

list of URI

The hosts provider bean name.

It is the &#64;Named value of the hosts provider bean. It is used to discriminate if multiple io.quarkus.redis.client.RedisHostsProvider beans are available.

Used when quarkus.redis.hosts is not set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_HOSTS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The maximum delay to wait before a blocking command to Redis server times out

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The Redis client type. Accepted values are: STANDALONE (default), CLUSTER, REPLICATION, SENTINEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_CLIENT_TYPE

Show more

standalone, sentinel, cluster, replication

standalone

The master name (only considered in the Sentinel mode).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_MASTER_NAME

Show more

string

mymaster

The role name (only considered in the Sentinel mode). Accepted values are: MASTER, REPLICA, SENTINEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_ROLE

Show more

master, replica, sentinel

master

Whether to use replicas nodes (only considered in Cluster mode and Replication mode). Accepted values are: ALWAYS, NEVER, SHARE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_REPLICAS

Show more

never, share, always

never

The default password for Redis connections.

If not set, it will try to extract the value from the hosts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The maximum size of the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

6

The maximum waiting requests for a connection from the pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_MAX_POOL_WAITING

Show more

int

24

The duration indicating how often should the connection pool cleaner execute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_POOL_CLEANER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

30s

The timeout for unused connection recycling.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_POOL_RECYCLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

3M

Sets how many handlers is the client willing to queue.

The client will always work on pipeline mode, this means that messages can start queueing. Using this configuration option, you can control how much backlog you’re willing to accept.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_MAX_WAITING_HANDLERS

Show more

int

2048

Tune how much nested arrays are allowed on a Redis response. This affects the parser performance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_MAX_NESTED_ARRAYS

Show more

int

32

The number of reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

0

The interval between reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

1S

Should the client perform RESP protocol negotiation during the connection handshake.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_PROTOCOL_NEGOTIATION

Show more

boolean

true

The preferred protocol version to be used during protocol negotiation. When not set, defaults to RESP 3. When protocol negotiation is disabled, this setting has no effect.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_PREFERRED_PROTOCOL_VERSION

Show more

resp2, resp3

resp3

The TTL of the hash slot cache. A hash slot cache is used by the clustered Redis client to prevent constantly sending CLUSTER SLOTS commands to the first statically configured cluster node.

This setting is only meaningful in case of a clustered Redis client and has no effect otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_HASH_SLOT_CACHE_TTL

Show more

Duration 

1S

Whether automatic failover is enabled. This only makes sense for sentinel clients with role of MASTER and is ignored otherwise.

If enabled, the sentinel client will additionally create a connection to one sentinel node and watch for failover events. When new master is elected, all connections to the old master are automatically closed and new connections to the new master are created. Automatic failover makes sense for connections executing regular commands, but not for connections used to subscribe to Redis pub/sub channels.

Note that there is a brief period of time between the old master failing and the new master being elected when the existing connections will temporarily fail all operations. After the new master is elected, the connections will automatically fail over and start working again.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_AUTO_FAILOVER

Show more

boolean

false

How the Redis topology is obtained. By default, the topology is discovered automatically. This is the only mode for the clustered and sentinel client. For replication client, topology may be set statically.

In case of a static topology for replication Redis client, the first node in the list is considered a master and the remaining nodes in the list are considered replicas.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TOPOLOGY

Show more

discover, static

discover

The client name used to identify the connection.

If the RedisClientConfig#configureClientName() is enabled, and this property is not set it will attempt to extract the value from the RedisClientName#value() annotation.

If the RedisClientConfig#configureClientName() is enabled, both this property and the RedisClientName#value() must adhere to the pattern '[a-zA-Z0-9\\-_.~]*'; if not, this may result in an incorrect client name after URI encoding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

Whether it should set the client name while connecting with Redis.

This is necessary because Redis only accepts client=my-client-name query parameter in version 6+.

This property can be used with RedisClientConfig#clientName() configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_CONFIGURE_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration name is set then, quarkus.redis.$client-name.tls will be used.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

A list of files allowing to pre-load data into the Redis server. The file is formatted as follows:

  • One instruction per line

  • Each instruction is a Redis command and its parameter such as HSET foo field value

  • Parameters can be wrapped into double-quotes if they include spaces

  • Parameters can be wrapped into single-quote if they include spaces

  • Parameters including double-quotes must be wrapped into single-quotes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__LOAD_SCRIPT

Show more

list of string

import.redis in DEV, TEST ; no-file otherwise

When using redisLoadScript, indicates if the Redis database must be flushed (erased) before importing.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__FLUSH_BEFORE_LOAD

Show more

boolean

true

When using redisLoadScript, indicates if the import should only happen if the database is empty (no keys).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__LOAD_ONLY_IF_EMPTY

Show more

boolean

true

The Redis hosts to use while connecting to the Redis server. Only the cluster and sentinel modes will consider more than 1 element.

The URI provided uses the following schema redis://[username:password@][host][:port][/database] Use quarkus.redis.hosts-provider-name to provide the hosts programmatically.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__HOSTS

Show more

list of URI

The hosts provider bean name.

It is the &#64;Named value of the hosts provider bean. It is used to discriminate if multiple io.quarkus.redis.client.RedisHostsProvider beans are available.

Used when quarkus.redis.hosts is not set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__HOSTS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The maximum delay to wait before a blocking command to Redis server times out

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

The Redis client type. Accepted values are: STANDALONE (default), CLUSTER, REPLICATION, SENTINEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__CLIENT_TYPE

Show more

standalone, sentinel, cluster, replication

standalone

The master name (only considered in the Sentinel mode).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__MASTER_NAME

Show more

string

mymaster

The role name (only considered in the Sentinel mode). Accepted values are: MASTER, REPLICA, SENTINEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__ROLE

Show more

master, replica, sentinel

master

Whether to use replicas nodes (only considered in Cluster mode and Replication mode). Accepted values are: ALWAYS, NEVER, SHARE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__REPLICAS

Show more

never, share, always

never

The default password for Redis connections.

If not set, it will try to extract the value from the hosts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__PASSWORD

Show more

string

The maximum size of the connection pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__MAX_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

6

The maximum waiting requests for a connection from the pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__MAX_POOL_WAITING

Show more

int

24

The duration indicating how often should the connection pool cleaner execute.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__POOL_CLEANER_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

30s

The timeout for unused connection recycling.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__POOL_RECYCLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

3M

Sets how many handlers is the client willing to queue.

The client will always work on pipeline mode, this means that messages can start queueing. Using this configuration option, you can control how much backlog you’re willing to accept.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__MAX_WAITING_HANDLERS

Show more

int

2048

Tune how much nested arrays are allowed on a Redis response. This affects the parser performance.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__MAX_NESTED_ARRAYS

Show more

int

32

The number of reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

0

The interval between reconnection attempts when a pooled connection cannot be established on first try.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

1S

Should the client perform RESP protocol negotiation during the connection handshake.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__PROTOCOL_NEGOTIATION

Show more

boolean

true

The preferred protocol version to be used during protocol negotiation. When not set, defaults to RESP 3. When protocol negotiation is disabled, this setting has no effect.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__PREFERRED_PROTOCOL_VERSION

Show more

resp2, resp3

resp3

The TTL of the hash slot cache. A hash slot cache is used by the clustered Redis client to prevent constantly sending CLUSTER SLOTS commands to the first statically configured cluster node.

This setting is only meaningful in case of a clustered Redis client and has no effect otherwise.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__HASH_SLOT_CACHE_TTL

Show more

Duration 

1S

Whether automatic failover is enabled. This only makes sense for sentinel clients with role of MASTER and is ignored otherwise.

If enabled, the sentinel client will additionally create a connection to one sentinel node and watch for failover events. When new master is elected, all connections to the old master are automatically closed and new connections to the new master are created. Automatic failover makes sense for connections executing regular commands, but not for connections used to subscribe to Redis pub/sub channels.

Note that there is a brief period of time between the old master failing and the new master being elected when the existing connections will temporarily fail all operations. After the new master is elected, the connections will automatically fail over and start working again.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__AUTO_FAILOVER

Show more

boolean

false

How the Redis topology is obtained. By default, the topology is discovered automatically. This is the only mode for the clustered and sentinel client. For replication client, topology may be set statically.

In case of a static topology for replication Redis client, the first node in the list is considered a master and the remaining nodes in the list are considered replicas.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TOPOLOGY

Show more

discover, static

discover

The client name used to identify the connection.

If the RedisClientConfig#configureClientName() is enabled, and this property is not set it will attempt to extract the value from the RedisClientName#value() annotation.

If the RedisClientConfig#configureClientName() is enabled, both this property and the RedisClientName#value() must adhere to the pattern '[a-zA-Z0-9\\-_.~]*'; if not, this may result in an incorrect client name after URI encoding.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

Whether it should set the client name while connecting with Redis.

This is necessary because Redis only accepts client=my-client-name query parameter in version 6+.

This property can be used with RedisClientConfig#clientName() configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__CONFIGURE_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration name is set then, quarkus.redis.$client-name.tls will be used.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

Dev Services

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a database when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The container image name to use, for container based DevServices providers. If you want to use Redis Stack modules (bloom, graph, search…​), use: redis/redis-stack:latest.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Indicates if the Redis server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Redis starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-redis label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-redis label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Redis looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-redis label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-redis label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Redis servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

redis

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Dev Services

デフォルト

If DevServices has been explicitly enabled or disabled. DevServices is generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present.

When DevServices is enabled Quarkus will attempt to automatically configure and start a database when running in Dev or Test mode and when Docker is running.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The container image name to use, for container based DevServices providers. If you want to use Redis Stack modules (bloom, graph, search…​), use: redis/redis-stack:latest.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

Indicates if the Redis server managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Redis starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-redis label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-redis label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Redis looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-redis label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-redis label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Redis servers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

redis

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__ADDITIONAL_REDIS_CLIENTS__DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

TCP config

デフォルト

Set the ALPN usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_ALPN

Show more

boolean

Sets the list of application-layer protocols to provide to the server during the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_APPLICATION_LAYER_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Sets the list of enabled SSL/TLS protocols.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_SECURE_TRANSPORT_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Set the idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the connect timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set a list of remote hosts that are not proxied when the client is configured to use a proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_NON_PROXY_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

Set proxy username.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port. Defaults to 3128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

3128

Set proxy host.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

Set proxy type. Accepted values are: HTTP (default), SOCKS4 and SOCKS5.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_TYPE

Show more

http, socks4, socks5

http

Set the read idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_READ_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the TCP receive buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the value of reconnect attempts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

Set the reconnect interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Whether to reuse the address.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_REUSE_ADDRESS

Show more

boolean

Whether to reuse the port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_REUSE_PORT

Show more

boolean

Set the TCP send buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the SO_linger keep alive duration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_SO_LINGER

Show more

Duration 

Enable the TCP_CORK option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_CORK

Show more

boolean

Enable the TCP_FASTOPEN option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_FAST_OPEN

Show more

boolean

Set whether keep alive is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE

Show more

boolean

Set whether no delay is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_NO_DELAY

Show more

boolean

Enable the TCP_QUICKACK option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_QUICK_ACK

Show more

boolean

Set the value of traffic class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_TRAFFIC_CLASS

Show more

int

Set the write idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_WRITE_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the local interface to bind for network connections. When the local address is null, it will pick any local address, the default local address is null.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TCP_LOCAL_ADDRESS

Show more

string

SSL/TLS config

デフォルト

Whether SSL/TLS is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enable trusting all certificates. Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

PEM Trust config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PEM Key/cert config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The hostname verification algorithm to use in case the server’s identity should be checked. Should be HTTPS, LDAPS or an NONE (default).

If set to NONE, it does not verify the hostname.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS_TLS_HOSTNAME_VERIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

NONE

TCP config

デフォルト

Set the ALPN usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_ALPN

Show more

boolean

Sets the list of application-layer protocols to provide to the server during the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_APPLICATION_LAYER_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Sets the list of enabled SSL/TLS protocols.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_SECURE_TRANSPORT_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Set the idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the connect timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set a list of remote hosts that are not proxied when the client is configured to use a proxy.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_NON_PROXY_HOSTS

Show more

list of string

Set proxy username.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_USERNAME

Show more

string

Set proxy password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Set proxy port. Defaults to 3128.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_PORT

Show more

int

3128

Set proxy host.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_HOST

Show more

string

Set proxy type. Accepted values are: HTTP (default), SOCKS4 and SOCKS5.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_PROXY_OPTIONS_TYPE

Show more

http, socks4, socks5

http

Set the read idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_READ_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the TCP receive buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the value of reconnect attempts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

Set the reconnect interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

Whether to reuse the address.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_REUSE_ADDRESS

Show more

boolean

Whether to reuse the port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_REUSE_PORT

Show more

boolean

Set the TCP send buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

Set the SO_linger keep alive duration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_SO_LINGER

Show more

Duration 

Enable the TCP_CORK option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_CORK

Show more

boolean

Enable the TCP_FASTOPEN option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_FAST_OPEN

Show more

boolean

Set whether keep alive is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_KEEP_ALIVE

Show more

boolean

Set whether no delay is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_NO_DELAY

Show more

boolean

Enable the TCP_QUICKACK option - only with linux native transport.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_QUICK_ACK

Show more

boolean

Set the value of traffic class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_TRAFFIC_CLASS

Show more

int

Set the write idle timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_WRITE_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

Set the local interface to bind for network connections. When the local address is null, it will pick any local address, the default local address is null.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TCP_LOCAL_ADDRESS

Show more

string

SSL/TLS config

デフォルト

Whether SSL/TLS is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enable trusting all certificates. Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

PEM Trust config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PEM Key/cert config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The hostname verification algorithm to use in case the server’s identity should be checked. Should be HTTPS, LDAPS or an NONE (default).

If set to NONE, it does not verify the hostname.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REDIS__REDIS_CLIENT_NAME__TLS_HOSTNAME_VERIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

NONE

REST - Cross-Site Request Forgery Prevention Filter

デフォルト

If filter is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Form field name which keeps a CSRF token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_FORM_FIELD_NAME

Show more

string

csrf-token

Token header which can provide a CSRF token.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_TOKEN_HEADER_NAME

Show more

string

X-CSRF-TOKEN

CSRF cookie name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_NAME

Show more

string

csrf-token

CSRF cookie max age.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

2H

CSRF cookie path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_PATH

Show more

string

/

CSRF cookie domain.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_DOMAIN

Show more

string

If enabled the CSRF cookie will have its 'secure' parameter set to 'true' when HTTP is used. It may be necessary when running behind an SSL terminating reverse proxy. The cookie will always be secure if HTTPS is used even if this property is set to false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_FORCE_SECURE

Show more

boolean

false

Set the HttpOnly attribute to prevent access to the cookie via JavaScript.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_COOKIE_HTTP_ONLY

Show more

boolean

true

Create CSRF token only if the HTTP GET relative request path matches one of the paths configured with this property. Use a comma to separate multiple path values.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_CREATE_TOKEN_PATH

Show more

list of string

Random CSRF token size in bytes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_TOKEN_SIZE

Show more

int

16

CSRF token HMAC signature key, if this key is set then it must be at least 32 characters long.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_TOKEN_SIGNATURE_KEY

Show more

string

Verify CSRF token in the CSRF filter. If you prefer then you can disable this property and compare CSRF form and cookie parameters in the application code using JAX-RS jakarta.ws.rs.FormParam which refers to the form-field-name form property and jakarta.ws.rs.CookieParam which refers to the RestCsrfConfig#cookieName cookie. Note that even if the CSRF token verification in the CSRF filter is disabled, the filter will still perform checks to ensure the token is available, has the correct token-size in bytes and that the Content-Type HTTP header is either 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded' or 'multipart/form-data'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_VERIFY_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

true

Require that only 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded' or 'multipart/form-data' body is accepted for the token verification to proceed. Disable this property for the CSRF filter to avoid verifying the token for POST requests with other content types. This property is only effective if verify-token property is enabled and token-header-name is not configured.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CSRF_REQUIRE_FORM_URL_ENCODED

Show more

boolean

true

REST - Jackson

デフォルト

Enable build time generation of reflection-free Jackson serializers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_JACKSON_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE_REFLECTION_FREE_SERIALIZERS

Show more

boolean

false

REST - Qute

デフォルト

REST Client

デフォルト

By default, RESTEasy Reactive uses text/plain content type for String values and application/json for everything else.

MicroProfile Rest Client spec requires the implementations to always default to application/json. This build item disables the "smart" behavior of RESTEasy Reactive to comply to the spec

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_DISABLE_SMART_PRODUCES

Show more

boolean

false

Whether providers (filters, etc.) annotated with jakarta.ws.rs.ext.Provider should be automatically registered for all the clients in the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_PROVIDER_AUTODISCOVERY

Show more

boolean

true

REST Client - OpenID Connect Filter

デフォルト

Name of the configured OidcClient used by the OidcClientRequestReactiveFilter. You can override this configuration for individual MP RestClients with the io.quarkus.oidc.client.filter.OidcClientFilter annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_OIDC_FILTER_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

REST Client - OpenID Connect Token Propagation

デフォルト

If the OIDC Token Reactive Propagation is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the token propagation is enabled during the SecurityIdentity augmentation.

For example, you may need to use a REST client from SecurityIdentityAugmentor to propagate the current token to acquire additional roles for the SecurityIdentity.

Note, this feature relies on a duplicated context. More information about Vert.x duplicated context can be found in this guide.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_ENABLED_DURING_AUTHENTICATION

Show more

boolean

false

Exchange the current token with OpenId Connect Provider for a new token using either "urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange" or "urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer" token grant before propagating it.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_EXCHANGE_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

false

Name of the configured OidcClient. Note this property is only used if the exchangeToken property is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

REST Clients Config

デフォルト

Mode in which the form data are encoded. Possible values are HTML5, RFC1738 and RFC3986. The modes are described in the Netty documentation

By default, Rest Client Reactive uses RFC1738.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_MULTIPART_POST_ENCODER_MODE

Show more

string

A string value in the form of : that specifies the HTTP proxy server hostname (or IP address) and port for requests of clients to use.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_PROXY_ADDRESS

Show more

string

Proxy username, equivalent to the http.proxy or https.proxy JVM settings.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_PROXY_USER

Show more

string

Proxy password, equivalent to the http.proxyPassword or https.proxyPassword JVM settings.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Hosts to access without proxy, similar to the http.nonProxyHosts or https.nonProxyHosts JVM settings. Please note that unlike the JVM settings, this property is empty by default.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_NON_PROXY_HOSTS

Show more

string

A timeout in milliseconds that REST clients should wait to connect to the remote endpoint.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

15000

A timeout in milliseconds that REST clients should wait for a response from the remote endpoint.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

30000

If true, the REST clients will not provide additional contextual information (like REST client class and method names) when exception occurs during a client invocation.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_DISABLE_CONTEXTUAL_ERROR_MESSAGES

Show more

boolean

false

Default configuration for the HTTP user-agent header to use in all REST clients.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_USER_AGENT

Show more

string

The HTTP headers that should be applied to all requests of the rest client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_HEADERS__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The class name of the host name verifier. The class must have a public no-argument constructor.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_HOSTNAME_VERIFIER

Show more

string

The time in ms for which a connection remains unused in the connection pool before being evicted and closed. A timeout of 0 means there is no timeout.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_CONNECTION_TTL

Show more

int

The size of the connection pool for this client.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_CONNECTION_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

If set to false disables the keep alive completely.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_KEEP_ALIVE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The maximum number of redirection a request can follow.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_MAX_REDIRECTS

Show more

int

A boolean value used to determine whether the client should follow HTTP redirect responses.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_FOLLOW_REDIRECTS

Show more

boolean

Map where keys are fully-qualified provider classnames to include in the client, and values are their integer priorities. The equivalent of the @RegisterProvider annotation.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_PROVIDERS

Show more

string

The CDI scope to use for injections of REST client instances. Value can be either a fully qualified class name of a CDI scope annotation (such as "jakarta.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped") or its simple name (such as"ApplicationScoped").

Default scope for the rest-client extension is "Dependent" (which is the spec-compliant behavior).

Default scope for the rest-client-reactive extension is "ApplicationScoped".

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_SCOPE

Show more

string

An enumerated type string value with possible values of "MULTI_PAIRS" (default), "COMMA_SEPARATED", or "ARRAY_PAIRS" that specifies the format in which multiple values for the same query parameter is used.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_QUERY_PARAM_STYLE

Show more

multi-pairs, comma-separated, array-pairs

Set whether hostname verification is enabled. Default is enabled. This setting should not be disabled in production as it makes the client vulnerable to MITM attacks.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_VERIFY_HOST

Show more

boolean

The trust store location. Can point to either a classpath resource or a file.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE

Show more

string

The trust store password.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The type of the trust store. Defaults to "JKS".

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_TRUST_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

The key store location. Can point to either a classpath resource or a file.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_KEY_STORE

Show more

string

The key store password.

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The type of the key store. Defaults to "JKS".

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_KEY_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration is set, then the keys-tore, trust-store, etc. properties will be used.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If this is true then HTTP/2 will be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_HTTP2

Show more

boolean

false

The max HTTP chunk size (8096 bytes by default).

Can be overwritten by client-specific settings.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

8k

If the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation is enabled, the client will negotiate which protocol to use over the protocols exposed by the server. By default, it will try to use HTTP/2 first and if it’s not enabled, it will use HTTP/1.1. When the property http2 is enabled, this flag will be automatically enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_ALPN

Show more

boolean

If true, the stacktrace of the invocation of the REST Client method is captured. This stacktrace will be used if the invocation throws an exception

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_CAPTURE_STACKTRACE

Show more

boolean

false

Scope of logging for the client.
WARNING: beware of logging sensitive data
The possible values are:

  • request-response - enables logging request and responses, including redirect responses

  • all - enables logging requests and responses and lower-level logging

  • none - no additional logging This property is applicable to reactive REST clients only.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_LOGGING_SCOPE

Show more

string

How many characters of the body should be logged. Message body can be large and can easily pollute the logs.

By default, set to 100.

This property is applicable to reactive REST clients only.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT_LOGGING_BODY_LIMIT

Show more

int

100

The CDI scope to use for injection. This property can contain either a fully qualified class name of a CDI scope annotation (such as "jakarta.enterprise.context.ApplicationScoped") or its simple name (such as "ApplicationScoped"). By default, this is not set which means the interface is not registered as a bean unless it is annotated with RegisterRestClient. If an interface is not annotated with RegisterRestClient and this property is set, then Quarkus will make the interface a bean of the configured scope.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENTS__SCOPE

Show more

string

If set to true, then Quarkus will ensure that all calls from the REST client go through a local proxy server (that is managed by Quarkus). This can be very useful for capturing network traffic to a service that uses HTTPS.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client, only the Quarkus REST client (formerly RESTEasy Reactive client).

This property only applicable to dev and test mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENTS__ENABLE_LOCAL_PROXY

Show more

boolean

false

This setting is used to select which proxy provider to use if there are multiple ones. It only applies if enable-local-proxy is true.

The algorithm for picking between multiple provider is the following:

  • If only the default is around, use it (its name is default)

  • If there is only one besides the default, use it

  • If there are multiple ones, fail

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENTS__LOCAL_PROXY_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The base URL to use for this service. This property or the uri property is considered required, unless the baseUri attribute is configured in the @RegisterRestClient annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__URL

Show more

string

The base URI to use for this service. This property or the url property is considered required, unless the baseUri attribute is configured in the @RegisterRestClient annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__URI

Show more

string

This property is only meant to be set by advanced configurations to override whatever value was set for the uri or url. The override is done using the REST Client class name configuration syntax.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client, only the Quarkus Rest client (formerly RESTEasy Reactive client).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__OVERRIDE_URI

Show more

string

Map where keys are fully-qualified provider classnames to include in the client, and values are their integer priorities. The equivalent of the @RegisterProvider annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__PROVIDERS

Show more

string

Timeout specified in milliseconds to wait to connect to the remote endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Timeout specified in milliseconds to wait for a response from the remote endpoint.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__READ_TIMEOUT

Show more

A boolean value used to determine whether the client should follow HTTP redirect responses.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__FOLLOW_REDIRECTS

Show more

boolean

Mode in which the form data are encoded. Possible values are HTML5, RFC1738 and RFC3986. The modes are described in the Netty documentation

By default, Rest Client Reactive uses RFC1738.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__MULTIPART_POST_ENCODER_MODE

Show more

string

A string value in the form of : that specifies the HTTP proxy server hostname (or IP address) and port for requests of this client to use.

Use none to disable proxy

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__PROXY_ADDRESS

Show more

string

Proxy username.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__PROXY_USER

Show more

string

Proxy password.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Hosts to access without proxy

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__NON_PROXY_HOSTS

Show more

string

An enumerated type string value with possible values of "MULTI_PAIRS" (default), "COMMA_SEPARATED", or "ARRAY_PAIRS" that specifies the format in which multiple values for the same query parameter is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__QUERY_PARAM_STYLE

Show more

multi-pairs, comma-separated, array-pairs

Set whether hostname verification is enabled. Default is enabled. This setting should not be disabled in production as it makes the client vulnerable to MITM attacks.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__VERIFY_HOST

Show more

boolean

The trust store location. Can point to either a classpath resource or a file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__TRUST_STORE

Show more

string

The trust store password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__TRUST_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The type of the trust store. Defaults to "JKS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__TRUST_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

The key store location. Can point to either a classpath resource or a file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__KEY_STORE

Show more

string

The key store password.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__KEY_STORE_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The type of the key store. Defaults to "JKS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__KEY_STORE_TYPE

Show more

string

The class name of the host name verifier. The class must have a public no-argument constructor.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__HOSTNAME_VERIFIER

Show more

string

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If not set and the default TLS configuration is configured (quarkus.tls.*) then that will be used. If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

If no TLS configuration is set, then the keys-tore, trust-store, etc. properties will be used.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

The time in ms for which a connection remains unused in the connection pool before being evicted and closed. A timeout of 0 means there is no timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__CONNECTION_TTL

Show more

int

The size of the connection pool for this client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__CONNECTION_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

If set to false disables the keep alive completely.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__KEEP_ALIVE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

The maximum number of redirection a request can follow.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__MAX_REDIRECTS

Show more

int

The HTTP headers that should be applied to all requests of the rest client.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__HEADERS__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Set to true to share the HTTP client between REST clients. There can be multiple shared clients distinguished by name, when no specific name is set, the name __vertx.DEFAULT is used.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__SHARED

Show more

boolean

Set the HTTP client name, used when the client is shared, otherwise ignored.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__NAME

Show more

string

Configure the HTTP user-agent header to use.

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__USER_AGENT

Show more

string

If this is true then HTTP/2 will be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__HTTP2

Show more

boolean

The max HTTP ch unk size (8096 bytes by default).

This property is not applicable to the RESTEasy Client.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

8K

If the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation is enabled, the client will negotiate which protocol to use over the protocols exposed by the server. By default, it will try to use HTTP/2 first and if it’s not enabled, it will use HTTP/1.1. When the property http2 is enabled, this flag will be automatically enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__ALPN

Show more

boolean

If true, the stacktrace of the invocation of the REST Client method is captured. This stacktrace will be used if the invocation throws an exception

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_CLIENT__CLIENT__CAPTURE_STACKTRACE

Show more

boolean

REST Common

デフォルト

Set this to define the application path that serves as the base URI for all JAX-RS resource URIs provided by @Path annotations when there are no @ApplicationPath annotations defined on Application classes.

This value is always resolved relative to quarkus.http.root-path.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_PATH

Show more

string

The amount of memory that can be used to buffer input before switching to blocking IO.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

10k

The size of the chunks of memory allocated when writing data.

This is a very advanced setting that should only be set if you understand exactly how it affects the output IO operations of the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_MIN_CHUNK_SIZE

Show more

int

128

The size of the output stream response buffer. If a response is larger than this and no content-length is provided then the request will be chunked.

Larger values may give slight performance increases for large responses, at the expense of more memory usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

8191

By default, we assume a default produced media type of "text/plain" for String endpoint return types. If this is disabled, the default produced media type will be "[text/plain, */*]" which is more expensive due to negotiation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_SINGLE_DEFAULT_PRODUCES

Show more

boolean

true

When one of the quarkus-rest-jackson or quarkus-rest-jsonb extension are active and the result type of an endpoint is an application class or one of Collection, List, Set or Map, we assume the default return type is "application/json" if this configuration is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_DEFAULT_PRODUCES

Show more

boolean

true

Whether annotations such @IfBuildTimeProfile, @IfBuildTimeProperty and friends will be taken into account when used on JAX-RS classes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_BUILD_TIME_CONDITION_AWARE

Show more

boolean

true

Whether duplicate endpoints should trigger error at startup

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_FAIL_ON_DUPLICATE

Show more

boolean

true

An advanced option that can be set when they RESTEasy Reactive should NOT reply with 404 when it does not match the URL path and instead just pass control onto the next Vert.x handler (if any)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_RESUME_ON404

Show more

boolean

false

Default charset.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_REST_MULTIPART_INPUT_PART_DEFAULT_CHARSET

Show more

Charset

UTF-8

if set to true, access to all JAX-RS resources will be denied by default

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JAXRS_DENY_UNANNOTATED_ENDPOINTS

Show more

boolean

false

If no security annotations are affecting a method then they will default to requiring these roles, (equivalent to adding an @RolesAllowed annotation with the roles to every endpoint class). The role of '**' means any authenticated user, which is equivalent to the io.quarkus.security.Authenticated annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JAXRS_DEFAULT_ROLES_ALLOWED

Show more

list of string

REST Kotlin Serialization Common

デフォルト

Removes JSON specification restriction on special floating-point values such as NaN and Infinity and enables their serialization and deserialization. When enabling it, please ensure that the receiving party will be able to encode and decode these special values.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_ALLOW_SPECIAL_FLOATING_POINT_VALUES

Show more

boolean

false

Enables structured objects to be serialized as map keys by changing serialized form of the map from JSON object (key-value pairs) to flat array like [k1, v1, k2, v2].

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_ALLOW_STRUCTURED_MAP_KEYS

Show more

boolean

false

Name of the class descriptor property for polymorphic serialization.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_CLASS_DISCRIMINATOR

Show more

string

type

Enables coercing incorrect JSON values to the default property value in the following cases: 1. JSON value is null but property type is non-nullable. 2. Property type is an enum type, but JSON value contains unknown enum member.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_COERCE_INPUT_VALUES

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies whether default values of Kotlin properties should be encoded.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_ENCODE_DEFAULTS

Show more

boolean

true

Specifies whether null values should be encoded for nullable properties and must be present in JSON object during decoding.

When this flag is disabled properties with null values without default are not encoded; during decoding, the absence of a field value is treated as null for nullable properties without a default value.

true by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_EXPLICIT_NULLS

Show more

boolean

true

Specifies whether encounters of unknown properties in the input JSON should be ignored instead of throwing [SerializationException].

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_IGNORE_UNKNOWN_KEYS

Show more

boolean

false

Removes JSON specification restriction (RFC-4627) and makes parser more liberal to the malformed input. In lenient mode quoted boolean literals, and unquoted string literals are allowed.

Its relaxations can be expanded in the future, so that lenient parser becomes even more permissive to invalid value in the input, replacing them with defaults.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_IS_LENIENT

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies whether resulting JSON should be pretty-printed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_PRETTY_PRINT

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies indent string to use with [prettyPrint] mode

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_PRETTY_PRINT_INDENT

Show more

string

` `

Specifies whether Json instance makes use of [JsonNames] annotation.

Disabling this flag when one does not use [JsonNames] at all may sometimes result in better performance, particularly when a large count of fields is skipped with [ignoreUnknownKeys].

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_USE_ALTERNATIVE_NAMES

Show more

boolean

true

Switches polymorphic serialization to the default array format. This is an option for legacy JSON format and should not be generally used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_USE_ARRAY_POLYMORPHISM

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies the JsonNamingStrategy that should be used for all properties in classes for serialization and deserialization. This strategy is applied for all entities that have StructureKind.CLASS.

null by default.

This element can be one of two things:

  1. the fully qualified class name of a type implements the NamingStrategy interface and has a no-arg constructor

    • a value in the form NamingStrategy.SnakeCase which refers to built-in values provided by the kotlin serialization library itself.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

string

Specifies if the enum values should be decoded case insensitively.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_DECODE_ENUMS_CASE_INSENSITIVE

Show more

boolean

false

Specifies if trailing comma is allowed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_ALLOW_TRAILING_COMMA

Show more

boolean

false

Allows parser to accept C/Java-style comments in JSON input.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_KOTLIN_SERIALIZATION_JSON_ALLOW_COMMENTS

Show more

boolean

false

RESTEasy Classic

デフォルト

The size of the output stream response buffer. If a response is larger than this and no content-length is provided then the request will be chunked. Larger values may give slight performance increases for large responses, at the expense of more memory usage.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_VERTX_RESPONSE_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

8191

If gzip is enabled

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_GZIP_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Maximum deflated file bytes size

If the limit is exceeded, Resteasy will return Response with status 413("Request Entity Too Large")

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_GZIP_MAX_INPUT

Show more

MemorySize 

10M

If this is true (the default) then JSON is set to the default media type. If a method has no produces/consumes and there is no builtin provider than can handle the type then we will assume the response should be JSON. Note that this will only take effect if a JSON provider has been installed, such as quarkus-resteasy-jsonb or quarkus-resteasy-jackson.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_JSON_JSON_DEFAULT

Show more

boolean

true

if set to true, access to all JAX-RS resources will be denied by default

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JAXRS_DENY_UNANNOTATED_ENDPOINTS

Show more

boolean

false

If no security annotations are affecting a method then they will default to requiring these roles, (equivalent to adding an @RolesAllowed annotation with the roles to every endpoint class). The role of '**' means any authenticated user, which is equivalent to the io.quarkus.security.Authenticated annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JAXRS_DEFAULT_ROLES_ALLOWED

Show more

list of string

RESTEasy Classic - Server common

デフォルト

If this is true then JAX-RS will use only a single instance of a resource class to service all requests.

If this is false then it will create a new instance of the resource per request.

If the resource class has an explicit CDI scope annotation then the value of this annotation will always be used to control the lifecycle of the resource class.

IMPLEMENTATION NOTE: jakarta.ws.rs.Path turns into a CDI stereotype with singleton scope. As a result, if a user annotates a JAX-RS resource with a stereotype which has a different default scope the deployment fails with IllegalStateException.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_SINGLETON_RESOURCES

Show more

boolean

true

Set this to override the default path for JAX-RS resources if there are no annotated application classes. This path is specified with a leading /, but is resolved relative to quarkus.http.root-path.

  • If quarkus.http.root-path=/ and quarkus.resteasy.path=/bar, the JAX-RS resource path will be /bar

  • If quarkus.http.root-path=/foo and quarkus.resteasy.path=/bar, the JAX-RS resource path will be /foo/bar

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_PATH

Show more

string

/

Ignore all explicit JAX-RS Application classes. As multiple JAX-RS applications are not supported, this can be used to effectively merge all JAX-RS applications.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_IGNORE_APPLICATION_CLASSES

Show more

boolean

false

Whether annotations such @IfBuildTimeProfile, @IfBuildTimeProperty and friends will be taken into account when used on JAX-RS classes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_BUILD_TIME_CONDITION_AWARE

Show more

boolean

true

RESTEasy Classic Multipart

デフォルト

Default charset.

Note that the default value is UTF-8 which is different from RESTEasy’s default value US-ASCII.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_MULTIPART_INPUT_PART_DEFAULT_CHARSET

Show more

Charset

UTF-8

The default content-type.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_MULTIPART_INPUT_PART_DEFAULT_CONTENT_TYPE

Show more

string

text/plain

RESTEasy Client - OpenID Connect Filter

デフォルト

Enable OidcClientRequestFilter for all the injected MP RestClient implementations. If this property is disabled then OidcClientRequestFilter has to be registered as an MP RestClient provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_FILTER_REGISTER_FILTER

Show more

boolean

false

Name of the configured OidcClient used by the OidcClientRequestFilter. You can override this configuration for individual MP RestClient with the io.quarkus.oidc.client.filter.OidcClientFilter annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_FILTER_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

RESTEasy Client - OpenID Connect Token Propagation

デフォルト

If the OIDC Token Propagation is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether the token propagation is enabled during the SecurityIdentity augmentation.

For example, you may need to use a REST client from SecurityIdentityAugmentor to propagate the current token to acquire additional roles for the SecurityIdentity.

Note, this feature relies on a duplicated context. More information about Vert.x duplicated context can be found in this guide.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_ENABLED_DURING_AUTHENTICATION

Show more

boolean

false

Enable either AccessTokenRequestFilter or JsonWebTokenRequestFilter for all the injected MP RestClient implementations. AccessTokenRequestFilter can propagate both opaque (binary) and JsonWebToken tokens but it can not modify and secure the updated JsonWebToken tokens. JsonWebTokenRequestFilter can only propagate JsonWebToken tokens but it can also modify and secure them again. Enable the 'jsonWebToken' property to have JsonWebTokenRequestFilter registered. Alternatively, instead of using this property for registering these filters with all the injected MP RestClient implementations, both filters can be registered as MP RestClient providers with the specific MP RestClient implementations.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_REGISTER_FILTER

Show more

boolean

false

Enable JsonWebTokenRequestFilter instead of AccessTokenRequestFilter for all the injected MP RestClient implementations. This filter can propagate as well as modify and secure the updated JsonWebToken tokens. Note this property is ignored unless the 'registerFilter' property is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_JSON_WEB_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

false

Secure the injected and possibly modified JsonWebToken. For example, a JsonWebToken produced and signed by OpenId Connect provider can be re-signed using a new private key. Note this property is injected into JsonWebTokenRequestFilter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_SECURE_JSON_WEB_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

false

Exchange the current token with OpenId Connect Provider for a new token using either "urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange" or "urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer" token grant before propagating it. Note this property is injected into AccessTokenRequestFilter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_EXCHANGE_TOKEN

Show more

boolean

false

Name of the configured OidcClient. Note this property is injected into AccessTokenRequestFilter and is only used if the exchangeToken property is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_RESTEASY_CLIENT_OIDC_TOKEN_PROPAGATION_CLIENT_NAME

Show more

string

Scheduler

デフォルト

The syntax used in CRON expressions.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_CRON_TYPE

Show more

cron4j, quartz, unix, spring, spring53

quartz

Scheduled task metrics will be enabled if a metrics extension is present and this value is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Controls whether tracing is enabled. If set to true and the OpenTelemetry extension is present, tracing will be enabled, creating automatic Spans for each scheduled task.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_TRACING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

By default, only one Scheduler implementation is used. If set to true then a composite Scheduler that delegates to all running implementations is used.

Scheduler implementations will be started depending on the value of quarkus.scheduler.start-mode, i.e. the scheduler is not started unless a relevant io.quarkus.scheduler.Scheduled business method is found.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_USE_COMPOSITE_SCHEDULER

Show more

boolean

false

If schedulers are enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Scheduled task will be flagged as overdue if next execution time is exceeded by this period.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_OVERDUE_GRACE_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

1S

Scheduler can be started in different modes. By default, the scheduler is not started unless a io.quarkus.scheduler.Scheduled business method is found.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SCHEDULER_START_MODE

Show more

normalThe scheduler is not started unless a io.quarkus.scheduler.Scheduled business method is found., forcedThe scheduler will be started even if no scheduled business methods are found. This is necessary for "pure" programmatic scheduling., haltedJust like the forced mode but the scheduler will not start triggering jobs until Scheduler#resume() is called. This can be useful to run some initialization logic that needs to be performed before the scheduler starts.

Schema Registry - DevService

デフォルト

Dev Services

デフォルト

If Dev Services for Apicurio Registry has been explicitly enabled or disabled. Dev Services are generally enabled by default, unless there is an existing configuration present. For Apicurio Registry, Dev Services starts a registry unless mp.messaging.connector.smallrye-kafka.apicurio.registry.url or mp.messaging.connector.smallrye-kafka.schema.registry.url is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Optional fixed port the dev service will listen to.

If not defined, the port will be chosen randomly.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_PORT

Show more

int

The Apicurio Registry image to use. Note that only Apicurio Registry 2.x images are supported. Specifically, the image repository must end with apicurio/apicurio-registry-mem.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_IMAGE_NAME

Show more

string

quay.io/apicurio/apicurio-registry-mem:2.4.2.Final

Indicates if the Apicurio Registry instance managed by Quarkus Dev Services is shared. When shared, Quarkus looks for running containers using label-based service discovery. If a matching container is found, it is used, and so a second one is not started. Otherwise, Dev Services for Apicurio Registry starts a new container.

The discovery uses the quarkus-dev-service-apicurio-registry label. The value is configured using the service-name property.

Container sharing is only used in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_SHARED

Show more

boolean

true

The value of the quarkus-dev-service-apicurio-registry label attached to the started container. This property is used when shared is set to true. In this case, before starting a container, Dev Services for Apicurio Registry looks for a container with the quarkus-dev-service-apicurio-registry label set to the configured value. If found, it will use this container instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, it starts a new container with the quarkus-dev-service-apicurio-registry label set to the specified value.

This property is used when you need multiple shared Apicurio Registry instances.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_SERVICE_NAME

Show more

string

apicurio-registry

Environment variables that are passed to the container.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_APICURIO_REGISTRY_DEVSERVICES_CONTAINER_ENV__ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Security

デフォルト

Whether authorization is enabled in dev mode or not. In other launch modes authorization is always enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_AUTH_ENABLED_IN_DEV_MODE

Show more

boolean

true

List of security providers to register

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_SECURITY_PROVIDERS

Show more

list of string

Security provider configuration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_SECURITY_PROVIDER_CONFIG__PROVIDER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If set to true, access to all methods of beans that have any security annotations on other members will be denied by default. E.g. if enabled, in the following bean, methodB will be denied.

@ApplicationScoped
  public class A {
     @RolesAllowed("admin")
     public void methodA() {
         ...
     }
     public void methodB() {
         ...
     }
  }

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_DENY_UNANNOTATED_MEMBERS

Show more

boolean

false

Whether security events should be fired.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_EVENTS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Security Jakarta Persistence

デフォルト

Selects the Hibernate ORM persistence unit. Default persistence unit is used when no value is specified.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SECURITY_JPA_PERSISTENCE_UNIT_NAME

Show more

string

<default>

Security WebAuthn

デフォルト

If the WebAuthn extension is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The origin of the application. The origin is basically protocol, host and port. If you are calling WebAuthn API while your application is located at https://example.com/login, then origin will be https://example.com. If you are calling from http://localhost:2823/test, then the origin will be http://localhost:2823. Please note that WebAuthn API will not work on pages loaded over HTTP, unless it is localhost, which is considered secure context.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_ORIGIN

Show more

string

Authenticator Transports allowed by the application. Authenticators can interact with the user web browser through several transports. Applications may want to restrict the transport protocols for extra security hardening reasons. By default, all transports should be allowed. If your application is to be used by mobile phone users, you may want to restrict only the INTERNAL authenticator to be allowed. Permitted values are:

  • USB - USB connected authenticators (e.g.: Yubikey’s)

  • NFC - NFC connected authenticators (e.g.: Yubikey’s)

  • BLE - Bluetooth LE connected authenticators

  • INTERNAL - Hardware security chips (e.g.: Intel TPM2.0)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_TRANSPORTS

Show more

list of usb, nfc, ble, internal

USB,NFC,BLE,INTERNAL

The id (or domain name of your server)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_RELYING_PARTY_ID

Show more

string

A user friendly name for your server

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_RELYING_PARTY_NAME

Show more

string

Quarkus server

Kind of Authenticator Attachment allowed. Authenticators can connect to your device in two forms:

  • PLATFORM - The Authenticator is built-in to your device (e.g.: Security chip)

  • CROSS_PLATFORM - The Authenticator can roam across devices (e.g.: USB Authenticator) For security reasons your application may choose to restrict to a specific attachment mode. If omitted, then any mode is permitted.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_AUTHENTICATOR_ATTACHMENT

Show more

platform, cross-platform

Resident key required. A resident (private) key, is a key that cannot leave your authenticator device, this means that you cannot reuse the authenticator to log into a second computer.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_REQUIRE_RESIDENT_KEY

Show more

boolean

false

User Verification requirements. Webauthn applications may choose REQUIRED verification to assert that the user is present during the authentication ceremonies, but in some cases, applications may want to reduce the interactions with the user, i.e.: prevent the use of pop-ups. Valid values are:

  • REQUIRED - User must always interact with the browser

  • PREFERRED - User should always interact with the browser

  • DISCOURAGED - User should avoid interact with the browser

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_USER_VERIFICATION

Show more

required, preferred, discouraged

DISCOURAGED

Non-negative User Verification timeout. Authentication must occur within the timeout, this will prevent the user browser from being blocked with a pop-up required user verification, and the whole ceremony must be completed within the timeout period. After the timeout, any previously issued challenge is automatically invalidated.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60s

Device Attestation Preference. During registration, applications may want to attest the device. Attestation is a cryptographic verification of the authenticator hardware. Attestation implies that the privacy of the users may be exposed and browsers might override the desired configuration on the user’s behalf. Valid values are:

  • NONE - no attestation data is sent with registration

  • INDIRECT - attestation data is sent with registration, yielding anonymized data by a trusted CA

  • DIRECT - attestation data is sent with registration

  • ENTERPRISE - no attestation data is sent with registration. The device AAGUID is returned unaltered.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_ATTESTATION

Show more

none, indirect, direct, enterprise

NONE

Allowed Public Key Credential algorithms by preference order. Webauthn mandates that all authenticators must support at least the following 2 algorithms: ES256 and RS256. Applications may require stronger keys and algorithms, for example: ES512 or EdDSA. Note that the use of stronger algorithms, e.g.: EdDSA may require Java 15 or a cryptographic JCE provider that implements the algorithms.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_PUB_KEY_CRED_PARAMS

Show more

list of es256, es384, es512, ps256, ps384, ps512, es256k, rs256, rs384, rs512, rs1, ed-dsa

ES256,RS256

Length of the challenges exchanged between the application and the browser. Challenges must be at least 32 bytes.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_CHALLENGE_LENGTH

Show more

int

64

The login page

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_LOGIN_PAGE

Show more

string

/login.html

The inactivity (idle) timeout When inactivity timeout is reached, cookie is not renewed and a new login is enforced.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_SESSION_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

PT30M

How old a cookie can get before it will be replaced with a new cookie with an updated timeout, also referred to as "renewal-timeout". Note that smaller values will result in slightly more server load (as new encrypted cookies will be generated more often); however, larger values affect the inactivity timeout because the timeout is set when a cookie is generated. For example if this is set to 10 minutes, and the inactivity timeout is 30m, if a user’s last request is when the cookie is 9m old then the actual timeout will happen 21m after the last request because the timeout is only refreshed when a new cookie is generated. That is, no timeout is tracked on the server side; the timestamp is encoded and encrypted in the cookie itself, and it is decrypted and parsed with each request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_NEW_COOKIE_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

PT1M

The cookie that is used to store the persistent session

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_COOKIE_NAME

Show more

string

quarkus-credential

The cookie that is used to store the challenge data during login/registration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_CHALLENGE_COOKIE_NAME

Show more

string

_quarkus_webauthn_challenge

The cookie that is used to store the username data during login/registration

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_CHALLENGE_USERNAME_COOKIE_NAME

Show more

string

_quarkus_webauthn_username

SameSite attribute for the session cookie.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_COOKIE_SAME_SITE

Show more

strict, lax, none

strict

The cookie path for the session cookies.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_COOKIE_PATH

Show more

string

/

Max-Age attribute for the session cookie. This is the amount of time the browser will keep the cookie. The default value is empty, which means the cookie will be kept until the browser is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBAUTHN_COOKIE_MAX_AGE

Show more

Duration 

SmallRye GraphQL

デフォルト

The rootPath under which queries will be served. Default to graphql By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

graphql

Enable Apollo Federation. If this value is unspecified, then federation will be enabled automatically if any GraphQL Federation annotations are detected in the application.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_FEDERATION_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable batch resolving for federation. Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_FEDERATION_BATCH_RESOLVING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable metrics. By default, this is false. If set to true, a metrics extension is required.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_METRICS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable tracing. By default, this will be enabled if the tracing extension is added.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_TRACING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable eventing. Allow you to receive events on bootstrap and execution.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_EVENTS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Enable non-blocking support. Default is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_NONBLOCKING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable GET Requests. Allow queries via HTTP GET.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_HTTP_GET_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Enable Query parameter on POST Requests. Allow POST request to override or supply values in a query parameter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_HTTP_POST_QUERYPARAMETERS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

Change the type naming strategy. All possible strategies are: default, merge-inner-class, full

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_AUTO_NAME_STRATEGY

Show more

string

Default

List of extension fields that should be included in the error response. By default, none will be included. Examples of valid values include [exception,classification,code,description,validationErrorType,queryPath]

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_ERROR_EXTENSION_FIELDS

Show more

list of string

List of Runtime Exceptions class names that should show the error message. By default, Runtime Exception messages will be hidden and a generic Server Error message will be returned.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SHOW_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_MESSAGE

Show more

list of string

List of Checked Exceptions class names that should hide the error message. By default, Checked Exception messages will show the exception message.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_HIDE_CHECKED_EXCEPTION_MESSAGE

Show more

list of string

The default error message that will be used for hidden exception messages. Defaults to "Server Error"

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_DEFAULT_ERROR_MESSAGE

Show more

string

Print the data fetcher exception to the log file. Default true in dev and test mode, default false in prod.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PRINT_DATA_FETCHER_EXCEPTION

Show more

boolean

Make the schema available over HTTP.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SCHEMA_AVAILABLE

Show more

boolean

true

Include the Scalar definitions in the schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SCHEMA_INCLUDE_SCALARS

Show more

boolean

false

Include the schema internal definition in the schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SCHEMA_INCLUDE_SCHEMA_DEFINITION

Show more

boolean

false

Include Directives in the schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SCHEMA_INCLUDE_DIRECTIVES

Show more

boolean

false

Include Introspection Types in the schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_SCHEMA_INCLUDE_INTROSPECTION_TYPES

Show more

boolean

false

Log the payload (and optionally variables) to System out.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_LOG_PAYLOAD

Show more

off, query-only, query-and-variables

off

Set the Field visibility.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_FIELD_VISIBILITY

Show more

string

default

Exceptions that should be unwrapped (class names).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_UNWRAP_EXCEPTIONS

Show more

list of string

Subprotocols that should be supported by the server for graphql-over-websocket use cases. Allowed subprotocols are "graphql-ws" and "graphql-transport-ws". By default, both are enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_WEBSOCKET_SUBPROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Set to true if ignored chars should be captured as AST nodes. Default to false

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PARSER_CAPTURE_IGNORED_CHARS

Show more

boolean

Set to true if `graphql.language.Comment`s should be captured as AST nodes

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PARSER_CAPTURE_LINE_COMMENTS

Show more

boolean

Set to true true if `graphql.language.SourceLocation`s should be captured as AST nodes. Default to true

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PARSER_CAPTURE_SOURCE_LOCATION

Show more

boolean

The maximum number of raw tokens the parser will accept, after which an exception will be thrown. Default to 15000

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PARSER_MAX_TOKENS

Show more

int

The maximum number of raw whitespace tokens the parser will accept, after which an exception will be thrown. Default to 200000

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_PARSER_MAX_WHITESPACE_TOKENS

Show more

int

Abort a query if the total number of data fields queried exceeds the defined limit. Default to no limit

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_INSTRUMENTATION_QUERY_COMPLEXITY

Show more

int

Abort a query if the total depth of the query exceeds the defined limit. Default to no limit

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_INSTRUMENTATION_QUERY_DEPTH

Show more

int

Additional scalars to register in the schema. These are taken from the graphql-java-extended-scalars library.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_EXTRA_SCALARS

Show more

list of uuid

Excludes all the 'null' fields in the GraphQL response’s data field, except for the non-successfully resolved fields (errors). Disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_EXCLUDE_NULL_FIELDS_IN_RESPONSES

Show more

boolean

If GraphQL UI should be enabled. By default, GraphQL UI is enabled if it is included (see always-include).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_UI_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

SmallRye GraphQL UI configuration

デフォルト

The path where GraphQL UI is available. The value / is not allowed as it blocks the application from serving anything else. By default, this URL will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_UI_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

graphql-ui

Always include the UI. By default, this will only be included in dev and test. Setting this to true will also include the UI in Prod

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_UI_ALWAYS_INCLUDE

Show more

boolean

false

SmallRye GraphQL Client

デフォルト

Configuration item to enable build-time scanning in Quarkus for generating typesafe GraphQL client models. If true, build-time scanning is enabled. By default, it is true.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT_ENABLE_BUILD_TIME_SCANNING

Show more

boolean

true

The URL location of the target GraphQL service.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__URL

Show more

string

HTTP headers to add when communicating with the target GraphQL service.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__HEADER__HEADER_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

WebSocket subprotocols that should be supported by this client for running GraphQL operations over websockets. Allowed values are: - graphql-ws for the deprecated Apollo protocol - graphql-transport-ws for the newer GraphQL over WebSocket protocol (default value) If multiple protocols are provided, the actual protocol to be used will be subject to negotiation with the server.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__SUBPROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

graphql-transport-ws

If true, then queries and mutations will run over the websocket transport rather than pure HTTP. Off by default, because it has higher overhead.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__EXECUTE_SINGLE_RESULT_OPERATIONS_OVER_WEBSOCKET

Show more

boolean

Maximum time in milliseconds that will be allowed to wait for the server to acknowledge a websocket connection (send a subprotocol-specific ACK message).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__WEBSOCKET_INITIALIZATION_TIMEOUT

Show more

int

Hostname of the proxy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__PROXY_HOST

Show more

string

Port number of the proxy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__PROXY_PORT

Show more

int

Username for the proxy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__PROXY_USERNAME

Show more

string

Password for the proxy to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__PROXY_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Maximum number of redirects to follow.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__MAX_REDIRECTS

Show more

int

Additional payload sent on websocket initialization.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__INIT_PAYLOAD__PROPERTY_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Allowing unexpected fields in response. If true, there will be warning log of an unexpected field. Else it throws an error.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__ALLOW_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE_FIELDS

Show more

boolean

The name of the TLS configuration (bucket) used for client authentication in the TLS registry.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_GRAPHQL_CLIENT__CLIENTS__TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

SmallRye Health

デフォルト

Activate or disable this extension. Disabling this extension means that no health related information is exposed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether extensions published health check should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_EXTENSIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Whether to include the Liveness and Readiness Health endpoints in the generated OpenAPI document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_OPENAPI_INCLUDED

Show more

boolean

false

Root path for health-checking endpoints. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}. If the management interface is enabled, the value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

health

The relative path of the liveness health-checking endpoint. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.smallrye-health.rootPath}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_LIVENESS_PATH

Show more

string

live

The relative path of the readiness health-checking endpoint. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.smallrye-health.rootPath}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_READINESS_PATH

Show more

string

ready

The relative path of the health group endpoint. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.smallrye-health.rootPath}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_GROUP_PATH

Show more

string

group

The relative path of the wellness health-checking endpoint. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.smallrye-health.rootPath}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_WELLNESS_PATH

Show more

string

well

The relative path of the startup health-checking endpoint. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.smallrye-health.rootPath}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_STARTUP_PATH

Show more

string

started

Whether the context should be propagated to each health check invocation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_CONTEXT_PROPAGATION

Show more

boolean

false

The number of the maximum health groups that can be created.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_MAX_GROUP_REGISTRIES_COUNT

Show more

int

The name of the default health group used when no other health group is defined on the health check.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_DEFAULT_HEALTH_GROUP

Show more

string

If management interface is turned on the health endpoints and ui will be published under the management interface. This allows you to exclude Health from management by setting the value to false

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_MANAGEMENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Specify the reported DOWN responses should be aligned with RFC 9457 - Problem Details for HTTP APIs.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_INCLUDE_PROBLEM_DETAILS

Show more

boolean

false

If Health UI should be enabled. By default, Health UI is enabled if it is included (see always-include).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_UI_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

Additional top-level properties to be included in the resulting JSON object.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_ADDITIONAL_PROPERTY__PROPERTY_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Whether the HealthCheck should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_CHECK__CHECK_NAME__ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

SmallRye Health UI configuration

デフォルト

The path where Health UI is available. The value / is not allowed as it blocks the application from serving anything else. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_UI_ROOT_PATH

Show more

string

health-ui

Always include the UI. By default, this will only be included in dev and test. Setting this to true will also include the UI in Prod

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_HEALTH_UI_ALWAYS_INCLUDE

Show more

boolean

false

SmallRye JWT

デフォルト

The MP-JWT configuration object

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_JWT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

The name of the java.security.Provider that supports SHA256withRSA signatures

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_JWT_RSA_SIG_PROVIDER

Show more

string

SunRsaSign

Enable this property if fetching the remote keys can be a time-consuming operation. Do not enable it if you use the local keys.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_JWT_BLOCKING_AUTHENTICATION

Show more

boolean

false

Always create HTTP 401 challenge, even for requests containing no authentication credentials. JWT authentication mechanism will return HTTP 401 when an authentication challenge is required. However if it is used alongside one of the interactive authentication mechanisms then returning HTTP 401 to the users accessing the application from a browser may not be desired. If you prefer you can request that JWT authentication mechanism does not create a challenge in such cases by setting this property to 'true'.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_JWT_SILENT

Show more

boolean

false

SmallRye Metrics

デフォルト

The path to the metrics handler. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}. If the management interface is enabled, the value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.management.root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_METRICS_PATH

Show more

string

metrics

Whether metrics published by Quarkus extensions should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_METRICS_EXTENSIONS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Apply Micrometer compatibility mode, where instead of regular 'base' and 'vendor' metrics, Quarkus exposes the same 'jvm' metrics that Micrometer does. Application metrics are unaffected by this mode. The use case is to facilitate migration from Micrometer-based metrics, because original dashboards for JVM metrics will continue working without having to rewrite them.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_METRICS_MICROMETER_COMPATIBILITY

Show more

boolean

false

Whether detailed JAX-RS metrics should be enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_METRICS_JAXRS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

SmallRye OpenAPI - Common

デフォルト

The path at which to register the OpenAPI Servlet.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_PATH

Show more

string

openapi

If set, the generated OpenAPI schema documents will be stored here on build. Both openapi.json and openapi.yaml will be stored here if this is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_STORE_SCHEMA_DIRECTORY

Show more

path

Do not run the filter only at startup, but every time the document is requested (dynamic).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_ALWAYS_RUN_FILTER

Show more

boolean

false

Do not include the provided static openapi document (eg. META-INF/openapi.yaml)

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_IGNORE_STATIC_DOCUMENT

Show more

boolean

false

If management interface is turned on the openapi schema document will be published under the management interface. This allows you to exclude OpenAPI from management by setting the value to false

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_MANAGEMENT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

A list of local directories that should be scanned for yaml and/or json files to be included in the static model. Example: META-INF/openapi/

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_ADDITIONAL_DOCS_DIRECTORY

Show more

list of path

Add a certain SecurityScheme with config

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_SECURITY_SCHEME

Show more

api-key, basic, jwt, oauth2, oidc, oauth2-implicit

Add a Security Scheme name to the generated OpenAPI document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_SECURITY_SCHEME_NAME

Show more

string

SecurityScheme

Add a description to the Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_SECURITY_SCHEME_DESCRIPTION

Show more

string

Authentication

Add one or more extensions to the security scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_SECURITY_SCHEME_EXTENSIONS__EXTENSION_NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

This will automatically add the security requirement to all methods/classes that has a RolesAllowed annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_AUTO_ADD_SECURITY_REQUIREMENT

Show more

boolean

true

This will automatically add tags to operations based on the Java class name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_AUTO_ADD_TAGS

Show more

boolean

true

Setting it to true will automatically add a default server to the schema if none is provided, using the current running server host and port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_AUTO_ADD_SERVER

Show more

boolean

This will automatically add security based on the security extension included (if any).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_AUTO_ADD_SECURITY

Show more

boolean

true

Required when using apiKey security. The location of the API key. Valid values are "query", "header" or "cookie".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_API_KEY_PARAMETER_IN

Show more

string

Required when using apiKey security. The name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_API_KEY_PARAMETER_NAME

Show more

string

Add a scheme value to the Basic HTTP Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_BASIC_SECURITY_SCHEME_VALUE

Show more

string

basic

Add a scheme value to the JWT Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_JWT_SECURITY_SCHEME_VALUE

Show more

string

bearer

Add a bearer format the JWT Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_JWT_BEARER_FORMAT

Show more

string

JWT

Add a scheme value to the OAuth2 opaque token Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OAUTH2_SECURITY_SCHEME_VALUE

Show more

string

bearer

Add a scheme value to OAuth2 opaque token Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OAUTH2_BEARER_FORMAT

Show more

string

Opaque

Add a openIdConnectUrl value to the OIDC Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OIDC_OPEN_ID_CONNECT_URL

Show more

string

Add a implicit flow refreshUrl value to the OAuth2 Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OAUTH2_IMPLICIT_REFRESH_URL

Show more

string

Add an implicit flow authorizationUrl value to the OAuth2 Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OAUTH2_IMPLICIT_AUTHORIZATION_URL

Show more

string

Add an implicit flow tokenUrl value to the OAuth2 Security Scheme

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OAUTH2_IMPLICIT_TOKEN_URL

Show more

string

Override the openapi version in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OPEN_API_VERSION

Show more

string

Set the title in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_TITLE

Show more

string

Set the version in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_VERSION

Show more

string

Set the description in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_DESCRIPTION

Show more

string

Set the terms of the service in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_TERMS_OF_SERVICE

Show more

string

Set the contact email in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_CONTACT_EMAIL

Show more

string

Set the contact name in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_CONTACT_NAME

Show more

string

Set the contact url in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_CONTACT_URL

Show more

string

Set the license name in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_LICENSE_NAME

Show more

string

Set the license url in Info tag in the Schema document

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_INFO_LICENSE_URL

Show more

string

Set the strategy to automatically create an operation Id

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_OPERATION_ID_STRATEGY

Show more

method, class-method, package-class-method

Enable the openapi endpoint. By default it’s enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

Specify the list of global servers that provide connectivity information

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SMALLRYE_OPENAPI_SERVERS

Show more

list of string

SmallRye Stork

デフォルト

Configuration for the service

デフォルト

Configures the service discovery type, e.g. "consul". ServiceDiscoveryProvider for the type has to be available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__SERVICE_DISCOVERY_TYPE

Show more

string

required

ServiceDiscovery parameters. Check the documentation of the selected service discovery type for available parameters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__SERVICE_DISCOVERY__PARAMS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Configures load balancer type, e.g. "round-robin". A LoadBalancerProvider for the type has to be available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__LOAD_BALANCER_TYPE

Show more

string

round-robin

Load Balancer parameters. Check the documentation of the selected load balancer type for available parameters

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__LOAD_BALANCER__PARAMETERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Configures service registrar type, e.g. "consul". A ServiceRegistrarProvider for the type has to be available

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__SERVICE_REGISTRAR_TYPE

Show more

string

required

Service Registrar parameters. Check the documentation of the selected registrar type for available parameters

Environment variable: QUARKUS_STORK__SERVICE_NAME__SERVICE_REGISTRAR__PARAMETERS_

Show more

Map<String,String>

Spring - DI

デフォルト

Whether Spring DI is enabled **during the build**.

Turning this setting off will result in Quarkus completely ignoring beans annotated with Spring annotations

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_DI_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Spring Boot - Properties

デフォルト

The naming strategy used for org.springframework.boot.context.properties.ConfigurationProperties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SPRING_BOOT_PROPERTIES_CONFIGURATION_PROPERTIES_NAMING_STRATEGY

Show more

verbatim, kebab-case, snake-case

kebab-case

Swagger UI

デフォルト

The path where Swagger UI is available.

The value / is not allowed as it blocks the application from serving anything else. By default, this value will be resolved as a path relative to ${quarkus.http.non-application-root-path}.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PATH

Show more

string

swagger-ui

If this should be included every time. By default, this is only included when the application is running in dev mode.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_ALWAYS_INCLUDE

Show more

boolean

false

The urls that will be included as options. By default, the OpenAPI path will be used. Here you can override that and supply multiple urls that will appear in the TopBar plugin.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_URLS__NAME_

Show more

Map<String,String>

If urls option is used, this will be the name of the default selection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_URLS_PRIMARY_NAME

Show more

string

The html title for the page.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_TITLE

Show more

string

Swagger UI theme to be used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_THEME

Show more

original, feeling-blue, flattop, material, monokai, muted, newspaper, outline

A footer for the html page. Nothing by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_FOOTER

Show more

string

If set to true, enables deep linking for tags and operations.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DEEP_LINKING

Show more

boolean

Controls the display of operationId in operations list. The default is false.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DISPLAY_OPERATION_ID

Show more

boolean

The default expansion depth for models (set to -1 completely hide the models).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DEFAULT_MODELS_EXPAND_DEPTH

Show more

int

The default expansion depth for the model on the model-example section.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DEFAULT_MODEL_EXPAND_DEPTH

Show more

int

Controls how the model is shown when the API is first rendered.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DEFAULT_MODEL_RENDERING

Show more

string

Controls the display of the request duration (in milliseconds) for "Try it out" requests.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DISPLAY_REQUEST_DURATION

Show more

boolean

Controls the default expansion setting for the operations and tags.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_DOC_EXPANSION

Show more

list, full, none

If set, enables filtering. The top bar will show an edit box that you can use to filter the tagged operations that are shown. Can be Boolean to enable or disable, or a string, in which case filtering will be enabled using that string as the filter expression. Filtering is case-sensitive matching the filter expression anywhere inside the tag.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_FILTER

Show more

string

If set, limits the number of tagged operations displayed to at most this many. The default is to show all operations.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_MAX_DISPLAYED_TAGS

Show more

int

Apply a sort to the operation list of each API. It can be 'alpha' (sort by paths alphanumerically), 'method' (sort by HTTP method) or a function (see Array.prototype.sort() to know how sort function works). Default is the order returned by the server unchanged.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OPERATIONS_SORTER

Show more

string

Controls the display of vendor extension (x-) fields and values for Operations, Parameters, and Schema.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_SHOW_EXTENSIONS

Show more

boolean

Controls the display of extensions (pattern, maxLength, minLength, maximum, minimum) fields and values for Parameters.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_SHOW_COMMON_EXTENSIONS

Show more

boolean

Apply a sort to the tag list of each API. It can be 'alpha' (sort by paths alphanumerically) or a function (see Array.prototype.sort() to learn how to write a sort function). Two tag name strings are passed to the sorter for each pass. Default is the order determined by Swagger UI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_TAGS_SORTER

Show more

string

Provides a mechanism to be notified when Swagger UI has finished rendering a newly provided definition.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_ON_COMPLETE

Show more

string

Set to false to deactivate syntax highlighting of payloads and cURL command. Can be otherwise an object with the activate and theme properties.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_SYNTAX_HIGHLIGHT

Show more

string

OAuth redirect URL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH2_REDIRECT_URL

Show more

string

MUST be a function. Function to intercept remote definition, "Try it out", and OAuth 2.0 requests. Accepts one argument requestInterceptor(request) and must return the modified request, or a Promise that resolves to the modified request.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_REQUEST_INTERCEPTOR

Show more

string

If set, MUST be an array of command line options available to the curl command. This can be set on the mutated request in the requestInterceptor function.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_REQUEST_CURL_OPTIONS

Show more

list of string

MUST be a function. Function to intercept remote definition, "Try it out", and OAuth 2.0 responses. Accepts one argument responseInterceptor(response) and must return the modified response, or a Promise that resolves to the modified response.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_RESPONSE_INTERCEPTOR

Show more

string

If set to true, uses the mutated request returned from a requestInterceptor to produce the curl command in the UI, otherwise the request before the requestInterceptor was applied is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_SHOW_MUTATED_REQUEST

Show more

boolean

List of HTTP methods that have the "Try it out" feature enabled. An empty array disables "Try it out" for all operations. This does not filter the operations from the display.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_SUPPORTED_SUBMIT_METHODS

Show more

list of get, put, post, delete, options, head, patch, trace

By default, Swagger UI attempts to validate specs against swagger.io’s online validator. You can use this parameter to set a different validator URL, for example for locally deployed validators (Validator Badge). Setting it to either none, 127.0.0.1 or localhost will disable validation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_VALIDATOR_URL

Show more

string

If set to true, enables passing credentials, as defined in the Fetch standard, in CORS requests that are sent by the browser.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_WITH_CREDENTIALS

Show more

boolean

Function to set default values to each property in model. Accepts one argument modelPropertyMacro(property), property is immutable

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_MODEL_PROPERTY_MACRO

Show more

string

Function to set default value to parameters. Accepts two arguments parameterMacro(operation, parameter). Operation and parameter are objects passed for context, both remain immutable

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PARAMETER_MACRO

Show more

string

If set to true, it persists authorization data and it would not be lost on browser close/refresh

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PERSIST_AUTHORIZATION

Show more

boolean

The name of a component available via the plugin system to use as the top-level layout for Swagger UI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_LAYOUT

Show more

string

A list of plugin functions to use in Swagger UI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PLUGINS

Show more

list of string

A list of presets to use in Swagger UI.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PRESETS

Show more

list of string

OAuth default clientId - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_CLIENT_ID

Show more

string

OAuth default clientSecret - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_CLIENT_SECRET

Show more

string

OAuth1 Realm query parameter added to authorizationUrl and tokenUrl - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_REALM

Show more

string

OAuth application name, displayed in authorization popup - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_APP_NAME

Show more

string

OAuth scope separator for passing scopes - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_SCOPE_SEPARATOR

Show more

string

OAuth Scopes, separated using the oauthScopeSeparator - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_SCOPES

Show more

string

OAuth additional query parameters added to authorizationUrl and tokenUrl - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_ADDITIONAL_QUERY_STRING_PARAMS

Show more

string

OAuth only activated for the accessCode flow. During the authorization_code request to the tokenUrl, pass the Client Password using the HTTP Basic Authentication scheme - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_USE_BASIC_AUTHENTICATION_WITH_ACCESS_CODE_GRANT

Show more

boolean

OAuth only applies to authorization code flows. Proof Key for Code Exchange brings enhanced security for OAuth public clients - Used in the initOAuth method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_OAUTH_USE_PKCE_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_CODE_GRANT

Show more

boolean

Pre-authorize Basic Auth, programmatically set DefinitionKey for a Basic authorization scheme - Used in the preauthorizeBasic method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PREAUTHORIZE_BASIC_AUTH_DEFINITION_KEY

Show more

string

Pre-authorize Basic Auth, programmatically set Username for a Basic authorization scheme - Used in the preauthorizeBasic method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PREAUTHORIZE_BASIC_USERNAME

Show more

string

Pre-authorize Basic Auth, programmatically set Password for a Basic authorization scheme - Used in the preauthorizeBasic method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PREAUTHORIZE_BASIC_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Pre-authorize ApiKey Auth, programmatically set DefinitionKey for an API key or Bearer authorization scheme - Used in the preauthorizeApiKey method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PREAUTHORIZE_API_KEY_AUTH_DEFINITION_KEY

Show more

string

Pre-authorize ApiKey Auth, programmatically set ApiKeyValue for an API key or Bearer authorization scheme - Used in the preauthorizeApiKey method.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_PREAUTHORIZE_API_KEY_API_KEY_VALUE

Show more

string

If set to true, this allows the user to modify and test different query parameters in the API request

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_QUERY_CONFIG_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If try it out should be enabled by default

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_TRY_IT_OUT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

If Swagger UI is included, it should be enabled/disabled. By default, Swagger UI is enabled if it is included (see always-include).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SWAGGER_UI_ENABLE

Show more

boolean

true

TLS Registry

デフォルト

Set to true to enable let’s encrypt support.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_LETS_ENCRYPT_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The order of the key/cert files, based on the names in the keyCerts map.

By default, Quarkus sorts the key using a lexicographical order. This property allows you to specify the order of the key/cert files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_PEM_ORDER

Show more

list of string

Path to the key store file (P12 / PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_P12_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the key store. When not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the private key and certificate in the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_P12_ALIAS

Show more

string

Password of the alias in the key store. If not set, the password will be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_P12_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Provider of the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_P12_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Path to the keystore file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_JKS_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the key store. When not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the private key and certificate in the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_JKS_ALIAS

Show more

string

Password of the alias in the key store. When not set, the password may be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_JKS_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Provider of the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_JKS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Enables Server Name Indication (SNI).

Server Name Indication (SNI) is a TLS extension that allows a client to specify the hostname it is attempting to connect to during the TLS handshake. This enables a server to present different SSL certificates for multiple domains on a single IP address, facilitating secure communication for virtual hosting scenarios.

With this setting enabled, the client indicate the server name during the TLS handshake, allowing the server to select the right certificate.

When configuring the keystore with PEM files, multiple CRT/Key must be given. When configuring the keystore with a JKS or a P12 file, it selects one alias based on the SNI hostname. In this case, all the keystore password and alias password must be the same (configured with the password and alias-password properties. Do not set the alias property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_SNI

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the "credential" bucket (map key → passwords) to retrieve from the io.quarkus.credentials.CredentialsProvider. If not set, the credential provider will not be used.

A credential provider offers a way to retrieve the key store password as well as alias password. Note that the credential provider is only used if the passwords are not set in the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the bean providing the credential provider.

The name is used to select the credential provider to use. The credential provider must be exposed as a CDI bean and with the @Named annotation set to the configured name to be selected.

If not set, the default credential provider is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_BEAN_NAME

Show more

string

The key used to retrieve the key store password.

If the selected credential provider does not support the key, the password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to open the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

password

The key used to retrieve the key store alias password.

If the selected credential provider does not contain the key, the alias password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to access the alias private key from the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_ALIAS_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

alias-password

List of the trusted cert paths (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of path

Path to the trust store file (P12 / PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_P12_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the trust store. If not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_P12_ALIAS

Show more

string

Provider of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_P12_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Path to the trust store file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_JKS_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the trust store. If not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the key in the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_JKS_ALIAS

Show more

string

Provider of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_JKS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The name of the "credential" bucket (map key → passwords) to retrieve from the io.quarkus.credentials.CredentialsProvider. If not set, the credential provider will not be used.

A credential provider offers a way to retrieve the key store password as well as alias password. Note that the credential provider is only used if the passwords are not set in the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the bean providing the credential provider.

The name is used to select the credential provider to use. The credential provider must be exposed as a CDI bean and with the @Named annotation set to the configured name to be selected.

If not set, the default credential provider is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_BEAN_NAME

Show more

string

The key used to retrieve the trust store password.

If the selected credential provider does not contain the configured key, the password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to open the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

password

Sets the ordered list of enabled cipher suites. If none is given, a reasonable default is selected from the built-in ciphers.

When suites are set, it takes precedence over the default suite defined by the SSLEngineOptions in use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

list of string

Sets the ordered list of enabled TLS protocols.

If not set, it defaults to "TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2". The following list of protocols are supported: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. To only enable TLSv1.3, set the value to to "TLSv1.3".

Note that setting an empty list, and enabling TLS is invalid. You must at least have one protocol.

Also, setting this replaces the default list of protocols.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

TLSv1.3,TLSv1.2

The timeout for the TLS handshake phase.

If not set, it defaults to 10 seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_HANDSHAKE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Enables the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN).

Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation is a TLS extension that allows the client and server during the TLS handshake to negotiate which protocol they will use for communication. ALPN enables more efficient communication by allowing the client to indicate its preferred application protocol to the server before the TLS connection is established. This helps in scenarios such as HTTP/2 where multiple protocols may be available, allowing for faster protocol selection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_ALPN

Show more

boolean

true

Sets the list of revoked certificates (paths to files).

A Certificate Revocation List (CRL) is a list of digital certificates that have been revoked by the issuing Certificate Authority (CA) before their scheduled expiration date. When a certificate is compromised, no longer needed, or deemed invalid for any reason, the CA adds it to the CRL to inform relying parties not to trust the certificate anymore.

Two formats are allowed: DER and PKCS#7 (also known as P7B). When using the DER format, you must pass DER-encoded CRLs. When using the PKCS#7 format, you must pass PKCS#7 SignedData object, with the only significant field being crls.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_CERTIFICATE_REVOCATION_LIST

Show more

list of path

If set to true, the server trusts all certificates.

This is useful for testing, but should not be used in production.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

The hostname verification algorithm to use in case the server’s identity should be checked. Should be HTTPS (default), LDAPS or an NONE.

If set to NONE, it does not verify the hostname.

If not set, the configured extension decides the default algorithm to use. For example, for HTTP, it will be "HTTPS". For TCP, it can depend on the protocol. Nevertheless, it is recommended to set it to "HTTPS" or "LDAPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_HOSTNAME_VERIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

When configured, the server will reload the certificates (from the file system for example) and fires a CertificateUpdatedEvent if the reload is successful

This property configures the period to reload the certificates. IF not set, the certificates won’t be reloaded automatically. However, the application can still trigger the reload manually using the io.quarkus.tls.TlsConfiguration#reload() method, and then fire the CertificateUpdatedEvent manually.

The fired event is used to notify the application that the certificates have been updated, and thus proceed with the actual switch of certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_RELOAD_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

The path to the key file (in PEM format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_PEM__KEY_CERTS__KEY

Show more

path

required

The path to the certificate file (in PEM format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS_KEY_STORE_PEM__KEY_CERTS__CERT

Show more

path

required

The path to the key file (in PEM format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_PEM__KEY_CERTS__KEY

Show more

path

required

The path to the certificate file (in PEM format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_PEM__KEY_CERTS__CERT

Show more

path

required

The order of the key/cert files, based on the names in the keyCerts map.

By default, Quarkus sorts the key using a lexicographical order. This property allows you to specify the order of the key/cert files.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_PEM_ORDER

Show more

list of string

Path to the key store file (P12 / PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_P12_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the key store. When not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the private key and certificate in the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_P12_ALIAS

Show more

string

Password of the alias in the key store. If not set, the password will be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_P12_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Provider of the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_P12_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Path to the keystore file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_JKS_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the key store. When not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the private key and certificate in the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_JKS_ALIAS

Show more

string

Password of the alias in the key store. When not set, the password may be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_JKS_ALIAS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Provider of the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_JKS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Enables Server Name Indication (SNI).

Server Name Indication (SNI) is a TLS extension that allows a client to specify the hostname it is attempting to connect to during the TLS handshake. This enables a server to present different SSL certificates for multiple domains on a single IP address, facilitating secure communication for virtual hosting scenarios.

With this setting enabled, the client indicate the server name during the TLS handshake, allowing the server to select the right certificate.

When configuring the keystore with PEM files, multiple CRT/Key must be given. When configuring the keystore with a JKS or a P12 file, it selects one alias based on the SNI hostname. In this case, all the keystore password and alias password must be the same (configured with the password and alias-password properties. Do not set the alias property.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_SNI

Show more

boolean

false

The name of the "credential" bucket (map key → passwords) to retrieve from the io.quarkus.credentials.CredentialsProvider. If not set, the credential provider will not be used.

A credential provider offers a way to retrieve the key store password as well as alias password. Note that the credential provider is only used if the passwords are not set in the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the bean providing the credential provider.

The name is used to select the credential provider to use. The credential provider must be exposed as a CDI bean and with the @Named annotation set to the configured name to be selected.

If not set, the default credential provider is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_BEAN_NAME

Show more

string

The key used to retrieve the key store password.

If the selected credential provider does not support the key, the password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to open the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

password

The key used to retrieve the key store alias password.

If the selected credential provider does not contain the key, the alias password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to access the alias private key from the key store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__KEY_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_ALIAS_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

alias-password

List of the trusted cert paths (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of path

Path to the trust store file (P12 / PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_P12_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the trust store. If not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_P12_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_P12_ALIAS

Show more

string

Provider of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_P12_PROVIDER

Show more

string

Path to the trust store file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_JKS_PATH

Show more

path

required

Password of the trust store. If not set, the password must be retrieved from the credential provider.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

Alias of the key in the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_JKS_ALIAS

Show more

string

Provider of the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_JKS_PROVIDER

Show more

string

The name of the "credential" bucket (map key → passwords) to retrieve from the io.quarkus.credentials.CredentialsProvider. If not set, the credential provider will not be used.

A credential provider offers a way to retrieve the key store password as well as alias password. Note that the credential provider is only used if the passwords are not set in the configuration.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_NAME

Show more

string

The name of the bean providing the credential provider.

The name is used to select the credential provider to use. The credential provider must be exposed as a CDI bean and with the @Named annotation set to the configured name to be selected.

If not set, the default credential provider is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_BEAN_NAME

Show more

string

The key used to retrieve the trust store password.

If the selected credential provider does not contain the configured key, the password is not retrieved. Otherwise, the retrieved value is used to open the trust store.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_STORE_CREDENTIALS_PROVIDER_PASSWORD_KEY

Show more

string

password

Sets the ordered list of enabled cipher suites. If none is given, a reasonable default is selected from the built-in ciphers.

When suites are set, it takes precedence over the default suite defined by the SSLEngineOptions in use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__CIPHER_SUITES

Show more

list of string

Sets the ordered list of enabled TLS protocols.

If not set, it defaults to "TLSv1.3, TLSv1.2". The following list of protocols are supported: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. To only enable TLSv1.3, set the value to to "TLSv1.3".

Note that setting an empty list, and enabling TLS is invalid. You must at least have one protocol.

Also, setting this replaces the default list of protocols.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__PROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

TLSv1.3,TLSv1.2

The timeout for the TLS handshake phase.

If not set, it defaults to 10 seconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__HANDSHAKE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

10S

Enables the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN).

Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation is a TLS extension that allows the client and server during the TLS handshake to negotiate which protocol they will use for communication. ALPN enables more efficient communication by allowing the client to indicate its preferred application protocol to the server before the TLS connection is established. This helps in scenarios such as HTTP/2 where multiple protocols may be available, allowing for faster protocol selection.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__ALPN

Show more

boolean

true

Sets the list of revoked certificates (paths to files).

A Certificate Revocation List (CRL) is a list of digital certificates that have been revoked by the issuing Certificate Authority (CA) before their scheduled expiration date. When a certificate is compromised, no longer needed, or deemed invalid for any reason, the CA adds it to the CRL to inform relying parties not to trust the certificate anymore.

Two formats are allowed: DER and PKCS#7 (also known as P7B). When using the DER format, you must pass DER-encoded CRLs. When using the PKCS#7 format, you must pass PKCS#7 SignedData object, with the only significant field being crls.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__CERTIFICATE_REVOCATION_LIST

Show more

list of path

If set to true, the server trusts all certificates.

This is useful for testing, but should not be used in production.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

The hostname verification algorithm to use in case the server’s identity should be checked. Should be HTTPS (default), LDAPS or an NONE.

If set to NONE, it does not verify the hostname.

If not set, the configured extension decides the default algorithm to use. For example, for HTTP, it will be "HTTPS". For TCP, it can depend on the protocol. Nevertheless, it is recommended to set it to "HTTPS" or "LDAPS".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__HOSTNAME_VERIFICATION_ALGORITHM

Show more

string

When configured, the server will reload the certificates (from the file system for example) and fires a CertificateUpdatedEvent if the reload is successful

This property configures the period to reload the certificates. IF not set, the certificates won’t be reloaded automatically. However, the application can still trigger the reload manually using the io.quarkus.tls.TlsConfiguration#reload() method, and then fire the CertificateUpdatedEvent manually.

The fired event is used to notify the application that the certificates have been updated, and thus proceed with the actual switch of certificates.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_TLS__TLS_BUCKET_NAME__RELOAD_PERIOD

Show more

Duration 

Undertow

デフォルト

The context path for Servlet content. This will determine the path used to resolve all Servlet-based resources, including JAX-RS resources - when using the Undertow extension in conjunction with RESTEasy.

This path is specified with a leading /, but is resolved relative to quarkus.http.root-path.

  • If quarkus.http.root-path=/ and quarkus.servlet.context-path=/bar, the servlet path will be /bar

  • If quarkus.http.root-path=/foo and quarkus.servlet.context-path=/bar, the servlet path will be /foo/bar

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SERVLET_CONTEXT_PATH

Show more

string

The default charset to use for reading and writing requests

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SERVLET_DEFAULT_CHARSET

Show more

string

UTF-8

The buffer size to use for Servlet. If this is not specified the default will depend on the amount of available memory. If there is less than 64mb it will default to 512b heap buffer, less that 128mb 1k direct buffer and otherwise 16k direct buffers.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SERVLET_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

MemorySize 

If Servlet should use direct buffers, this gives maximum performance but can be problematic in memory constrained environments

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SERVLET_DIRECT_BUFFERS

Show more

boolean

The maximum number of HTTP request parameters permitted for Servlet requests. If a client sends more than this number of parameters in a request, the connection is closed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_SERVLET_MAX_PARAMETERS

Show more

int

1000

Vert.x

デフォルト

Enables or disables the Vert.x cache.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CACHING

Show more

boolean

true

Configure the file cache directory. When not set, the cache is stored in the system temporary directory (read from the java.io.tmpdir system property). If the java.io.tmpdir is not set . is used.

Note that this property is ignored if the vertx.cacheDirBase system property is set.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CACHE_DIRECTORY

Show more

string

Enables or disabled the Vert.x classpath resource resolver.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLASSPATH_RESOLVING

Show more

boolean

true

The number of event loops. By default, it matches the number of CPUs detected on the system.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENT_LOOPS_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

The maximum amount of time the event loop can be blocked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_MAX_EVENT_LOOP_EXECUTE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

2S

The amount of time before a warning is displayed if the event loop is blocked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_WARNING_EXCEPTION_TIME

Show more

Duration 

2S

The maximum amount of time the worker thread can be blocked.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_MAX_WORKER_EXECUTE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

60S

The size of the internal thread pool (used for the file system).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_INTERNAL_BLOCKING_POOL_SIZE

Show more

int

20

The queue size. For most applications this should be unbounded

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_QUEUE_SIZE

Show more

int

The executor growth resistance.

A resistance factor applied after the core pool is full; values applied here will cause that fraction of submissions to create new threads when no idle thread is available. A value of 0.0f implies that threads beyond the core size should be created as aggressively as threads within it; a value of 1.0f implies that threads beyond the core size should never be created.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_GROWTH_RESISTANCE

Show more

float

0

The amount of time a thread will stay alive with no work.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_KEEP_ALIVE_TIME

Show more

Duration 

30S

Prefill thread pool when creating a new Executor. When io.vertx.core.spi.ExecutorServiceFactory#createExecutor is called, initialise with the number of defined threads at startup

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_PREFILL

Show more

boolean

false

Enables the async DNS resolver.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_USE_ASYNC_DNS

Show more

boolean

false

PEM Key/cert config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the path to the key files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_KEYS

Show more

list of string

Comma-separated list of the path to the certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_KEY_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PEM Trust config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM

Show more

boolean

false

Comma-separated list of the trust certificate files (Pem format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PEM_CERTS

Show more

list of string

JKS config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS

Show more

boolean

false

Path of the key file (JKS format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key file.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_JKS_PASSWORD

Show more

string

PFX config is disabled by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX

Show more

boolean

false

Path to the key file (PFX format).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PATH

Show more

string

Password of the key.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_CERTIFICATE_PFX_PASSWORD

Show more

string

The accept backlog.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_ACCEPT_BACKLOG

Show more

int

The client authentication.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_CLIENT_AUTH

Show more

string

NONE

The connect timeout.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

60S

The idle timeout in milliseconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_IDLE_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

The receive buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

The number of reconnection attempts.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_RECONNECT_ATTEMPTS

Show more

int

0

The reconnection interval in milliseconds.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_RECONNECT_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

1S

Whether to reuse the address.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_REUSE_ADDRESS

Show more

boolean

true

Whether to reuse the port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_REUSE_PORT

Show more

boolean

false

The send buffer size.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_SEND_BUFFER_SIZE

Show more

int

The so linger.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_SO_LINGER

Show more

int

Enables or Disabled SSL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_SSL

Show more

boolean

false

Whether to keep the TCP connection opened (keep-alive).

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE

Show more

boolean

false

Configure the TCP no delay.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TCP_NO_DELAY

Show more

boolean

true

Configure the traffic class.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRAFFIC_CLASS

Show more

int

Enables or disables the trust all parameter.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_EVENTBUS_TRUST_ALL

Show more

boolean

false

The host name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_HOST

Show more

string

localhost

The port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_PORT

Show more

int

The public host name.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_PUBLIC_HOST

Show more

string

The public port.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_PUBLIC_PORT

Show more

int

Enables or disables the clustering.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_CLUSTERED

Show more

boolean

false

The ping interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_PING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

20S

The ping reply interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_CLUSTER_PING_REPLY_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

20S

The maximum amount of time in seconds that a successfully resolved address will be cached.

If not set explicitly, resolved addresses may be cached forever.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_CACHE_MAX_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

int

2147483647

The minimum amount of time in seconds that a successfully resolved address will be cached.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_CACHE_MIN_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

int

0

The amount of time in seconds that an unsuccessful attempt to resolve an address will be cached.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_CACHE_NEGATIVE_TIME_TO_LIVE

Show more

int

0

The maximum number of queries to be sent during a resolution.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_MAX_QUERIES

Show more

int

4

The duration after which a DNS query is considered to be failed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_QUERY_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

5S

Set the path of an alternate hosts configuration file to use instead of the one provided by the os.

The default value is null, so the operating system hosts config (e.g. /etc/hosts) is used.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_HOSTS_PATH

Show more

string

Set the hosts configuration refresh period in millis, 0 (default) disables it.

The resolver caches the hosts configuration (configured using quarkus.vertx.resolver.hosts-path after it has read it. When the content of this file can change, setting a positive refresh period will load the configuration file again when necessary.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_HOST_REFRESH_PERIOD

Show more

int

0

Set the list of DNS server addresses, an address is the IP of the dns server, followed by an optional colon and a port, e.g 8.8.8.8 or {code 192.168.0.1:40000}. When the list is empty, the resolver will use the list of the system DNS server addresses from the environment, if that list cannot be retrieved it will use Google’s public DNS servers "8.8.8.8" and "8.8.4.4".

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_SERVERS

Show more

list of string

Set to true to enable the automatic inclusion in DNS queries of an optional record that hints the remote DNS server about how much data the resolver can read per response.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_OPT_RESOURCE_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

Set the DNS queries Recursion Desired flag value.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_RD_FLAG

Show more

boolean

true

Set the lists of DNS search domains.

When the search domain list is null, the effective search domain list will be populated using the system DNS search domains.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_SEARCH_DOMAINS

Show more

list of string

Set the ndots value used when resolving using search domains, the default value is -1 which determines the value from the OS on Linux or uses the value 1.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_NDOTS

Show more

int

-1

Set to true to enable round-robin selection of the dns server to use. It spreads the query load among the servers and avoids all lookup to hit the first server of the list.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_ROTATE_SERVERS

Show more

boolean

Set to true to enable round-robin inet address selection of the ip address to use.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_RESOLVER_ROUND_ROBIN_INET_ADDRESS

Show more

boolean

false

Enable or disable native transport

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VERTX_PREFER_NATIVE_TRANSPORT

Show more

boolean

false

Virtual Threads Support

デフォルト

Virtual thread name prefix. If left blank virtual threads will be unnamed.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VIRTUAL_THREADS_NAME_PREFIX

Show more

string

quarkus-virtual-thread-

The shutdown timeout. If all pending work has not been completed by this time then any pending tasks will be interrupted, and the shutdown process will continue

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VIRTUAL_THREADS_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT

Show more

Duration 

1M

The frequency at which the status of the executor service should be checked during shutdown. Setting this key to an empty value disables the shutdown check interval.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VIRTUAL_THREADS_SHUTDOWN_CHECK_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

5S

A flag to explicitly disabled virtual threads, even if the JVM support them. In this case, methods annotated with @RunOnVirtualThread are executed on the worker thread pool.

This flag is intended to be used when running with virtual threads become more expensive than plain worker threads, because of pinning, monopolization or thread-based object pool.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_VIRTUAL_THREADS_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

true

Web Dependency Locator

デフォルト

If the version reroute is enabled.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEB_DEPENDENCY_LOCATOR_VERSION_REROUTE

Show more

boolean

true

User defined import mappings

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEB_DEPENDENCY_LOCATOR_IMPORT_MAPPINGS__MODULE_SPECIFIER_

Show more

Map<String,String>

The directory in the resources which serves as root for the web assets

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEB_DEPENDENCY_LOCATOR_WEB_ROOT

Show more

string

web

The directory in the resources which serves as root for the app assets

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEB_DEPENDENCY_LOCATOR_APP_ROOT

Show more

string

app

WebSockets Client

デフォルト

The maximum amount of data that can be sent in a single frame. Messages larger than this must be broken up into continuation frames.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKET_MAX_FRAME_SIZE

Show more

int

65536

If the websocket methods should be run in a worker thread. This allows them to run blocking tasks, however it will not be as fast as running directly in the IO thread.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKET_DISPATCH_TO_WORKER

Show more

boolean

false

WebSockets Next

デフォルト

Compression Extensions for WebSocket are supported by default.

See also RFC 7692

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_OFFER_PER_MESSAGE_COMPRESSION

Show more

boolean

false

The compression level must be a value between 0 and 9. The default value is io.vertx.core.http.HttpClientOptions#DEFAULT_WEBSOCKET_COMPRESSION_LEVEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_COMPRESSION_LEVEL

Show more

int

The maximum size of a message in bytes. The default values is io.vertx.core.http.HttpClientOptions#DEFAULT_MAX_WEBSOCKET_MESSAGE_SIZE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

The interval after which, when set, the client sends a ping message to a connected server automatically.

Ping messages are not sent automatically by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_AUTO_PING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

The strategy used when an error occurs but no error handler can handle the failure.

By default, the error message is logged when an unhandled failure occurs.

Note that clients should not close the WebSocket connection arbitrarily. See also RFC-6455 section 7.3.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_UNHANDLED_FAILURE_STRATEGY

Show more

log-and-closeLog the error message and close the connection., closeClose the connection silently., logLog the error message., noopNo operation.

logLog the error message.

The name of the TLS configuration to use.

If a name is configured, it uses the configuration from quarkus.tls.<name>.* If a name is configured, but no TLS configuration is found with that name then an error will be thrown.

The default TLS configuration is not used by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_TLS_CONFIGURATION_NAME

Show more

string

If set to true then binary/text messages received/sent are logged if the DEBUG level is enabled for the logger io.quarkus.websockets.next.traffic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_LOGGING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The number of characters of a text message which will be logged if traffic logging is enabled. The payload of a binary message is never logged.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_LOGGING_TEXT_PAYLOAD_LIMIT

Show more

int

100

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_SUPPORTED_SUBPROTOCOLS

Show more

list of string

Compression Extensions for WebSocket are supported by default.

See also RFC 7692

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_PER_MESSAGE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED

Show more

boolean

true

The compression level must be a value between 0 and 9. The default value is io.vertx.core.http.HttpServerOptions#DEFAULT_WEBSOCKET_COMPRESSION_LEVEL.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_COMPRESSION_LEVEL

Show more

int

The maximum size of a message in bytes. The default values is io.vertx.core.http.HttpServerOptions#DEFAULT_MAX_WEBSOCKET_MESSAGE_SIZE.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE

Show more

int

The interval after which, when set, the server sends a ping message to a connected client automatically.

Ping messages are not sent automatically by default.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_AUTO_PING_INTERVAL

Show more

Duration 

The strategy used when an error occurs but no error handler can handle the failure.

By default, the error message is logged and the connection is closed when an unhandled failure occurs.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_UNHANDLED_FAILURE_STRATEGY

Show more

log-and-closeLog the error message and close the connection., closeClose the connection silently., logLog the error message., noopNo operation.

log-and-closeLog the error message and close the connection.

Quarkus redirects HTTP handshake request to this URL if an HTTP upgrade is rejected due to the authorization failure. This configuration property takes effect when you secure endpoint with a standard security annotation. For example, the HTTP upgrade is secured if an endpoint class is annotated with the @RolesAllowed annotation.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_SECURITY_AUTH_FAILURE_REDIRECT_URL

Show more

string

The limit of messages kept for a Dev UI connection. If less than zero then no messages are stored and sent to the Dev UI view.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_DEV_MODE_CONNECTION_MESSAGES_LIMIT

Show more

1000

If set to true then binary/text messages received/sent are logged if the DEBUG level is enabled for the logger io.quarkus.websockets.next.traffic.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_TRAFFIC_LOGGING_ENABLED

Show more

boolean

false

The number of characters of a text message which will be logged if traffic logging is enabled. The payload of a binary message is never logged.

Environment variable: QUARKUS_WEBSOCKETS_NEXT_SERVER_TRAFFIC_LOGGING_TEXT_PAYLOAD_LIMIT

Show more

int

100

期間フォーマットについて

To write duration values, use the standard java.time.Duration format. See the Duration#parse() Java API documentation for more information.

数字で始まる簡略化した書式を使うこともできます:

  • 数値のみの場合は、秒単位の時間を表します。

  • 数値の後に ms が続く場合は、ミリ秒単位の時間を表します。

その他の場合は、簡略化されたフォーマットが解析のために java.time.Duration フォーマットに変換されます:

  • 数値の後に hms が続く場合は、その前に PT が付けられます。

  • 数値の後に d が続く場合は、その前に P が付けられます。

About the MemorySize format

A size configuration option recognizes strings in this format (shown as a regular expression): [0-9]+[KkMmGgTtPpEeZzYy]?.

If no suffix is given, assume bytes.